sv4za
As
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 15, 2011
Registration
No. 333-174004
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT
NO. 1
TO
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
CAMBIUM LEARNING GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
2741
|
|
27-0587428 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
incorporation)
|
|
Classification code Number)
|
|
Identification Partner) |
17855 North Dallas Parkway, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants principal executive offices)
See
Table of Additional
Registrants Continued on the Next Page
Ronald Klausner
Chief Executive Officer
Cambium Learning Group, Inc.
17855 North Dallas Parkway, Suite 400
Dallas, Texas 75287
(214) 932-9500
(Name and address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
With a copy of all communications to:
|
|
|
Steven E. Siesser, Esq.
|
|
Todd Buchardt, Esq. |
Steven M. Skolnick, Esq.
|
|
General Counsel |
Lowenstein Sandler PC
|
|
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. |
1251 Avenue of the Americas
|
|
17855 North Dallas Parkway, Suite 400 |
New York, NY 10020
|
|
Dallas, TX 75287 |
(212) 262-6700
|
|
(214) 932-9500 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed offer of securities to the public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation
of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities
Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated
filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large
accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer o
|
|
Accelerated filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer þ
|
|
Smaller reporting company o |
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
|
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied
upon in conducting this transaction:
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer) o
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1(d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender Offer) o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed |
|
|
Proposed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
Maximum |
|
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of |
|
|
Amount to |
|
|
Offering Price |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
Amount of |
|
|
Securities to be Registered |
|
|
be Registered |
|
|
Per Note(1) |
|
|
Offering Price(1) |
|
|
Registration Fee(4) |
|
|
9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017(2) |
|
|
$175,000,000 |
|
|
100% |
|
|
$175,000,000 |
|
|
$20,318 |
|
|
Guarantees of the 9.75% Senior
Secured Notes due 2017(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee. |
|
(2) |
|
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act). |
|
|
(3) |
|
Represents the guarantees of the 9.75% Senior Secured Notes
due 2017, to be issued by the additional registrants. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no registration fee is
required with respect to the guarantees. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Previously paid. |
|
The
registrants hereby amend this registration statement on such date or dates as may be
necessary to delay its effective date until the registrants shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in
accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until this registration statement shall
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may
determine.
TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Exact Name of Co-Registrant |
|
State or Other Jurisdiction of |
|
I.R.S. Employer |
as Specified in its Charter |
|
Incorporation or Organization |
|
Identification No. |
VSS-Cambium Holdings II Corp. |
|
Delaware |
|
38-3805237 |
VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC |
|
Delaware |
|
20-8468097 |
VSS-Cambium Holdings IV, LLC |
|
Delaware |
|
N/A |
Cambium Learning, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
|
45-0525540 |
Kurzweil/Intellitools, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
|
04-3554733 |
LAZEL, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
|
27-1609020 |
Cambium Education, Inc. |
|
Colorado |
|
84-0770709 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The address and telephone number of the principal executive offices for each additional
registrant is 17855 North Dallas Parkway, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75287, (214) 932-9500. The
name, address and telephone number of the agent for service for each additional registrant is
Ronald Klausner, Chief Executive Officer, Cambium Learning Group, Inc., 17855 North Dallas
Parkway, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75287, (214) 932-9500. The Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number for each additional registrant is 2741. |
|
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not complete the
exchange offer and issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these
securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer
or sale is not permitted.
Subject
to Completion, dated June 15, 2011
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Offer to Exchange
$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017
For
$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
This exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time
on , 2011, unless we extend it.
We are offering to exchange all of our outstanding 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 that
were issued in a private placement on February 17, 2011, and which we refer to as the old notes,
for an equal aggregate amount of our 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017, which have been
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) and which we refer to as the
exchange notes. We refer to the old notes and the exchange notes collectively as the notes. If
you participate in the exchange offer, you will receive registered 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due
2017 for your old 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 that are properly tendered. The terms of the
exchange notes are substantially identical to those of the old notes, except that the transfer
restrictions and registration rights relating to the old notes will not apply to the exchange
notes, and the exchange notes will not provide for the payment of additional interest in the event
of a registration default. In addition, the exchange notes bear a different CUSIP number than the
old notes.
MATERIAL TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2011,
unless extended.
We will exchange all old notes that are validly tendered and not validly withdrawn prior to
the expiration of the exchange offer.
You may withdraw tendered old notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
The only conditions to completing the exchange offer are that the exchange offer not violate
any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC and no injunction, order or
decree has been or is issued that would prohibit, prevent or materially impair our ability to
proceed with the exchange offer.
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer.
There is no active trading market for the notes and we do not intend to list the exchange
notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval for quotations through any automated quotation
system.
Investing in the exchange notes involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page
20 of this prospectus.
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the
exchange notes or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to
the contrary is a criminal offense.
The
date of this prospectus is June , 2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
You should rely only upon the information in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to
give any information or make any representation about us that is different from or in addition to
that contained in this prospectus. Therefore, if anyone does give you information of this sort, you
should not rely on it as authorized by us. If you are in a jurisdiction where offers to sell, or
solicitations of offers to purchase, the securities offered by this prospectus are unlawful, or if
you are a person to whom it is unlawful to direct these types of activities, then the offer
presented in this prospectus does not extend to you. Neither the delivery of this prospectus, nor
any sale made hereunder, shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been
no change in our affairs since the date on the front cover of this prospectus. You must comply with
all applicable laws and regulations in force in any jurisdiction in which you purchase, offer or
sell the exchange notes and must obtain any consent, approval or permission required by it for the
purchase, offer or sale by it of the exchange notes under the laws and regulations in force in any
jurisdiction to which you are subject or in which you make such purchases, offers or sales, and we
shall not have any responsibility therefor.
i
MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER DATA
The data included in this prospectus regarding markets and ranking are estimates based on our
managements knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. We believe these
estimates to be accurate as of their respective dates. However, this information may prove to be
inaccurate because of the method by which we obtained some of the data for our estimates or because
this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limits on the
availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and
other limitations and uncertainties. As a result, you should be aware that market, ranking and
other similar data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may
not be reliable. Neither we nor the initial purchasers can guarantee the accuracy or completeness
of any such information contained in this prospectus.
TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES AND COPYRIGHTS
We own or have rights to trademarks, trade names and copyrights that we use in conjunction
with the operation of our business. In addition, our name, logo and website name and address are
our service marks or trademarks. Each trademark, trade name, service mark or copyright by any other
company appearing in this prospectus belongs to its holder. Some of the more important trade names,
trademarks and copyrights that we use include: Voyager Passport(R); LANGUAGE!; Passport Reading
Journeys(R); Read Well; Voyager Universal Literacy System(R); Ticket to Read(R); TimeWarp(R) Plus;
Voyager Pasaporte(R); ExploreLearning(TM); We Can!; Vmath(R); Vmath Summer Adventure; TransMath;
Algebra Rescue; Voyages; Step Up to Writing; Rewards; Dynamic; Language Essentials for Teachers of
Reading and Spelling (LETRS); The Six Minute Solution; Algebra Ready; Reading A-Z(TM);
Raz-Kids(TM); Reading-Tutors(TM); Vocabulary A-Z(TM); Writing A-Z(TM); Science A-Z(TM) and GIZMOS.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We have made statements under the captions Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors, Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Our Company and in
other sections of this prospectus that constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of
the federal securities laws that involve risks and uncertainties and which are based on beliefs,
expectations, estimates, projections, forecasts, plans, anticipations, targets, outlooks,
initiatives, visions, objectives, strategies, opportunities, drivers and intents of our management.
Such statements are made in reliance upon the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in
this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial position, economic performance
and results of operations, as well as our business strategy, objectives of management for future
operations and the information set forth in the section entitled Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, are forward-looking statements.
Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about our beliefs and
expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by,
among other things, the use of forward-looking language, such as believes, expects,
estimates, projects, forecasts, plans, anticipates, targets, outlooks, initiatives,
visions, objectives, strategies, opportunities, drivers, intends, scheduled to,
seeks, may, will, or should or the negative of those terms, or other variations of those
terms or comparable language, or by discussions of strategy, plans, targets, models or intentions.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and we undertake no obligation
to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or
otherwise or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in
these forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you are cautioned that any such forward-looking
statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties
and assumptions that are difficult to predict. These risks, uncertainties and assumptions include,
among others, the following:
weak general economic conditions and high unemployment;
competition in the educational products industry;
failure to maintain or improve our operating efficiencies;
our inability to attract and retain qualified employees, including key management;
loss of government funding for child education assistance programs;
our failure to comply with current or future governmental regulation and licensing
requirements;
rapid technological developments and changes and our ability to introduce competitive new
products and services on a timely, cost-effective basis;
ii
our mix of products and services;
customer demand for our products and services;
our ability to market our products and services effectively;
our ability to protect our intellectual property rights;
our ability to protect against data security breaches and to protect our data centers from
damage;
the continued availability of financing in the amounts, at the times and on the terms
required to support our future operations and our levels of indebtedness;
our ability to comply with existing and future loan agreements and indentures, including
provisions of the new credit facility that our indirect subsidiary, Cambium Learning, Inc. (CLI),
and its subsidiaries (collectively, with CLI, the ABL Credit Parties) entered into concurrently
with the closing of our initial offering (the Offering) of the outstanding notes (ABL Facility), which restricts
certain aspects of the operation of our business;
our ability to implement effectively our growth strategy;
future investments;
our inability to identify or retain real property on acceptable terms;
our inability to maintain adequate internal controls over financial reporting;
potential conflicts with the interests of our controlling stockholder and its affiliates, as
such controlling stockholder may have the power to control our affairs and policies without in
certain instances, the approval of the majority of our independent directors;
the outcome of existing or future litigation; and
our inability to obtain capital necessary to grow our business or capitalize on selected
acquisition opportunities.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are
reasonable as of the date made, expectations may prove to have been materially different from the
results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, as it is impossible for us to
anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. We discuss certain of these risks in
greater detail under the heading Risk Factors in this prospectus. Unless otherwise required by
law, we also disclaim any obligation to update our view of any such risks or uncertainties or to
announce publicly the results of any revisions to the forward-looking statements made in this
prospectus.
iii
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may
not contain all of the information that is important to you, and it is qualified in its entirety by
the more detailed information and financial statements, including the notes to those financial
statements, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Before making an investment decision, we
encourage you to consider the information contained in this entire prospectus, including the risks
discussed under the heading Risk Factors beginning on
page 20 of this prospectus and the
section entitled Forward-Looking Statements beginning on
page ii.
Unless the context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicated, Cambium, Cambium
Learning, our company, we, us and our refer to Cambium Learning Group, Inc. and its
consolidated subsidiaries, CLI refers solely to our operating subsidiary, Cambium Learning, Inc.
and VLCY refers solely to our non-operating subsidiary, Voyager Learning Company. As used in this
prospectus, the terms Cambium Business and VLCY Business refer to the businesses of VSS-Cambium
Holdings II Corp. (Cambium Holdings) and its operating subsidiaries and VLCY and its operating
subsidiaries, respectively, as each such business existed prior to the Mergers (as defined below
under Organizational Structure).
Our Company
We believe we are one of the largest providers of proprietary intervention curricula,
educational technologies and other research-based education solutions for students in the Pre-K
through 12th grade education market in the United States. The intervention market, where we focus,
provides supplemental education solutions to at-risk and special education students. We offer a
distinctive blended intervention solution that combines different forms of current instruction
techniques, including text books, education games, data management and e-learning. We believe that
our approach builds a more effective learning environment that combines teacher-led instruction and
technology and that this approach sets us apart from our competitors, as we believe it better
engages at-risk students, leading to more favorable student results. Our solutions are designed to
enable the most challenged learners to achieve their potential by utilizing a range of content that
primarily focuses on reading and math.
We take a holistic approach to learning and our intervention solutions address both the
behavioral and cognitive needs of the students we serve. We believe our focus on the Pre-K through
12th grade intervention market and our significantly greater scale and scope of operations compared
to those other companies primarily focused on the intervention market gives us a competitive edge
relative to our peers. Further, our products and services are highly results-oriented and enable
school districts and parents across the country to improve student performance and better satisfy
rigorous accountability standards.
We believe that school districts have become increasingly accountable for student performance.
As a result, they have increased both focus and funding to address underperformance. To this end,
our research-based intervention programs have demonstrated consistent success with at-risk and
special education student populations and have established us as one of the most readily recognized
companies exclusively serving this market.
1
Strategy for Growth and Development
Our strategy for growth and development is based upon the following:
Continued Focus on the Pre-K Through 12th Grade Intervention Market: The intervention market
is highly attractive and is characterized by favorable long-term growth trends and historically
strong government support. We devote most of our resources to better serve this market and we
believe that our concentrated focus positions us to capture a greater market share over time. We
are a leading provider that offers comprehensive instructional material, professional development
and learning technology solutions specifically designed for the intervention market. We also
believe that this focus allows us to deliver better designed products to our customers, ultimately
resulting in more favorable student outcomes. We plan to continue to employ a broad-based approach
to compete across segments and build scale and market share.
Increased Offering of Technology-Based Learning Solutions: We have a wide range of
technology-based learning solutions offered as either standalone tools or as part of our blended
model (which integrates these technology-based learning solutions with our print-based products).
Our standalone technology-based solutions include online supplemental reading, writing and
vocabulary lessons and books as well as interactive simulations in math and science. Such solutions
are employed by our customers for at-risk students and are more commonly used by, and are equally
as effective for, on-track students to enhance their proficiency levels. Across much of our product
offering, we utilize a comprehensive student data reporting system with multiple years of results.
We believe this ability to assess, track and report results is crucial to providing educators with
the tools required to achieve and provide accountability for student outcomes.
Leverage Nationally Recognized Brands, Sales Force and Scalable Platform: We believe our
portfolio of premier brands and research-based products and services has consistently delivered
superior learning outcomes for school districts. We plan to leverage our reputation for quality and
our experienced sales force to generate new business and capture a greater share of business from
existing customers across our national footprint. Further, we plan to utilize our portfolio of
technology-driven products and services and an easily replicable implementation model to rapidly
meet customer needs.
Invest in Key Growth Initiatives: In 2010, we made specific investments in certain key areas
intended to facilitate growth in 2011 and beyond. In the Voyager business unit, we integrated two
large sales forces (pre-combination Cambium and VLCY) into one national model and we consolidated
the student reporting systems of the two previously separate companies. In the Sopris business
unit, we built a nationwide field sales force, made significant investments in marketing and
introduced two substantial new products. In the CLT unit, we have increased our investment in
sales, marketing and product development to enhance continued growth products. Across all business
units, we have substantially upgraded our e-commerce and e-marketing capabilities in order to
facilitate greater demand pull for our products. We intend to increase market penetration and
market share through these investments, enabling us to recognize greater revenues per student.
Funding Sources and Industry Information
The intervention market is focused on administering supplemental education solutions to
at-risk and special education students within the Pre-K through 12th grade student segment. At-risk
and special education students are those students that are underperforming when evaluated against
their peers and current academic standing, which is defined as the bottom 40% of learners. Students
in need of intervention are often found in three distinct groups: English language learners
(ELL), Special Education (SPED) and impoverished students. The ELL group is made up of those
students whose first language is not English. SPED students are individuals with special needs,
including learning and communication challenges, emotional and behavioral disorders, physical
disabilities and developmental disorders. Impoverished students are from families with low
socioeconomic status and are at an academic disadvantage due to their families financial
hardships.
We believe that educating at-risk and special education students requires a different approach
than relying on traditional instructional materials since these intervention programs often require
detailed implementation and training. Key federal and state programs, such as the Title I portion
(Title I) of the reauthorized Elementary Secondary Education Act (ESEA), School Improvement
Grants program (SIG), Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) and the Race to the
Top Program enacted under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (ARRA) have been
key drivers in pushing school districts to address the needs of this student population.
2
While school districts use a variety of government funding sources in order to procure our
products and services, our industry receives proportionally more federally provided funds than
education services and products as a whole, which tend to rely more heavily on state and local
funding. Title 1 (and the Title 111 portion of the ESEA) and IDEA have existed for decades and have
experienced steady increases since their inception. Further augmenting these traditional funding
sources in 2009 and 2010 was the ARRA, which allocated an additional $10 billion for Title I and an
additional $11.3 billion for IDEA over the fiscal years ending September 2010 and September 2011.
Additional federal funds are also being made available through the ARRAs Race to the Top
program, which is expected to provide over $4 billion in additional education funding.
Over the long-term, we expect growth in the overall intervention market will be driven by the
following key factors:
|
|
|
Large and Growing Addressable Market: Total Pre-K through 12th grade enrollment
was 56 million in 2008, with enrollments rising. It is estimated that at least 40% of
these students require intervention and represent a large addressable market for us.
Demand for intervention is expected to continue to increase since intervention is
typically more cost effective than special education programs. We believe that, with
more attention in general, increased analysis of U.S. student outcomes versus other
countries, focus and likely inclusion of the graduation rate in the ESEA, and movement
to national standards, the number of children deemed to need intervention is likely to
increase from 40% to over 50%, as indicated by proficiency rates of the National
Assessment of Educational Progress. |
|
|
|
|
Historically Stable Federal Funding Landscape: The funding environment for Pre-K
through 12th grade education has historically been stable across economic cycles. While
the recent downturn has pressured state and local budgets, the primary sources of
federal funding for education (Title I and IDEA) have been maintained at historically
high levels. Traditional federal funding sources for education have been temporarily
augmented by ARRA funding from 2009 to 2011, including the Race to the Top program. |
|
|
|
|
Increasing Emphasis on Accountability and Measurement: The No Child Left Behind
Act (NCLB) has been a key driver for increased accountability and a measurement of
student performance. School districts are required to demonstrate adequate yearly
progress (AYP) or risk a cut in funding. Intervention products help schools improve
performance of the most challenged learners and meet stringent AYP criteria.
Furthermore, there is greater emphasis on evaluating educators based on the performance
of their students. The combination of these factors will continue to drive the demand
for intervention and professional development products. |
|
|
|
|
Proven Return on Investment of Intervention Products: Numerous studies have
demonstrated and quantified the benefits of intervention products for at-risk and
special education students. We believe traditional educational materials are inadequate
and not designed to meet their learning needs. Also, teachers are becoming better
trained at utilizing intervention materials, which we expect will contribute to greater
demand for such products. |
Product Overview
We operate as three reportable segments, with separate management teams and infrastructures
that offer various products and services, as follows:
|
|
|
Voyager, our comprehensive intervention solutions; |
|
|
|
|
Sopris, our supplemental solutions; and |
|
|
|
|
CLT, our technology-based solutions. |
Unallocated shared services such as accounting, legal, human resources and
corporate-related items are recorded in a Shared Services category. Depreciation and amortization
expense, goodwill impairment, interest income and expense, other income and expense, and taxes are
also included in this category.
Voyager
Our Voyager unit offers reading, math and professional development programs targeted towards
the at-risk and special education student populations. Voyager materials, offered in print form and
increasingly in online format, are tailored to meet the needs of these students and differ
considerably from traditional instructional materials in design, approach and intensity. Lessons
are
3
based on scientific research and are carefully designed to effectively and efficiently address
each of the strategies and skills necessary to improve the abilities of struggling students.
Voyager Reading Programs. The reading programs in the Voyager business unit consist of:
Voyager Passport®; LANGUAGE!; Passport Reading Journeys®; Read Well; Voyager Universal Literacy
System®; Ticket to Read®; TimeWarp® Plus; Voyager Pasaporte®; and We Can!.
Voyager Passport is a comprehensive reading intervention system for grades K-5. Voyager
Passport provides direct, systematic instruction in each of the five essential reading components
(phonemic awareness, phonics, fluency, vocabulary, and comprehension) and is designed as an
intervention program for grade K-5 students for whom a core reading program is not sufficient. The
lessons are typically daily and run 30 to 40 minutes in duration. They are based on the latest
scientific research regarding effective reading instruction and are carefully designed to
effectively and efficiently address each of the strategies and skills necessary to improve the
reading ability of struggling readers.
LANGUAGE!, our principal adolescent literacy offering, is a comprehensive literacy program
that targets students in grades 3-12 achieving at or below the 20th percentile. The program
consists of a 36-unit curriculum organized into six levels that cover phonemic awareness and
phonics, word recognition and spelling, vocabulary and morphology, grammar and usage, listening and
reading comprehension, and speaking and writing. LANGUAGE! is designed for special education
students, as well as students learning to speak English. The curriculum is a mastery-based
curriculum. Students exit as soon as they achieve grade-level proficiency, which will vary
depending on the specific needs of the student and where the student enters the program.
Passport Reading Journeys is a targeted intervention program designed to accelerate reading
for struggling readers in middle school and high school, grades 6-9. The lesson format integrates
reading, comprehension, vocabulary, fluency and writing. Age-appropriate content, real-life
journeys on DVDs, online interactive lessons, and captivating text are designed to hold student
interest and motivate students to read for both information and enjoyment. The program targets the
affective domain as much as the cognitive domain, as many struggling readers have lost confidence,
are not engaged, and are close to dropping out. The program meets all of the instructional
recommendations of the Reading Next Report, which is an industry research report outlining the key
elements of effective literacy intervention for middle and high school students, and provides
teachers with the tools necessary to help students become successful readers.
ReadWell is an alternative comprehensive core reading program that targets at-risk students in
grades K-2. The program is a research-based and data-driven reading curriculum that addresses all
five components of effective reading instruction phonemic awareness, phonics, vocabulary,
comprehension and fluency as outlined by the National Reading Panel in 2000.
The Voyager Universal Literacy System is an alternative comprehensive core reading curriculum
for grades K-3 that explicitly and systematically teaches the five essential components of reading
instruction listed above.
Ticket to Read (www.tickettoread.com) is an interactive web-based program offered with
Voyagers Passport, ReadWell and Universal Literacy System programs. Ticket to Read is designed to
improve reading by allowing students to practice various aspects of reading skills. Instruction is
leveled, self-paced and teacher-monitored. Students are motivated by a leader-board, a virtual
clubhouse that includes earning online tickets and other rewards, games, and engaging self-selected
passages on a variety of topics as they build vocabulary, fluency, phonics and reading
comprehension skills. Approximately one-quarter of the use takes place after school hours,
including weekends, further enabling students to reinforce what they have learned in the classroom
and enabling parents and/or guardians to become more involved in their childrens education.
TimeWarp Plus is a four-to-six week summer reading intervention program which immerses grade
K-9 students in reading adventures to build essential reading skills that can prevent summer
learning loss and prepare students for the coming year. TimeWarp Plus is a balanced, research-based
reading program offered as a two-to-four hour daily reading instruction focused around exciting,
adventure-based themes and hands-on learning experiences. Student engagement and maximizing teacher
time are key components of the program.
Voyager Pasaporte provides students in grades K-3 with targeted reading intervention in
Spanish, using a similar scientifically-based reading research and framework as Voyager Passport.
The lessons typically run daily for 30 to 40 minutes in duration. They are based on scientific
research regarding effective reading instruction and are carefully designed to effectively and
efficiently address each of the strategies and skills necessary to improve the reading ability of
struggling Spanish-speaking children who cannot read effectively in any language. Built-in
assessment and progress monitoring tools provide teachers with vital information about student
learning so they can adjust instruction as needed.
4
We Can! is a multilingual early childhood program which is designed to develop both social and
academic skills. The program offers flexible lesson plans for customized instruction, a classroom
management system and learning center choices. We Can! also fits within a variety of Pre-K
settings.
Voyager Math Programs. The math programs in the Voyager business unit consist of: Vmath®,
Vmath Summer Adventure, TransMath, Inside Algebra and Voyages.
Vmath is a targeted, systematic intervention system that is aligned with the tenets of the
National Council of Teachers of Mathematics and is designed to complement and enhance all major
math programs by building upon and reinforcing the concepts, skills, and strategies of a core math
program. Through 30 to 40 minutes of daily instruction, Vmath helps struggling students build a
foundation in math and learn the skills and concepts crucial to achieving grade-level success.
VmathLive is a standalone or complementary online math capability, targeting additional student
practice for grades 2-8.
Vmath Summer Adventure targets math students who may need summer intervention to prevent
summer learning loss in math as well as in reading. Vmath Summer Adventure combines explicit
instruction in essential math concepts and skills and real-life adventures to stimulate student
interest and understanding over a shortened summer school program for grades K-8.
TransMath targets students in the 25th percentile and below in grades 5-9. TransMath provides
students with in-depth, sequential skill building of foundational math concepts through
reform-based and procedural instruction. Multisensory strategies are designed to promote
problem-solving proficiency, vocabulary development and mathematical discourse. VmathLive is
offered with TransMath.
Inside Algebra targets students at risk of failure in algebra and teaches them a variety of
core objectives through activities intended to make learning fun. Students may participate in
Inside Algebra in small groups, as a supplement to basal curricula, or as a standalone algebra
intervention program.
Voyages targets grades K-5 and is a core mathematics program designed by teachers, for
teachers. Educators may utilize Voyages as a core program, as an intervention program or as part of
a gifted and talented program.
Voyager Professional Development Programs. Professional development services provide
customized, sustainable, product independent solutions for teachers and leadership to help our
customers enhance their existing investments in curricula, textbooks, and learning resources.
Specific topics include Reading, Math, Behavior, Response to Intervention, Instructional Audits,
Coaching and Leadership, and support all tiers of student instruction. These services are provided
via three delivery systems: consulting services and custom professional development, custom
conferences and institutes, and distance learning.
Sopris
Our Sopris unit focuses on providing a diverse, yet comprehensive collection of printed and
electronic supplemental education materials to complement core programs and to provide intense
remediation aimed at specific skill deficits. When compared to products offered by our other
business units, Sopris products tend to be more narrowly-tailored and target a smaller, more
specific audience. Sopris primary products are Step Up to Writing; REWARDS; Dynamic Indicators of
Basic Early Literacy Skills (DIBELS/IDEL); Language Essentials for Teachers of Reading and Spelling
(LETRS); The Six Minute Solution; Algebra Ready; and RAVE-O. Through these offerings, we
commercialize research of some of the most highly regarded authors in the field, including Drs.
Louisa Moats, Anita Archer and Roland Good.
Step Up to Writing is a strategies-based program that spans grades K-12 and addresses students
who score at or below the basic skill level in writing. Authored by Dr. Maureen Aumon, the program
teaches students to write both narrative and expository pieces, actively engage with reading
materials and develop study skills. Step Up to Writing is designed to fit alongside a school
districts existing reading program and to be integrated into any standard curriculum or
instructional system.
REWARDS is a research-based, reading intervention program designed for general and special
education, remedial reading, summer school and after-school programs. Authored by Dr. Anita Archer,
the program focuses on de-coding, fluency, vocabulary, comprehension, test-taking abilities and
content-area reading and writing.
DIBELS/IDEL is a literary screening and progress monitoring tool. Authored by Drs. Roland Good
and Ruth Kaminski, students from grades K-3 take benchmark assessments three times a year in order
to measure the critical areas of early reading: awareness, phonics, fluency, comprehension and
vocabulary. Students in grades 4-6 are assessed in the areas of fluency and
5
comprehension. For those with reading difficulties, progress monitoring assessments are given
to determine the effectiveness of the interventions being used. IDEL offers DIBELS materials for
Spanish-speaking students.
LETRS is a stand-alone professional development program for educators. Authored by Dr. Louisa
Moats, the training program is delivered through a combination of print materials, online courses,
software and face-to-face training. LETRS Institutes are grouped into a series of three-day
sessions presented by certified national LETRS trainers and engage educators through group
activities and hands-on practice.
The Six Minute Solution targets grades K-12 and helps students improve reading fluency. This
peer-mentoring and feedback system is designed to complement a reading curriculum.
Algebra Ready teaches students fundamental mathematics and is designed to prepare them for
algebra and geometry. Students can utilize Algebra Ready during summer school, extended days, or as
a supplement to a core math curriculum.
RAVE-O (Reading through Automaticity, Vocabulary, Engagement, and Orthography) is an
intensive, multisensory, small group reading intervention for primary through intermediate grades.
Authored by neuroscientist Dr. Maryanne Wolf, the program applies brain research to reading
intervention.
Cambium Learning Technologies
Our CLT unit utilizes technology to deliver subscription-based websites, online libraries,
software and equipment designed to help students reach their potential in grades K through 12 and
beyond. CLT products are offered under four different industry leading brands: Learning A-Z,
ExploreLearning, Kurzweil Educational Systems and IntelliTools.
Learning A-Z. Learning A-Z is a group of related websites known as Reading A-ZTM, Raz-KidsTM,
Reading-TutorsTM, Vocabulary A-ZTM and Writing A-ZTM, which provide online supplemental reading,
writing and vocabulary lessons, books, and other resources for students and teachers. Science
A-ZTM, a Learning A-Z website, is aimed at the supplemental science market.
We sell online supplemental reading, math and science products under the Learning A-Z brand.
There are three free websites (LearningPageTM, Sites for Teachers and Sites for Parents), which aid
in directing interested parents, teachers, schools and districts to six subscription-based sites:
Reading A-Z, Raz-Kids, Reading-Tutors, Vocabulary A-Z, Writing A-Z, and Science A-Z. Each of these
websites offers products available for purchase through online subscriptions.
Reading A-Z offers thousands of research-based, printable teacher materials to teach guided
reading, phonological awareness, phonics, comprehension, fluency, letter recognition and formation,
high-frequency words, poetry and vocabulary. The teaching resources include professionally
developed downloadable leveled books (27 levels), a systematic phonics program that includes
decodable books, high-frequency word books, poetry books, nursery rhymes, vocabulary books,
read-aloud books, lesson plans, worksheets, graphic organizers and reading assessments. All leveled
books, worksheets, graphic organizers and quizzes are available as printable PDF files and as
projectables for use on interactive and non-interactive whiteboards. The leveled books and a
variety of other books are available in Spanish and French, as well as a version with UK spellings.
Raz-Kids is a student-centered online collection of interactive leveled books and quizzes
designed to guide and motivate emergent and reluctant readers, as well as improve the skills of
fluent readers. Students can listen to and read books as well as record their reading and then take
an online quiz while receiving immediate feedback. Students earn stars for their reading activity.
The stars can then be spent in each students personal clubhouse-like environment for purchasing a
catalog full of items that include aliens and other fun characters. The program currently consists
of over 300 online books along with companion quizzes and worksheets spread over 27 levels of
difficulty. A new feature is an online tool that allows teachers to place students at the
appropriate reading level while capturing reading rate and fluency. The website also features a
classroom management system for teachers to build rosters, assign books and review student reading
activity.
Reading-Tutors is a low-cost, easy-to-use collection of research-based resource packets for
tutors. Each of the 400 packets contains items tutors need to help emerging readers gain key
literacy skills in the alphabet, phonological awareness, phonics, high-frequency words, fluency and
comprehension. It also has all the resources needed to train tutors as well as set up and
administer a successful tutoring program.
Vocabulary A-Z provides customized and pre-made vocabulary lessons for use by teachers to
improve student vocabularies. Vocabulary A-Z has thousands of vocabulary words that can be used to
generate custom vocabulary lessons and assessments. Word
6
activities and worksheets are available based on the word lists the user generates. The
Vocabulary A-Z lesson generator incorporates best practices from current educational research.
Writing A-Z provides teachers with a comprehensive collection of resources to enhance the
writing proficiency of students in grades K-6. The site provides core writing lessons grouped by
genre, including student packets with leveled materials, mini-lessons that target key writing
processes and skills, and writing tools for organizing and improving writing.
Science A-Z provides teachers with an online collection of resources to improve student skills
in both science and reading. The website offers a collection of downloadable resources organized
into thematic units aligned with state standards. The materials are categorized into four
scientific domains: life, earth, physical and process science. The thematic units are organized
into three grade-level groupings: K-2, 3-4, and 5-6. The themed packs include lessons, books,
high-interest information sheets, career sheets, and process activities. Within each grade span,
all books and information sheets are written to a high, medium and low level of difficulty. The
website includes many other science resources, including science fair resources and a monthly
Science In the News feature.
ExploreLearning. ExploreLearningTM is a subscription-based online library of interactive
simulations in math and science for grades 3-12. ExploreLearning has won National Science
Foundation funding, supports the tenets of the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics and has
received positive mention in books published by the Association of Supervision and Curriculum
Development and the National Science Teachers Association. ExploreLearning is also a perennial
award winner recognized by industry peer groups, including the Association of Educational
Publishers, Software Industry and Information Association, as well as publications such as District
Administration Magazine and Tech and Learning Magazine. ExploreLearning materials are correlated to
state standards and over 120 math and science textbooks. Like Learning A-Z, ExploreLearning is an
online subscription-based business. REFLEX, ExploreLearnings newest adaptive software, is a
game-based solution for grades 2-6 that teaches math fluency in the four operations. The program
launched in March 2011.
Kurzweil Educational Systems. Kurzweil Educational Systems is a program that primarily targets
students in middle school through higher education struggling with reading and writing,
specifically those students with ADHD, dyslexia and visual impairments. Kurzweil Educational
Systems produces the following two software products for individuals with learning difficulties and
for those who are visually impaired:
|
|
|
Kurzweil 3000. Kurzweil 3000 is a reading, writing and learning software package
for students with dyslexia, attention deficit disorder or other learning difficulties,
including physical impairments or language learning needs. |
|
|
|
|
Kurzweil 1000. Kurzweil 1000 provides visually impaired users access to printed
and electronic materials. Documents and digital files are converted from text to speech
and read aloud in a variety of voices that can be modified to suit individual
preferences. In addition, this software provides users with document creation and
editing, studying and study skills for note-taking, summarizing and outlining text. |
IntelliTools. IntelliTools offers hardware products that target students with physical, visual
and cognitive disabilities that make using a standard keyboard and mouse difficult. IntelliTools
also offers software products that target elementary and middle school special education students
struggling with reading and math. IntelliTools products include:
|
|
|
IntelliKeys® USB, which is a programmable alternative keyboard with supporting
software for students or adults who have difficulty using a standard keyboard. |
|
|
|
|
IntelliTools Classroom Suite, which is an authoring and application tool intended
to boost achievement on standards-based tests and help meet adequate yearly progress
goals under the No Child Left Behind Act. |
|
|
|
|
IntelliTools, which offers software products with a simple interface for students to use.
The software includes lessons, activities and assessments that reinforce reading, writing and math
skills with the capability to generate reports and provide detailed data tracking. |
Marketing and Distribution
Curriculum Development
We continually seek to take advantage of new product and technology opportunities and view
product development to be essential to maintaining and growing our market position. We have
developed relationships with many industry-leading authors who are known for their expertise in
improving the cognitive and behavioral performance of at-risk and special education students. Many
7
authors are leaders in their respective fields, such as literacy, mathematics, cognitive
reasoning, and behavioral sciences. These authors are engaged by us to develop content and then to
refine that content once feedback is obtained from our customers. We also employ both in-house and
contracted developers of curriculum and on-line content. We generally conduct an extensive refresh
of our products every three to five years to incorporate the latest research, bring images current,
and update factual content. The web-based products are enhanced continuously. Between the product
refreshes, we often develop variations, expansions (i.e., more grade levels) and other basic
enhancements of our products. As of March 31, 2011, we had 142 employees in curriculum
development. Research and development expense, net of capitalization, was $2.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011,
$3.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010, $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010
and $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, we capitalize certain expenditures related to product
development.
Sales and Marketing
Sales Force Organization
We generally organize our marketing and sales force around our Voyager, Sopris and CLT
business units. Within CLT, the sales forces are further divided to focus on reading, math/science,
or special education areas. We have separate sales forces by unit and sales producers sell all
available products in the unit and are general relationship managers. They are supported by product
or subject matter experts as well as a corporate marketing team. As of March 31, 2011, our sales
force consisted of 107 field and 30 inside sales producers for a total of 137 direct sales
producers, excluding sales management and marketing. Where we elect to use both field and inside
sales producers in a business unit, we tend to segment the customers primarily based on size of a
territory, whereby larger territories are covered by field representatives and smaller territories
are covered more effectively by inside sales employees. We also use direct marketing through
catalogs and are increasingly making use of e-commerce and the Internet to sell our products. Sales
and marketing expense was $10.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, $11.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010,
$46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $23.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Competition
The market for our products is highly competitive. We compete with a wide range of companies
from large publishers covering a broad array of products to small providers who specialize in very
limited areas. We compete with:
|
|
|
Traditional text book suppliers, which often offer intervention products as part
of their core reading and math programs, including Houghton Mifflin/Harcourt, Pearson,
The McGraw-Hill Companies, and Scholastic; |
|
|
|
|
Supplemental suppliers, a market segment that is quite fragmented, including the
supplementary products divisions of the international textbook publishers named above,
and others including Curriculum Associates, Teacher Created Materials, School Specialty,
Haights Cross Communications and The Hampton-Brown Company; |
|
|
|
|
Technology suppliers, including Scholastic (Read 180, MiniBooks), Adaptive
Curriculum, Carnegie Learning, Renaissance Learning, Don Johnston and TextHelp; and |
|
|
|
|
Service providers, including Americas Choice (recently purchased by Pearson), and
research laboratories such as WestEd. |
In addition, with greater use of virtual tools, we compete with a number of entities like K12 and
Florida Virtual School.
Concentration Risk
We are not overly dependent upon any one customer or a few customers, the loss of which would
have a material adverse effect on our business. We have a broad customer base; in the three years
ended December 31, 2010, no single customer accounted for more than 10% of our total net revenues
in any one year. Additionally, our top ten customers accounted for approximately 20% of our net
revenues in 2010.
Seasonality
Our quarterly operating results fluctuate due to a number of factors, including the academic
school year, school procurement policies, funding cycles, the amount and timing of new products and
spending patterns. In addition, customers experience cyclical funding issues that can impact
revenue patterns. We generally expect our lowest revenues and earnings to be in the first and
fourth fiscal quarters and our highest revenues and earnings to be in the second and third fiscal
quarters.
8
Governmental Regulations
Our operations are governed by laws and regulations relating to equal employment opportunity,
workplace safety, information privacy, and worker health, including the Occupational Safety and
Health Act and regulations under that Act. Additionally, as a company that often bids on various
state, local and federally funded programs, we are subject to various governmental procurement
policies and regulations. We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with
applicable laws and regulations and that future compliance will not have a material adverse effect
upon our consolidated operations or financial condition.
Organizational Structure
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. (NASDAQ: ABCD) was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in
June 2009. On December 8, 2009, we completed the mergers of VLCY and VSS-Cambium Holdings II Corp.
(Cambium Holdings) into two of our wholly owned subsidiaries, as contemplated by the Agreement
and Plan of Mergers, dated as of June 20, 2009, as amended, among us, VLCY, Vowel Acquisition
Corp., our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cambium Holdings, a wholly-owned subsidiary of VSS-Cambium
Holdings III, LLC, Consonant Acquisition Corp., our wholly owned subsidiary, and Vowel
Representative, LLC, solely in its capacity as stockholders representative. In this prospectus we
refer to this Agreement and Plan of Mergers, as amended, as the Merger Agreement. Pursuant to the
Merger Agreement, we acquired all of the common stock of each of Cambium Holdings and VLCY through
the merger of Consonant Acquisition Corp. with and into Cambium Holdings, with Cambium Holdings
continuing as the surviving corporation (the Cambium Merger), and the concurrent merger of Vowel
Acquisition Corp. with and into VLCY, with VLCY continuing as the surviving corporation (the
Voyager Merger and together with the Cambium Merger, the Mergers). As a result of the
effectiveness of the Mergers, Cambium Holdings and VLCY became our wholly owned subsidiaries.
Following the completion of the Mergers, all of the outstanding capital stock of VLCYs operating
subsidiaries, Voyager Expanded Learning, Inc. (VEL) and LAZEL, Inc., were transferred to CLI.
Effective December 31, 2010, we completed an internal reorganization pursuant to which we
consolidated certain of our operating subsidiaries. Specifically, we merged VEL and Cambium
Learning (New York), Inc. into Sopris West Educational Services, Inc. and renamed this entity
Cambium Education, Inc. We also merged Intellitools, Inc. into Kurzweil Educational Systems, Inc.
and renamed this entity Kurzweil/Intellitools, Inc. The following chart sets forth our corporate
organization and identifies the issuer and the subsidiary guarantors of the notes and the borrowers
under the ABL Facility.
9
(1) |
|
As of March 31, 2011, this entity, controlled by VSS (as defined below), remained our
majority stockholder with approximately 62.4% beneficial ownership. |
(2) |
|
Such entity will be a subsidiary guarantor of the exchange notes. |
(3) |
|
VLCY is not a guarantor under the old notes, will not be a guarantor of the exchange notes and will
be an unrestricted subsidiary under the terms of the exchange notes. VLCY is not a borrower
under, or otherwise party to, the ABL Facility. |
(4) |
|
Such entity is a co-borrower under the ABL Facility. |
Veronis Suhler Stevenson
In 2007, Cambium Learning was acquired by a consortium of private equity sponsors led by
Veronis Suhler Stevenson (VSS). Founded in 1987, VSS is a private equity and structured capital
fund management company dedicated to investing in the information, education, media and marketing
services industries in North America and Europe. VSS provides both equity and debt capital for
buyouts, recapitalizations, growth financings and strategic acquisitions to middle market companies
and management teams
10
with a goal to build companies both organically and through a focused add-on acquisition
program. Over the past 20 years, VSS has managed funds with capital committed exceeding $2.8
billion.
VSS seeks to leverage its specialized operational, financial and transaction experience to work as
an added-value partner with company owners and management teams. VSS professionals assist VSS
portfolio companies with setting strategic direction, board level involvement, acquisition
strategies, proactively and directly searching for acquisition opportunities and assisting with the
negotiation and execution of acquisitions. In addition, VSS assists its portfolio companies with
raising senior debt and any additional third party financing. As of
March 31, 2011, VSS
controlled entities remained our majority stockholder with approximately 62.4% beneficial
ownership.
Employees
Our future success is substantially dependent on the performance of our management team and
our ability to attract and retain qualified technical and managerial
personnel. As of March 31,
2011, we had a total of 584 employees. None of our employees are represented by collective
bargaining agreements. We regard our relationship with our employees to be good.
Executive Officers
Ronald Klausner. Ronald Klausner, age 57, currently serves as a Class III director and our
Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Klausner has served as one of our directors since December 8, 2009.
Mr. Klausner served as President of Voyager Expanded Learning from October 2005 until December 8,
2009, when he became our Chief Executive Officer. Prior to that, Mr. Klausner served as President
of ProQuest Information and Learning Company (a subsidiary of VLCY until it was sold in 2007) from
April 2003 to October 2005. Mr. Klausner came to VLCY from D&B (formerly known as Dun &
Bradstreet), a global business information and technology solutions provider, where he worked for
27 years. He most recently served as D&Bs Senior Vice President, U.S. Sales, leading a segment
with more than $900 million in revenue. Previously, Mr. Klausner led global data and operations,
and customer service, providing business-to-business, credit, marketing and purchasing information
in over 200 countries.
David F. Cappellucci. David F. Cappellucci, age 54, currently serves as a Class I director and
our President. Mr. Cappellucci has served as one of our directors since December 8, 2009. Mr.
Cappellucci served as the Chief Executive Officer of Cambium from April 2007 until December 8, 2009
and has 24 years of experience in the education industry. Before co-founding Cambium in December of
2002, Mr. Cappellucci spent 13 years with Houghton Mifflin Company, where he served in a variety of
senior management positions, overseeing strategy, mergers and acquisitions, planning and operations
at both the corporate level and within a number of business units, including the K-12 School
Publishing Group and the Educational and Business Software Divisions. In 2000, Mr. Cappellucci
co-founded Classwell Learning Group, an education company formed within the Houghton Mifflin
organization. Through 2002, Mr. Cappellucci served as President and Chief Executive Officer of
Classwell Learning Group, which was described as the best new brand in the education market by a
major industry magazine in 2002. From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Cappellucci served as Senior Vice President
of Elementary Education for Simon & Schuster. Prior to that, Mr. Cappellucci was Vice President of
Finance, Planning and Operations for Houghton Mifflins K-12 school and assessment businesses.
Bradley C. Almond. Bradley C. Almond, age 44, currently serves as our Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Almond served as Chief Financial Officer of VLCY since January
2009 and continues to serve as our subsidiarys Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Almond joined VLCY in
November 2006 as Chief Financial Officer of the Voyager Expanded Learning operating unit. Before
joining VLCY, Mr. Almond was Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Vice President of
Administration at Zix Corporation, a publicly traded email encryption and e-prescribing service
provider located in Dallas, Texas, since 2003. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Almond worked at Entrust
Inc., where he held a variety of management positions, including president of Entrust Japan,
general manager of Entrust Asia and Latin America, vice president of finance and vice president of
sales and customer operations. Mr. Almond is a licensed Certified Public Accountant.
John Campbell. John Campbell, age 50, currently serves as Senior Vice President and the
President of the CLT business unit. Mr. Campbell served in the positions of Senior Vice President
of Strategy & Business Development, Senior Vice President of K-12 and Chief Operating Officer of
Voyager Expanded Learning since joining VLCY in January 2004 until December 8, 2009. Before joining
VLCY, Mr. Campbell served as Chief Operating Officer and business unit head of a research based
reading company (Breakthrough to Literacy) within McGraw-Hill. Prior to joining
Breakthrough/McGraw-Hill, he served as Director of Technology for Tribune Education. Additionally,
Mr. Campbell has experience as General Manager of a software start-up (Insight) and as Director of
Applications and Technical Support for a hardware manufacturer (Commodore International).
George A. Logue. George A. Logue, age 60, currently serves as Executive Vice President and the
President of the Supplemental Solutions business unit. Mr. Logue served as the Executive Vice
President of Cambium from June 2003 until December
11
8, 2009 and has 35 years of education industry experience. Before joining Cambium, Mr. Logue
spent 18 years in various leadership roles with Houghton Mifflin Company. At Houghton Mifflin, Mr.
Logue served as Executive Vice President of the School Division from 1996 to 2003. Prior to serving
as Executive Vice President of Houghton Mifflin, Mr. Logue was Vice President for Sales and
Marketing from 1994 to 1996.
Carolyn W. Getridge. Carolyn W. Getridge, age 66, currently serves as our Senior Vice
President of Human Resources and Urban Development. She joined VLCY in 1997 as a member of the team
that launched the company after a distinguished 30-year career in public education. Immediately
prior to joining Voyager, Ms. Getridge was Superintendent of the Oakland Unified School District.
Ms. Getridge also served as Associate Superintendent of Curriculum and Instruction in Oakland and
as Director of Education Programs for the Alameda (CA) County Office of Education.
Todd W. Buchardt. Todd W. Buchardt, age 51, currently serves as our Senior Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Buchardt served VLCY as Senior Vice President since November
2002, Vice President since March 2000, and General Counsel and Secretary since 1998. Before joining
VLCY, Mr. Buchardt held various legal positions with First Data Corporation from 1986 to 1998.
Robert H. Pasternack, Ph.D. The Honorable Robert H. Pasternack, Ph.D., age 61, currently
serves as our Senior Vice President of Special Education. Dr. Pasternack served VLCY in the same
capacity from August 2006. Dr. Pasternack has over 40 years experience in public education. Before
joining VLCY, Dr. Pasternack served as Assistant Secretary for the Office of Special Education and
Rehabilitative Services (OSERS) at the U.S. Department of Education from 2001 to 2004. In addition,
Dr. Pasternack served on the Presidents Commission on Excellence in Special Education and the
Presidents Mental Health Commission and as the Chair of the Federal Interagency Coordinating
Committee during his appointment as the Assistant Secretary. Prior to being appointed to this
position, Dr. Pasternack was the State Director of Special Education for the State of New Mexico
and also served as a Superintendent and first grade teacher. Dr. Pasternack is a nationally
certified school psychologist, a certified educational diagnostician, a certified school
administrator, and a certified teacher (K-12).
Proprietary Rights
We regard a substantial portion of our technologies and content as proprietary and rely
primarily on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, and employee or
vendor non-disclosure agreements, to protect our rights.
We have developed relationships with authors who are known for their expertise in improving
the cognitive and behavioral performance of at-risk and special education students. Many authors
are leaders in their respective fields, such as literacy, mathematics, and positive school climate.
These authors are engaged by us to develop content and then to refine that content once feedback is
obtained from our customers. We act as exclusive agents for and, in most instances, own the
intellectual property from these well-known authors, whereby we publish their works under a royalty
arrangement. We also derive a substantial amount of our curriculum content through in-house
development efforts. To a much lesser degree, we also license from third parties published works,
certain technology content or services upon which we rely to deliver certain products and services.
Curriculum developed in-house or developed through the use of independent contractors is our
proprietary property. Certain curriculum might be augmented or complemented with third party
products, which may include printed materials, videos or photographs. This additional third party
content may be sourced from various providers who retain the appropriate trademarks and copyrights
to the material and agree to our use under a nonexclusive, fee-based arrangement.
We use U.S.-registered trademarks to identify various products which we develop. The
trademarks survive as long as they are in use and the registration of these trademarks is renewed.
Website Access to Company Reports
We make available free of charge through our website, www.cambiumlearning.com, our Annual
Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, Forms 3, 4 and 5
filed on behalf of our directors, officers and other affiliated persons, and all amendments to
those reports as soon as reasonably practical after such material is electronically filed with, or
furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). We also will provide any of the
foregoing information without charge upon written request to Cambium Learning Group, Inc., 17855
North Dallas Parkway, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75287, Attention: Investor Relations.
12
Additional Information
We are a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 17855 North
Dallas Parkway, Suite 400, Dallas, Texas 75287 and our telephone number at that address is (214)
932-9500. Our corporate website address is www.cambiumlearning.com. We are providing the address to
our website solely for the information of our investors. Information contained on our website or
that can be accessed through our website is not incorporated by reference in prospectus and does
not constitute a part of this prospectus and you should not rely on that information.
13
Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Offer
The following summary contains basic information about the exchange offer. It does not contain
all the information that may be important to you. For a more complete description of the exchange
offer, you should read the discussions under the heading The Exchange Offer.
|
|
|
Exchange Notes
|
|
$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017. The
terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to those of the old notes,
except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the old
notes will not apply to the exchange notes, and the exchange notes will not provide
for the payment of additional interest in the event of a registration default. In
addition, the exchange notes bear a different CUSIP number than the old notes. |
|
|
|
Old Notes
|
|
$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017,
which were issued in a private placement on February 17, 2011. |
|
|
|
The Exchange Offer
|
|
We are offering to exchange the exchange notes for a like principal amount of the
old notes. |
|
|
|
|
|
In the exchange offer, we will exchange registered 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due
2017 for old 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017. |
|
|
|
|
|
We will accept any and all old notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2011. Holders may tender
some or all of their old notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, old notes
may be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In order to be exchanged, an outstanding old note must be properly tendered and
accepted. All old notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn will be
exchanged. As of the date of this prospectus, there are $175,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 outstanding. We will issue
exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer. See The
Exchange OfferTerms of the Exchange Offer. |
|
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement
|
|
In connection with the private placement of the old notes, we entered into a
registration rights agreement with Barclays Capital Inc. and BMO Capital Markets
Corp., representatives of the initial purchasers. Under the registration rights
agreement, you are entitled to exchange your old notes for exchange notes with
substantially identical terms. This exchange offer is intended to satisfy these
rights. After the exchange offer is complete, except as set forth in the next
paragraph, you will no longer be entitled to any exchange or registration rights
with respect to your old notes.
The registration rights agreement requires us to file a registration statement for
a continuous offering in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act for your
benefit if you would not receive freely tradable exchange notes in the exchange
offer or you are ineligible to participate in the exchange offer, provided that you
indicate that you wish to have your old notes registered under the Securities Act. |
|
|
|
Resales of the Exchange Notes
|
|
We believe that the exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for
resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as long as: |
|
(1) |
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; |
|
|
(2) |
|
you are not engaging in and do not intend to engage in a distribution of the
exchange notes; |
|
|
(3) |
|
you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to
participate in the distribution of the exchange notes; and |
14
|
(4) |
|
you are not our affiliate as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the
Securities Act. |
|
|
|
|
|
Our belief is based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us. We have not asked the
staff for a no-action letter in connection with this exchange offer, however, and
we cannot assure you that the staff would make a similar determination with respect
to the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
|
|
If you are an affiliate of ours, or are engaging in or intend to engage in or have
any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution
of the exchange notes: |
|
|
|
you cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC; |
|
|
|
|
you will not be entitled to participate in the exchange offer; and |
|
|
|
|
you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in the exchange
offer for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other
trading activities must acknowledge that it will comply with the prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any offer to resell
or other transfer of the exchange notes issued in the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
|
|
Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its old notes directly from us,
in the absence of an exemption therefrom, |
|
|
|
may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the staff of the SECs position
contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988),
Morgan, Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman &
Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1993); and |
|
|
|
|
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See Plan of
Distribution. |
|
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
, 2011, unless we decide to extend the exchange offer. We do not intend to
extend the exchange offer, although we reserve the right to do so. |
|
|
|
Conditions to the Exchange
Offer
|
|
The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, including that it not
violate any applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the
SEC. The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of
private notes being tendered for exchange. See The Exchange OfferConditions. |
|
|
|
Procedures for Tendering Old Notes
|
|
The old notes were issued as global securities in fully registered form without
coupons. Beneficial interests in the old notes that are held by direct or indirect
participants in The Depository Trust Company (DTC) through certificateless
depositary interests are shown on, and transfers of the old notes can be made only
through, records maintained in book-entry form by DTC with respect to its
participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
If you wish to exchange your old notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange
offer, you must transmit to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as exchange
agent, on or prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, either: |
|
|
|
a computer-generated message transmitted through DTCs Automated Tender Offer
Program system (ATOP) and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of |
15
|
|
|
a
confirmation of book-entry transfer in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound
by the terms of the letter of transmittal; or |
|
|
|
|
a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, which accompanies
this prospectus, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, together with your
old notes and any other required documentation, to the exchange agent at its
address listed in this prospectus and on the front cover of the letter of
transmittal. |
|
|
|
|
|
If you cannot satisfy either of these procedures on a timely basis, then you should
comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. |
|
|
|
|
|
By delivering a computer-generated message through DTCs ATOP system, you will
represent to us, as set forth in the letter of transmittal, among other things,
that: |
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the exchange offer in the ordinary course
of your business; |
|
|
|
|
you are not engaging in and do not intend to engage in a distribution of the
exchange notes; |
|
|
|
|
you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to
participate in the distribution of the exchange notes; and |
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate. |
|
|
|
Special Procedures for
Beneficial Owners
|
|
If you are the beneficial owner of old notes that are registered in the name of a
broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to
tender your old notes in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact the person
in whose name your old notes are registered and instruct that person to tender on
your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, prior to
completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your notes,
either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your
name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the person in whose name your
old notes are registered. The transfer of registered ownership may take
considerable time. See The Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering. |
|
|
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
|
|
If you wish to tender your old notes and time will not permit the documents
required by the letter of transmittal to reach the exchange agent before the
expiration date for the exchange offer, or the procedure for book-entry transfer
cannot be completed on a timely basis, you must tender your old notes according to
the guaranteed delivery procedures described in this prospectus under the heading
The Exchange OfferGuaranteed Delivery Procedures. |
|
|
|
Acceptance of Old Notes and
Delivery of Exchange Notes
|
|
Except under the circumstances summarized above under Conditions to the Exchange
Offer, we will accept for exchange any and all old notes that are properly
tendered in the exchange offer prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
expiration date for the exchange offer. The exchange notes to be issued to you in
an exchange offer will be delivered promptly following the expiration of the
exchange offer. See The Exchange OfferTerms of the Exchange Offer. |
|
|
|
Withdrawal Rights
|
|
You may withdraw any tender of your old notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. We will return to you
any old notes not accepted for exchange for any reason without expense to you as
promptly as we can after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer. See
The Exchange OfferWithdrawal Rights. |
|
|
|
Exchange Agent
|
|
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the trustee under the indenture governing
the notes, is serving as the exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. |
16
|
|
|
Consequences of Failure to
|
|
If you do not participate or properly tender your old notes in the exchange offer: |
Exchange |
|
|
|
|
|
you will retain old notes that are not registered under the Securities Act and
that will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer that are described in
the legend on the old notes; |
|
|
|
|
you will not be able, except in very limited instances, to require us to register
your old notes under the Securities Act; |
|
|
|
|
you will not be able to offer to resell or transfer your old notes unless they
are registered under the Securities Act or unless you offer to resell or transfer
them pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act; and |
|
|
|
|
the trading market for your old notes will become more limited to the extent that
other holders of old notes participate in the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
Federal Income Tax
Consequences
|
|
Your exchange of old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will not result
in any gain or loss to you for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See Certain
United States Federal Income Tax Considerations. |
Summary of the Terms of the Exchange Notes
The summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange notes. Certain of the terms and
conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The Description of
Exchange Notes section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and
conditions of the exchange notes.
|
|
|
Issuer
|
|
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. |
|
|
|
Notes Offered
|
|
$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017. |
|
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
The exchange notes will mature on February 15, 2017. |
|
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
The exchange notes bear interest at a rate of 9.75% per annum, accruing from the
issue date of the notes. |
|
|
|
Interest Payment Dates
|
|
Interest on the exchange notes is payable on February 15 and August 15 of each
year, beginning on August 15, 2011. |
|
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
The payment of the exchange notes will be jointly and severally and fully and
unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the subsidiary guarantors.
See Description of the Exchange NotesNote Guarantees for more details. |
|
|
|
Security; Collateral
|
|
The exchange notes will be secured by (i) a first-priority lien on substantially
all of our and the subsidiary guarantors assets (other than inventory and
accounts receivable and related assets of the ABL Credit Parties and subject to
certain exceptions), including capital stock of the subsidiary guarantors and (ii)
a second-priority lien on substantially all of the inventory and accounts
receivable and related assets of the ABL Credit Parties, in each case subject to
permitted liens and as described in this prospectus. |
|
|
|
|
|
The value of collateral at any time will depend on market and other economic
conditions, including the availability of suitable buyers for the collateral. The
liens on the collateral may |
17
|
|
|
|
|
be released without the consent of the holders of the
notes if collateral is disposed of in a transaction that complies with the
indenture and the related security documents or in accordance with the provisions
of an intercreditor agreement to be entered into relating to the collateral
securing the notes and the ABL Facility. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to the
NotesThe value of the collateral securing the notes may not be sufficient to
satisfy our obligations under the notes, Risk FactorsRisks Related to the
NotesThere are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the notes
under which the collateral securing the notes and guarantees will be released
automatically, without your consent or the consent of the trustee, Description
of NotesSecurity for the Notes. |
|
|
|
Ranking
|
|
The exchange notes and the guarantees will be our and the subsidiary guarantors
general senior secured obligations. They will rank: |
|
|
|
equally in right of payment with all of our and the subsidiary guarantors
existing and future senior debt; |
|
|
|
|
senior in right of payment to all of our and the subsidiary guarantors existing
and future subordinated debt; |
|
|
|
|
effectively subordinate to all liabilities (including trade payables) of our
subsidiaries that do not guarantee the exchange notes; |
|
|
|
|
effectively subordinated in right of payment to the indebtedness and obligations
of the ABL Credit Parties that are secured by first-priority liens under the ABL
Facility to the extent of the value of the assets subject to such first-priority
liens; and |
|
|
|
|
effectively senior in right of payment to the indebtedness and obligations of
the ABL Credit Parties that are secured by second-priority liens under the ABL
Facility to the extent of the value of the assets subject to such second-priority
liens. |
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2011, we and the subsidiary guarantors had approximately $187
million of indebtedness outstanding. |
|
|
|
Optional Redemption
|
|
We may at our option redeem: |
|
|
|
at any time prior to February 15, 2014, up to 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the exchange notes with the proceeds of certain equity offerings at the
redemption price equal to 109.75%of the principal amount thereof; |
|
|
|
|
at any time prior to February 15, 2014, some or all of the exchange notes at a
price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus a make-whole premium as
described under Description of Exchange NotesOptional Redemption; |
|
|
|
|
up to 10% of the original aggregate principal amount of the exchange notes
during any 12-month period at a redemption price of 103% at any time, prior to
February 15, 2014; and |
|
|
|
|
some or all of the exchange notes at the redemption prices set forth at the
redemption prices described under Description of the Exchange NotesOptional
Redemption, at any time on or after February 15, 2014. |
|
|
|
|
|
In each case, we must also pay accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
redemption date. See Description of Exchange NotesOptional Redemption for more
details. |
|
|
|
Change of Control Offer
|
|
If we experience specific kinds of changes of control, we will make an offer to
purchase all of the exchange notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
purchase. See Description of Exchange NotesRepurchase of Notes Upon a Change of
Control. |
18
|
|
|
Asset Sale Offer
|
|
If we sell assets under certain circumstances and do not use the proceeds for
specified purposes, we must offer to repurchase the exchange notes at 100% of the
principal amount of the exchange notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the applicable repurchase date with such proceeds. See
Description of Exchange NotesRepurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset Sales. |
|
|
|
Certain Covenants
|
|
The indenture governing the exchange notes contains covenants that, among other
things, limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: |
|
|
|
pay dividends, redeem stock or make other distributions or restricted payments; |
|
|
|
|
make certain investments; |
|
|
|
|
incur indebtedness and issue preferred stock; |
|
|
|
|
create liens; |
|
|
|
|
agree to dividend and payment restrictions affecting restricted subsidiaries; |
|
|
|
|
merge, consolidate or sell assets; |
|
|
|
|
designate subsidiaries as unrestricted; |
|
|
|
|
change our or our subsidiaries lines of business; and |
|
|
|
|
enter into transactions with our affiliates. |
|
|
|
|
|
The covenants above are also subject to a number of other important limitations
and exceptions. See Description of Exchange NotesCertain Covenants. |
|
|
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes
pursuant to the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as
contemplated in this prospectus, we will receive in exchange a like principal
amount of outstanding old notes, the terms of which are identical in all material
respects to the exchange notes. The outstanding old notes surrendered in exchange
for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. We
have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer. No underwriter is being
used in connection with the exchange offer. See Use of Proceeds. |
|
|
|
No Public Market; No Listing
|
|
The exchange notes are new securities for which there is no active trading market
and we do not intend to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange or to
seek approval for quotations through any automated quotation system. Although the
initial purchasers have informed us that it intends to make a market in the notes,
they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue market-making at anytime
without notice. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid market for the
exchange notes will develop or be maintained. |
|
|
|
Risk Factors
|
|
Investing in the exchange notes involves substantial risks. See Risk Factors
beginning on page 20 for a discussion of certain factors you should consider in
evaluating an investment in the exchange notes. |
For additional information regarding the exchange notes, see the Description of Exchange Notes
section of this prospectus.
19
RISK FACTORS
Your decision whether to participate in the exchange offer will involve risk. Our businesses
face many risks and uncertainties, any of which could result in a material adverse effect on our
results of operations or financial condition. We believe that the most significant of the risks and
uncertainties that we face are described below. In addition, certain risk are specific to the
exchange offer, the notes and the related guarantees and these risks are described below. You
should be aware of, and carefully consider, the following risk factors, along with all of the risks
and other information provided in this prospectus, before deciding whether to participate in the
exchange offer. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently
deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of those risks actually occurs, our
business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer. The risks discussed below
also include forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ substantially from those
discussed in these forward-looking statements. See Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements in this prospectus.
Risks Related to our Business
Changes in funding for public schools could cause the demand for our products to decrease.
We derive a significant portion of our revenues from public schools, which are heavily
dependent on federal, state and local government funding. Budget cuts, curtailments, delays,
changes in leadership, shifts in priorities or general reductions in funding could reduce or delay
our revenues. Funding difficulties experienced by schools, which have been exacerbated by the
current economic downturn and state budget deficits (most state budget fiscal years end on June
30), could also cause those institutions to demand price reductions and could slow or reduce
purchases of intervention products, which in turn could materially harm our business. Our business
may be adversely affected by changes in educational funding at the federal, state or local level,
resulting from changes in legislation, changes in state procurement processes, changes in
government leadership, emergence of other funding or legislative priorities and changes in the
condition of the local, state or U.S. economy. Some of our transaction opportunities have been
related to ARRA stimulus funds available to our customers. Funds allocated by the ARRA will be
spent by September 2011, this may hinder our ability to consummate certain transactions.
We receive significant revenues from certain states and reductions in public school education
spending in those states could cause the demand for our products to decrease.
In 2010, we derived significant revenues from the following three states in the following
approximate percentages: California 14%; Florida 8%; and Texas 8%. To some extent, we
expect the economic situation faced by these states to continue to have a depressive effect on
public school spending. If that is the case, our sales to these states could be materially reduced
which could harm our business and financial condition.
Changes in school procurement policies may adversely affect our business.
The school appropriations process is often slow, unpredictable and subject to many factors
outside of our control. School districts choose to procure educational materials in various ways
which can change quickly necessitating a change in our sales strategy or sales investments.
Districts and states may switch procurement decisions from a centralized (district-wide) to a
decentralized (school by school) decision, states may switch from state-wide standard adoptions to
flexible district level procurement, and customers could increasingly utilize competitive requests
for proposals (RFP) or procurement via the Internet. Any of these changes could cause us to modify
our sales strategy or cause us to expend greater sales effort to win business and if we are slow to
respond the result could be a material loss of market share.
Our failure to maintain or expand our customer base could diminish incremental revenues from
certain products.
We sell products that require customers to purchase certain replenishment materials year after
year. Sales of these consumable items and replacement materials typically involve considerably less
revenue than the initial sale. Furthermore, we provide products and services under arrangements
that are terminable at will. Our ability to maintain and grow revenues and profitability will
depend significantly upon the ability to maintain and grow our existing customer base and to
acquire new customers. If we are not successful in continuing to acquire additional customers or
maintaining our existing customers, our earnings may be adversely affected.
Our revenue growth and profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain
productive resellers.
Historically, we have used resellers as a sales channel for certain products, primarily
Kurzweil Educational Systems and Intellitools. Entities that resell our products may discontinue
selling the products or choose to substitute a competing product, or they may not dedicate
sufficient attention and resources to our products that they are selling. Should any of our current
or future resellers
20
perform below our expectations, or should we lose one or more relationships with one of our
current resellers, or fail to establish relationships with additional or replacement resellers, our
revenues and profitability could be adversely affected.
Our revenues and profitability will depend on our ability to continue to develop new products and
services that appeal to customers and end users and respond to changing customer preferences.
We operate in markets that are characterized by continuous and rapid change, including product
introductions and enhancements, changes in customer demands and evolving industry standards. In a
period of rapid change, the technological and curriculum life cycles of our products are difficult
to estimate. The demand for some of our more mature products and services has begun to migrate to
other, newer products and services. As a result, we will need to continuously reassess our product
and service offerings. We could make investments in new products and services that may not be
profitable, or whose profitability may be significantly lower than what we have experienced
historically. If we are unable to anticipate trends and develop new products or services responding
to changing customer preferences, our revenues and profitability could be adversely affected. Our
business could be harmed if we are unable to develop new products and invest in existing products
in an appropriate balance to keep our company competitive in the marketplace.
Our business is anticipated to be seasonal and our operating results are anticipated to fluctuate
seasonally.
Our business is likely to be subject to seasonal fluctuations. We generally expect revenue and
income from operations to be higher during the second and third calendar quarters. In addition, the
quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past, and our quarterly results of
operations can be expected to continue to fluctuate in the future.
If we are unable to compete effectively, we may be unable to successfully attract and retain
customers and our profitability could be materially harmed.
The market for our products and services is highly competitive and is characterized by
frequent product developments and enhancements of existing products. Several of our competitors
have substantially greater financial, research and development, manufacturing and marketing
resources than us as well as greater name recognition and larger customer bases. Accordingly, our
competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new technologies and changes in customer
requirements, have more favorable access to suppliers and devote greater resources to the
development and sale of their products and services. These competitors may be successful in
developing products and services that are more effective or less costly than any products or
services that we may provide currently or may develop in the future.
Our intellectual property protection may be inadequate, which may allow others to use our
technologies and thereby reduce our ability to compete.
The technology underlying our services and products may be vulnerable to attack by our
competitors. We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, employee and
third party nondisclosure agreements and other contracts to establish and protect our technology
and other intellectual property rights. The steps that we have taken in order to protect our
proprietary technology may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our technology or to
prevent third parties from developing similar technology independently.
Technology content licensed from third parties may not continue to be available.
We license from third parties technology content upon which we rely to deliver products and
services to customers. This technology may not continue to be available to us on commercially
reasonable terms or at all. Moreover, we may face claims from persons who claim that our licensed
technologies infringe upon or violate those persons proprietary rights. These types of claims,
regardless of the outcome, may be costly to defend and may divert managements efforts and
resources.
Our products could infringe on the intellectual property of others, which may cause us to engage in
costly litigation and to pay substantial damages or restrict or prohibit us from selling our
products.
Third parties may assert infringement or other intellectual property claims against us based
on their intellectual property rights. If any of these claims are successful, we may be required to
pay substantial damages, possibly including treble damages, for past infringement. We also may be
prohibited from selling our products or providing certain content without first obtaining a license
from the third party, which, if available at all, may require us to pay additional fees or
royalties to the third party. Even if infringement claims against us are without merit, defending a
lawsuit takes significant time, is often expensive and may divert management attention away from
other business concerns.
21
Our success will depend in part on our ability to attract and retain key personnel.
Our success depends in part on our ability to attract and retain highly qualified executives
and management, as well as creative and technical personnel. Members of our senior management team
have substantial industry experience that is critical to the execution of our business plan. If
they or other key employees were to leave our company, and we were unable to find qualified and
affordable replacements for these individuals, our business could be harmed materially.
Increases in operating costs and expenses, many of which are beyond our control, could materially
and adversely affect our operating performance.
We must control our costs and expenses to be profitable and to generate enough cash flow to
service our indebtedness. Some of our costs are variable and subject to factors beyond our control;
in particular, increases in paper, fuel, and employee compensation expenses could have a
significant impact on our business.
Merger and acquisition activity could adversely affect our operations.
We may seek potential acquisitions of products, technologies and businesses in the education
industry that could complement or expand our current product and service offerings and businesses.
In the event that we identify appropriate acquisition candidates, we may not be able to
successfully negotiate, finance or integrate the acquired products, technologies or businesses.
Furthermore, such an acquisition could cause a diversion of managements time and resources. Any
particular acquisition, if completed, may materially and adversely affect our business, results of
operations, financial condition or liquidity.
We could experience system failures, software errors or capacity constraints, any of which would
cause interruptions in the delivery of electronic content to customers and ultimately may cause us
to lose customers.
Any significant delays, disruptions or failures in the systems, or errors in the software,
that we use for the technology-based component of our products, as well as for internal operations,
could harm our business materially. We have occasionally suffered computer and telecommunication
outages or related problems in the past. The growth of our customer base, as well as the number of
websites we provide, could strain our systems in the future and will likely magnify the
consequences of any computer and telecommunications problems that we may experience.
However, destruction or disruption of data center sites could cause a system-wide failure.
Although we maintain property insurance on these premises, claims for any system failure could
exceed our coverage. In addition, our products could be affected by failures associated with third
party hosting providers or by failures of third party technology used in our products, and we may
have no control over remedying these failures.
Our systems face security risks and we need to ensure the privacy of our customers.
Our systems and websites may be vulnerable to unauthorized access by hackers, computer viruses
and other disruptive problems. Any security breaches or problems could lead to misappropriation of
our customers information, our websites, our intellectual property and other rights, as well as
disruption in the use of our systems and websites. Any security breach related to our websites
could tarnish our reputation and expose us to damages and litigation. We also may incur significant
costs to maintain our security precautions or to correct problems caused by security breaches.
Furthermore, to maintain these security measures, we may be required to monitor our customers
access to our websites, which may cause disruption to customers use of our systems and websites.
These disruptions and interruptions could harm our business materially.
We have a single distribution center and could experience significant disruption of business and
ultimately lose customers in the event it was damaged, destroyed or experienced technological
failure.
We store and distribute the majority of our printed materials through a single warehouse in
Frederick, Colorado. In the event that this distribution facility was damaged, destroyed or
experienced technological failure, we would be delayed in responding to customer requests.
Customers often purchase materials very close to the school year and such delivery delays could
cause our customers to turn to competitors for products they need immediately. While we maintain
adequate property insurance, the loss of customers could have a long-term, detrimental impact on
our reputation and business.
Failure to efficiently and effectively manage our direct marketing initiatives could negatively
affect our business.
The growth of several of our products depends on our ability to efficiently and effectively
manage our direct marketing initiatives. We use various direct marketing strategies to market our
products, including direct mailings, catalogs, online marketing, search engine optimization and
telemarketing. In each case, we rely on a database containing information about our current and
prospective customers to develop and implement direct marketing campaigns. We face the risk of
unauthorized access to our customer database or the corruption of our database as a result of
technology failure or otherwise. Failure to maintain, protect and properly
22
utilize the available information in the database could lead to decreased revenues and could
materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Both Cambium and VLCY have been subjected to material accounting irregularities in recent years,
which could result in enhanced regulatory scrutiny in the future and could undermine the confidence
that some investors may have in the integrity of our financial statements.
During 2008, Cambium discovered certain irregularities relating to the control and use of cash
and certain other general ledger items which revealed a substantial misappropriation of assets
spanning fiscal 2004 through fiscal 2008. These irregularities were perpetrated by a former
employee, resulting in embezzlement losses, before the effect of income taxes, amounting to $14.0
million. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. In early 2006, VLCY (then known as
ProQuest Company) announced that it had identified potential material irregularities in its
accounting that were to be investigated by VLCYs audit committee, with the assistance of outside
experts. In July 2006, VLCY announced that its audit committee had completed its investigation and
issued a statement that detailed the key findings, including that the evidence indicated that a
single individual was responsible for the misstatements. After completion of that investigation,
VLCY restated certain of its previously filed financial statements. The fact that both Cambium and
VLCY have experienced material accounting irregularities within the past seven years could result
in enhanced regulatory scrutiny and could impair the confidence of investors, financing sources,
research analysts and potential acquirers in the integrity of our financial statements.
Risks Related to Debt and Ownership of our Common Stock
The existence of a majority stockholder may adversely affect the market price of our common stock
and could delay, hinder or prevent a change in corporate control or result in the entrenchment of
management and the board of directors, and our majority stockholder has a contractual right to
maintain its percentage ownership in our company.
VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC, owns a majority of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly,
VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC will likely have the ability to determine the outcome of matters
submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and any
merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all our assets. In addition, VSS-Cambium
Holdings III, LLC will likely have the ability to control our management, affairs and operations.
Accordingly, this concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control or impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover
or other business combination.
The ownership of a large block of stock by a single stockholder may reduce our market
liquidity. Should VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC determine to sell any of its position in the
future, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock on the market, or even the possibility of
these sales, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. These sales, or even the
possibility of these sales, also may make it more difficult for us to raise capital through the
issuance of equity securities at a time and at a price we deem appropriate.
Moreover, VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC has a contractual right to maintain its percentage
ownership in our company. Specifically, under the terms of a stockholders agreement entered into in
connection with the mergers, if we were to engage in a new issuance of our securities, VSS-Cambium
Holdings III, LLC and funds managed or controlled by VSS would have preemptive rights to purchase
an amount of our securities that would enable them to maintain their same collective percentage of
ownership in our company following the new issuance. VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC and funds
managed or controlled by VSS would have these preemptive rights for so long as those entities
collectively beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 25% of the outstanding shares of our
common stock. Thus, while other holders of our securities would risk suffering a reduction in
percentage ownership in connection with a new issuance of securities by us, VSS-Cambium Holdings
III, LLC and funds managed or controlled by VSS would, through this preemptive right, have the
opportunity to avoid a reduction in percentage ownership.
We are a controlled company within the meaning of the NASDAQ rules and, as a result, qualify for,
and rely on, exemptions from various corporate governance standards, which limits the presence of
independent directors on our board of directors and board committees.
Due to the fact that VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC owns a majority of our outstanding common
stock, we are deemed a controlled company for purposes of NASDAQ Rule 5615(c)(2). Under this
rule, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by
an individual, a group or another company is a controlled company and is exempt from certain
NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, including requirements that a majority of the board of
directors consist of independent directors, that compensation of officers be determined or
recommended to the board of directors by a majority of independent directors or by a compensation
committee that is composed entirely of independent directors and that director nominees be selected
or recommended for selection by a majority of the independent directors or by a nominating
committee composed solely of independent directors. We intend to rely upon these exemptions.
Accordingly, our stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of other
companies that are required to comply fully with the NASDAQ rules.
23
Since the controlled company exemption does not extend to the composition of audit
committees, we are required to have an audit committee that consists of at least three directors,
each of whom must be independent based on independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act). Our board of directors has adopted an audit
committee charter which will govern our audit committee. These three directors must also satisfy
the requirements set forth in NASDAQ Rule 5605(a) and (c). The audit committee is currently
composed entirely of independent directors.
Provisions of our organizational documents and Delaware law may delay or deter a change of control.
Our organizational documents contain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging,
delaying or preventing a change of control of, or unsolicited acquisition proposals for, our
company. These include provisions that:
|
|
|
vest our board of directors with the sole power to set the number of directors of
our company; |
|
|
|
|
provide that our board of directors will be elected on a staggered term basis, so
that generally only one-third of the board will be elected at each annual meeting of
stockholders; |
|
|
|
|
limit the persons that may call special meetings of stockholders; |
|
|
|
|
establish advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director
nominations; and |
|
|
|
|
limit stockholder action by written consent. |
Also, our board of directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock in one or
more series and to fix the rights and preferences of these shares, all without stockholder
approval. Any series of preferred stock is likely to be senior to our common stock with respect to
dividends, liquidation rights and, possibly, voting rights. The ability of our board of directors
to issue preferred stock also could have the effect of discouraging unsolicited acquisition
proposals, thus adversely affecting the market price of our common stock.
In addition, Delaware corporate law makes it difficult for stockholders that recently have
acquired a large interest in a corporation to cause the merger or acquisition of the corporation
against the directors wishes. Under Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law (the
DGCL), a Delaware corporation such as our company may not engage in any merger or other business
combination with an interested stockholder or such stockholders affiliates or associates for a
period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder,
except in limited circumstances, including by approval of the corporations board of directors.
We have a significant amount of senior secured debt and will have the obligation to make interest
payments and comply with restrictions contained in the credit agreements with our senior secured
lenders.
In February 2011, we closed the offering, as well as the ABL Facility. We are
subject to risks associated with substantial indebtedness, including the risk that we will not be
able to refinance existing indebtedness when it becomes due, the risk that we would not be able to
secure alternative financing if we are unable to comply with the debt covenants or if we were to
experience an event of default, and the risk that our cash flows from operations are insufficient
to make scheduled interest payments. We are required to make interest payments semi-annually in
arrears on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2011. If we are unable to
generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our debt, we may be required
to refinance all or a portion of our debt. However, we may not be able to obtain any such new or
additional financing on favorable terms or at all.
The indenture governing the notes and the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility contain
various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things, incur or guarantee additional
indebtedness; pay dividends and make other restricted payments; incur restrictions on the payment
of dividends or other distributions from our restricted subsidiaries; create or incur certain
liens; make certain investments; transfer or sell assets; enter into operating leases; engage in
transactions with affiliates; and merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or
substantially all of our or their assets.
Further, upon the occurrence of specific types of change of control events, we will be
required to offer to repurchase outstanding notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued
and unpaid interest. The source of funds for any such purchase of the notes will be our available
cash or cash generated from our and our subsidiaries operations or other sources, including
borrowings, sales of assets or sales or equity. Our failure to repurchase the notes upon a change
of control would cause a default under the indenture governing the notes and a cross default under
our new revolving credit facility.
24
Borrowing capacity under the ABL Facility may affect our ability to finance our operations.
In February 2011, we entered into the ABL Facility, consisting of a four-year $40.0 million
revolving credit facility, which includes a $5.0 million subfacility for swing line loans and a
$5.0 million subfacility for letters of credit. Our ability to borrow funds under this facility is
limited by a borrowing base determined relative to the value, calculated periodically, of eligible
accounts receivable and eligible inventory. Our ability to borrow funds under this facility is also
conditioned upon our compliance with a financial covenant that generally requires us to maintain,
on a consolidated basis, either (i) excess availability of at least the greater of $8 million and
15% of the revolver commitment or (ii) a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0. Our business is
seasonal and any inability to borrow funds under the revolving credit facility could affect our
ability to finance our operations.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
Our substantial levels of outstanding indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition,
limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting
our obligations under the notes.
As of March 31, 2011, we had outstanding an aggregate principal amount of approximately $187
million of secured indebtedness, $174 million of which was debt in respect of the old notes, net of
the discount, and $13 million of which was debt in respect to capital lease obligations. Our
substantial indebtedness could have important consequences, including:
|
|
|
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments; |
|
|
|
|
requiring a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the
payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, therefore reducing our ability to
use our cash flow to fund our operations, capital expenditures and future business
opportunities; |
|
|
|
|
making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our
indebtedness, including the notes, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of
our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could
result in an event of default under the indenture governing the notes and the agreements
governing such other indebtedness; |
|
|
|
|
restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic
divestitures; |
|
|
|
|
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital
expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general
corporate or other purposes, including to repurchase the notes from the holders upon a
change of control; and |
|
|
|
|
limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or
market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors
who have less debt and who, therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that
our leverage prevents us from pursuing. |
In addition, our substantial level of indebtedness could limit our ability to obtain
additional financing on acceptable terms or at all for working capital, capital expenditures and
general corporate purposes. Our liquidity needs could vary significantly and may be affected by
general economic conditions, industry trends, performance and many other factors not within our
control.
If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service our
debt, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of our existing debt. However, we may not be
able to obtain any such new or additional debt on favorable terms or at all.
We and our subsidiaries may incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further
exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness (including
additional first lien obligations) in the future. Although the indenture governing the exchange
notes will, and the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility does, contain restrictions on the
incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant
qualifications and exceptions, and under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that
could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Substantially
concurrent with the closing of the offering, the ABL Credit Parties
entered into the $40
million ABL Facility for purposes of future borrowing. In addition, the indenture governing the
notes does not prevent us from incurring obligations from other sources. If new debt, including
future additional first lien obligations, is added to our and our subsidiaries existing debt
levels, the related risks that we now face would increase.
25
Our debt agreements contain restrictions that will limit our flexibility in operating our business.
The indenture governing the exchange notes will, and the credit agreement governing the ABL
Facility does, contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of
transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries ability to, among other
things:
|
|
|
incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; |
|
|
|
|
pay dividends and make other restricted payments; |
|
|
|
|
incur restrictions on the payment of dividends or other distributions from our
restricted subsidiaries; |
|
|
|
|
create or incur certain liens; |
|
|
|
|
make certain investments; |
|
|
|
|
transfer or sell assets; |
|
|
|
|
enter into operating leases; |
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates; and |
|
|
|
|
merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of our
or their assets. |
The ABL Facility has a financial covenant that, under certain circumstances, requires the ABL
Credit Parties to maintain, on a consolidated basis, a certain financial ratio pertaining to fixed
charges coverage. The ABL Credit Parties ability to comply with this covenant may be subject to
events outside of its control. A breach of this covenant could result in a default under the ABL
facility, and a default under the indenture as a result of cross acceleration provisions. In
addition, any debt agreements we enter into in the future may further limit our ability to enter
into certain types of transactions. See Description of Certain Indebtedness and Description of
NotesCertain CovenantsEvents of Default and Remedies.
Risks Related to the Exchange Notes
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the
notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness,
which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our
financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and
competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We
may not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us
to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the exchange
notes.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations,
we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek
additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the exchange notes. Our
ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets
and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest
rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our
business operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments and the indenture governing
the exchange notes may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In addition, any
failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely
basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to
incur additional indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit
us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.
Indebtedness under the ABL facility will be effectively senior to the exchange notes to the extent
of the value of the collateral securing the ABL facility on a first-priority lien basis.
The ABL Facility will be collateralized by a first-priority lien on the inventory and accounts
receivable and related assets of the ABL Credit Parties (the ABL Collateral). The first-priority
liens on the ABL Collateral will be higher in priority as to the ABL Collateral than the security
interests in such collateral securing the guarantees of the exchange notes by the ABL Credit
Parties. We are able to borrow up to $40 million under the ABL Facility, subject to borrowing base
restrictions thereunder. The guarantees of the exchange notes by the ABL Credit Parties will be
secured, subject to permitted liens, by a second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral. Holders of
the indebtedness under the ABL Facility will be entitled to receive proceeds from the realization
of value of the ABL
26
Collateral to repay such indebtedness in full before the holders of the exchange notes and the
related guarantees will be entitled to any recovery from the ABL Collateral.
Accordingly, holders of the exchange notes and the related guarantees will only be entitled to
receive proceeds from the realization of value of the ABL Collateral after all indebtedness and
other obligations under the ABL Facility are repaid in full. As a result, the guarantees of the
exchange notes by the ABL Credit Parties will be effectively junior in right of payment to
indebtedness under the ABL Facility to the extent of the realizable value of the ABL Collateral.
Claims of noteholders will be structurally subordinated to claims of creditors of our subsidiaries
that do not guarantee the exchange notes.
As of the issue date, the exchange notes will be guaranteed by all of our subsidiaries except
for VLCY, but the indenture governing the exchange notes will permit us, subject to certain
conditions, to redesignate subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. Unrestricted subsidiaries
will not guarantee the exchange notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization
of any of our non-guarantor subsidiaries all obligations of these subsidiaries will have to be
satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution to us
or our creditors, including holders of the exchange notes. As a result, claims of holders of the
exchange notes will be structurally subordinated to the claims of creditors of our subsidiaries
that do not guarantee the exchange notes, including trade creditors, except to the extent we have a
claim as a creditor of such subsidiaries. All obligations of these subsidiaries will have to be
satisfied before any of the assets of such subsidiaries would be available for distribution, upon a
liquidation or otherwise, to us or our creditors, including the holders of the exchange notes.
There are certain categories of property that are excluded from the collateral securing the
exchange notes.
Certain categories of assets are excluded from the collateral securing the exchange notes and
the subsidiary guarantees. See Description of Exchange NotesSecurity for the Exchange
NotesExcluded Assets.
The assets securing the exchange notes and the related subsidiary guarantees are limited to
certain of our assets and the assets of the subsidiary guarantors and do not include any assets of
any subsidiaries designated as unrestricted subsidiaries pursuant to the indenture governing the
exchange notes or subsidiaries that do not guarantee the notes, if any. Excluded assets include,
but are not limited to, (a) any of our and the subsidiary guarantors rights under any agreement,
license or other document, to the extent that any document, governmental authority or requirement
of law prohibits, requires any consent for, or provides for a default upon, an assignment thereof
or a grant of a security interest therein, (b) any property subject to a lien securing a capital
lease obligation or purchase-money security interest permitted to be incurred pursuant to the
indenture governing the exchange notes, (c) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates
of title, and (d) any intellectual property, including intent-to-use trademark applications, in
relation to which any applicable law or regulation, or any agreement entered into in the ordinary
course of business and existing on the date hereof, prohibits the creation of a security interest
therein or would invalidate our or any subsidiary guarantors right, title or interest therein.
Repayment of our debt, including the notes, is dependent on cash flow generated by our
subsidiaries.
Repayment of our indebtedness, including the exchange notes, is dependent on the generation of
cash flow by our subsidiaries and their ability to make such cash available to us, by dividend,
debt repayment or otherwise. Unless they are guarantors of the exchange notes, our subsidiaries do
not have any obligation to pay amounts due on the exchange notes or to make funds available for
that purpose. Our subsidiaries may not be able to, or may not be permitted to, make distributions
to enable us to make payments in respect of our indebtedness, including the exchange notes. Each
subsidiary is a distinct legal entity and, under certain circumstances, legal and contractual
restrictions may limit our ability to obtain cash from our subsidiaries. While the indenture
governing the exchange notes will limit the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to incur
consensual restrictions on their ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany payments to
us, these limitations are subject to certain qualifications and exceptions. In the event that we do
not receive distributions from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to make required principal and
interest payments on our indebtedness, including the exchange notes.
If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments
on the exchange notes.
Any default under the agreements governing our other indebtedness, including a default under
the ABL Facility, that is not waived by the required lenders or holders, and the remedies sought by
the holders of such indebtedness, could prevent us from having sufficient funds in order to pay
principal, premium, if any, and interest on the exchange notes and consequently substantially
decrease the market value of the exchange notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow
and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium,
if any, and interest on our other indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various
covenants, including financial and operating covenants in the instruments governing our other
indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness
(including under the ABL Facility). In the event of such default,
27
|
|
|
the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed
thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest; |
|
|
|
|
the lenders under the ABL Facility could elect to terminate their commitments
thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against the
assets of the ABL Credit Parties; and |
|
|
|
|
we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. |
The lien ranking provisions of the indenture and other agreements relating to the collateral
securing the notes will limit the rights of holders of the exchange notes with respect to certain
collateral, even during an event of default.
The rights of the holders of the exchange notes and the related guarantees with respect to the
ABL Collateral will be substantially limited by the terms of the lien ranking agreements set forth
in the indenture and the intercreditor agreement, even during an event of default. Under the
indenture and the intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of
the higher priority liens are outstanding, any actions that may be taken with respect to (or in
respect of) the ABL Collateral, including the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement
proceedings against the ABL Collateral and to control the conduct of such proceedings, and the
approval of amendments to, releases of the ABL Collateral from the lien of, and waivers of past
defaults under, such documents relating to the ABL Collateral, will be at the direction of the
holders of the obligations secured by the first-priority liens, and the holders of the exchange
notes secured by lower priority liens may be adversely affected. See Description of Exchange
NotesSecurity for the Exchange Notes.
Under the terms of the intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the
benefit of the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are outstanding, if the holders of such
indebtedness release their lien on the ABL Collateral for any reason whatsoever (other than any
such release granted following the discharge of all such obligations with respect to the ABL
Facility), including, without limitation, in connection with any sale of assets permitted under the
ABL Facility, the second-priority security interest in such ABL Collateral securing the exchange
notes will be automatically and simultaneously released without any consent or action by the
holders of the exchange notes, subject to certain exceptions. The ABL Collateral so released will
no longer secure our and the subsidiary guarantors obligations under the exchange notes and the
guarantees. In addition, because the holders of the indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in
the ABL Collateral would control the disposition of the ABL Collateral, such holders could decide
not to proceed against the ABL Collateral, regardless of whether there is a default under the
documents governing such indebtedness or under the indenture governing the notes. In such event,
the only remedy available to the holders of the exchange notes as it relates to the ABL Collateral
would be to sue for payment on the exchange notes and the related guarantees. The indenture and the
intercreditor agreement will contain certain provisions benefiting holders of indebtedness under
the ABL Facility, including provisions prohibiting the trustee and the exchange notes collateral
agent from objecting following the filing of a bankruptcy petition to a number of important matters
regarding the ABL Collateral and any financing to be provided to us. After such filing, the value
of the ABL Collateral could materially deteriorate and holders of the exchange notes would be
unable to raise an objection or otherwise take action to preserve the value of the ABL Collateral.
In addition, the right of holders of obligations secured by liens to foreclose upon and sell the
ABL Collateral upon the occurrence of an event of default also would be subject to limitations
under applicable bankruptcy laws if we or any of our subsidiaries become subject to a bankruptcy
proceeding. The intercreditor agreement will give the holders of first priority liens on the ABL
Collateral the right to access and use the ABL Collateral (which also secures the exchange notes on
a second lien basis) to allow those holders to protect the ABL Collateral and to process, store and
dispose of the ABL Collateral.
The ABL Collateral will also be subject to any and all exceptions, defects, encumbrances,
liens and other imperfections as may be accepted by the lenders under the ABL Facility from time to
time, whether on or after the date the exchange notes and guarantees are issued. The existence of
any such exceptions, defects, encumbrances, liens and other imperfections could adversely affect
the value of the ABL Collateral securing the exchange notes as well as the ability of the notes
collateral agent to realize or foreclose on the ABL Collateral. See Description of Exchange
NotesSecurity for the Exchange Notes.
The value of the collateral securing the exchange notes may not be sufficient to satisfy our
obligations under the exchange notes.
No
appraisal of the value of the collateral has been made in connection
with the Offering or the Exchange Offer,
and the fair market value of the collateral will be subject to fluctuations based on factors that
include, among others, general economic conditions and similar factors. The amount to be received
upon a sale of the collateral would be dependent on numerous factors including, but not limited to,
the actual fair market value of the collateral at such time, the timing and the manner of the sale
and the availability of buyers. By its nature, portions of the collateral may be illiquid and may
have no readily ascertainable market value. In the event of a foreclosure, liquidation,
bankruptcy or similar proceeding, the collateral may not be sold in a timely or orderly manner and
the proceeds from any sale or liquidation of this collateral may not be sufficient to pay our
obligations under the exchange notes.
28
To the extent that pre-existing liens, liens permitted under the indenture (including the
first priority lien granted by the ABL Credit Parties to secure their obligations under the ABL
Facility) and other rights, including liens on excluded assets, such as those securing purchase
money obligations and capital lease obligations granted to other parties (in addition to the
holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens), encumber any of the collateral securing
the exchange notes and the guarantees, those parties have or may exercise rights and remedies with
respect to the collateral that could adversely affect the value of the collateral and the ability
of the exchange notes collateral agent, the trustee under the indenture or the holders of the
exchange notes to realize or foreclose on the collateral.
In addition, the indenture governing the exchange notes will permit us to issue additional
secured debt, including debt secured equally and ratably by the same assets pledged for the benefit
of the holders of the exchange notes. This would reduce amounts payable to holders of the exchange
notes from the proceeds of any sale of the collateral. There may not be sufficient collateral to
pay off any additional amounts borrowed under the ABL Facility or any additional indebtedness we
may issue that will be secured equally and ratably together with the exchange notes. Consequently,
liquidating the collateral securing the exchange notes and the guarantees may not result in
proceeds in an amount sufficient to pay any amounts due under the exchange notes after also
satisfying the obligations to pay any creditors with prior liens. If the proceeds of any sale of
collateral were not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the exchange notes, the holders of the
exchange notes (to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral) would
have only an unsecured, unsubordinated claim against our and the subsidiary guarantors remaining
assets.
The collateral securing the exchange notes may be diluted under certain circumstances.
The indenture governing the exchange notes and the credit agreement governing the ABL Facility
will permit us to incur, and our subsidiaries to incur or guarantee, additional indebtedness
subject to our compliance with the restrictive covenants in such documents. Any issuance of such
additional indebtedness that is secured by the same security interests, and with the same priority,
would dilute the value of the collateral to the extent of the aggregate principal of amount of such
additional debt issued.
We will in most cases have control over the collateral and the sale of particular assets by us
could reduce the pool of assets securing the exchange notes and the guarantees.
The collateral documents allow us to remain in possession of, retain exclusive control over,
freely operate, and collect, invest and dispose of any income from, the collateral securing the
exchange notes and the guarantees. In addition, we will not be required to comply with all or any
portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 if we determine, in good faith based
on advice of counsel, that, under the terms of that Section and/or any interpretation or
guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including no action letters or
exemptive orders, all or such portion of Section 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable
to the released collateral.
There are circumstances other than repayment or discharge of the exchange notes under which the
collateral securing the exchange notes and guarantees will be released automatically, without your
consent or the consent of the trustee.
Under various circumstances, collateral may be released, including:
|
|
|
to enable the sale, transfer or other disposal of such collateral in a transaction not
prohibited under the indenture or the ABL Facility, including the sale of any entity in its
entirety that owns or holds such collateral; |
|
|
|
|
with respect to collateral held by a subsidiary guarantor, upon the release of such
subsidiary guarantor from its guarantee as permitted by the indenture; and |
|
|
|
|
with respect to any ABL Collateral, upon any release by the lenders under the ABL
Facility of their first-priority security interest in such ABL Collateral (other than any
such release granted following the discharge of the obligations with respect to the ABL
Collateral). |
In addition, the guarantee of a subsidiary guarantor will be released in connection with a
sale of such subsidiary guarantor in a transaction not prohibited by the indenture.
The indenture also permits us, under certain circumstances, to designate one or more of our
restricted subsidiaries that is a subsidiary guarantor of the exchange notes as an unrestricted
subsidiary. If we designate a subsidiary guarantor as an unrestricted subsidiary as permitted by
the indenture, all of the liens on any collateral owned by such subsidiary or any of its
subsidiaries and any guarantees of the exchange notes by such subsidiary or any of its subsidiaries
will be released under the indenture but not under the ABL Facility (if such subsidiary is a
guarantor thereunder). Designation of an unrestricted subsidiary will reduce the aggregate value of
the collateral securing the exchange notes to the extent that liens on the assets of the
unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries are released. In addition, the creditors of the
unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries will have a senior claim on the assets of such
29
unrestricted subsidiary and its subsidiaries. See Description of Exchange NotesSecurity for
the Exchange NotesRelease of Liens on Collateral.
The waiver in the intercreditor agreement of rights of marshaling may adversely affect the recovery
rate of holders of the exchange notes in a bankruptcy or foreclosure scenario.
The exchange notes and the guarantees are secured on a second-priority lien basis by the ABL
Collateral. The intercreditor agreement provides that, at any time obligations having the benefit
of the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are outstanding, the holders of the exchange
notes, the trustee under the indenture governing the exchange notes and the notes collateral agent
may not assert or enforce any right of marshaling accorded to a junior lienholder, as against the
holders of such indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL Collateral. Without this
wavier of the right of marshaling, holders of such indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in
the ABL Collateral would likely be required to make repayment from the liquidation of collateral on
which the exchange notes did not have a lien, if any, prior to liquidating the ABL Collateral,
thereby maximizing the proceeds of the ABL Collateral that would be available to repay our
obligation under the exchange notes. As a result of this waiver, the proceeds of sales of the ABL
Collateral could be applied to repay any indebtedness secured by first-priority liens in the ABL
Collateral before applying proceeds of other collateral securing indebtedness, and the holders of
exchange notes may recover less than they would have if such proceeds were applied in the order
most favorable to the holders of the exchange notes.
The collateral securing the exchange notes is subject to casualty risks, which may limit your
ability to recover as a secured creditor for losses of the collateral and which may have an adverse
impact on our operations and results.
We maintain insurance or otherwise insure against hazards in a manner that we believe is
appropriate and customary for our business. There are, however, certain losses that may be either
uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. Insurance proceeds may not
compensate us fully for our losses. If there is a complete or partial loss of any of the
collateral, the insurance proceeds may not be sufficient to satisfy all of the secured obligations,
including the exchange notes and the exchange note guarantees.
To the extent that security interests in certain collateral are not perfected at the time of the
issuance of the exchange notes, the aggregate value of the collateral securing the exchange notes
may be reduced. Perfection of security interests in such collateral after the issue date of the
notes increases the risk that the security interests granted in such collateral could be avoided.
In addition, to the extent that assignments of certain intellectual property collateral are not
filed at the time of the issuance of the exchange notes, purchasers of that intellectual property
for value may acquire such collateral free and clear of the claims securing the exchange notes.
Security interests in certain collateral may not be perfected at the time of the issuance of
the exchange notes. We will use our commercially reasonable efforts to promptly complete all
filings and other similar actions required in connection with the perfection of security interests
in the intended collateral. If we are unable to provide a perfected security interest in one or
more items intended to be collateral, the overall value of the collateral securing the exchange
notes will be reduced. If we were to become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding after the issue date
of the exchange notes, any security interests perfected after the issue date of the exchange notes
would face a greater risk of being invalidated than if we had delivered it at the issue date. If a
security interest in an item of collateral is delivered after the issue date, that security
interest may be treated under bankruptcy law as if it were created to secure previously existing
debt, which may make it more likely to be avoided as a preference by the bankruptcy court than if
the security interest in that item of collateral were delivered and promptly recorded on the issue
date of the exchange notes. To the extent that the grant of a security interest in such collateral
is avoided as a preference, holders of the exchange notes would lose the benefit of the property
encumbered by that item of collateral that was intended to constitute security for the exchange
notes. Further, in order to protect certain items of intellectual property collateral against
claims by subsequent purchasers of that collateral for value, certain filings are required to be
made in addition to the filing of UCC-1 financing statements. To the extent these additional
filings are not made, a subsequent purchaser from us of that collateral for value could assert that
such purchaser is not bound by the security interest created in that collateral. See Description
of Exchange NotesCollateral Documents and Certain Related Intercreditor Provisions.
Your security interests in certain items of present and future collateral may not be perfected.
The security interests will not be perfected with respect to certain items of collateral that
cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements in each debtors jurisdiction of
organization, the delivery of possession of certificated securities or the filing of a notice of
security interest with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office or certain
other conventional methods to perfect security interests in the United States or are otherwise
determined to be immaterial by us in certain circumstances or where intellectual property is
unregistered and registration is necessary for the perfection of a security interest. Security
interests in collateral such as deposit accounts and securities accounts, which require additional
actions to perfect liens on such accounts, may not be perfected or may not have priority with
respect to the security interests of other creditors. To the extent that the security interests in
any items of collateral are unperfected, the rights of the holders of the exchange notes with
respect to such collateral will be equal to
30
the rights of our general unsecured creditors in the event of any bankruptcy filed by or
against us under applicable U.S. federal bankruptcy laws.
Rights of holders of exchange notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by the failure to
perfect security interests in certain collateral acquired in the future.
The security interest in the collateral securing the exchange notes includes assets, both
tangible and intangible, whether now owned or acquired or arising in the future. Applicable law
requires that certain property and rights acquired after the grant of a general security interest
can only be perfected at the time such property and rights are acquired and identified. There can
be no assurance that the trustee or the collateral trustee will monitor, or that we will inform the
trustee or the collateral trustee of, the future acquisition of property and rights that constitute
collateral, and that the necessary action will be taken to properly perfect the security interest
in such after-acquired property. The trustee and the collateral trustee have no obligation to
monitor the acquisition of additional property or rights that constitute collateral or the
perfection of any security interest therein. Such failure to perfect may result in the loss of the
security interest in such after-acquired property or the priority of the security interest securing
the notes against third parties.
Our failure to meet our obligations to inform the trustee and the collateral trustee of the
future acquisition of property or rights that constitute collateral will constitute a breach under
the indenture, which will result in the acceleration of our obligations under the exchange notes.
However, acceleration of such obligations in such situation may not provide an adequate remedy to
you if the value of the collateral is impaired by the failure to perfect the security interest in,
or create a valid lien with respect to, such after-acquired collateral.
Rights of holders of exchange notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by bankruptcy
proceedings.
The right and ability of the collateral trustee to repossess and dispose of the collateral
securing the notes upon an event of default is likely to be significantly impaired (or at a minimum
delayed) by federal bankruptcy law if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced by or against us or a
subsidiary guarantor. This could be true even if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced after the
collateral trustee has repossessed and disposed of the collateral. Under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code,
a secured creditor, such as the collateral trustee, is prohibited from repossessing its security
from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security repossessed from a debtor,
without prior bankruptcy court approval which may not be given. Moreover, bankruptcy law permits
the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral, and the proceeds, products, rents or
profits of the collateral, even though the debtor is in default under the applicable debt
instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given adequate protection. The meaning of the
term adequate protection may vary according to circumstances, but it is intended in general to
protect the value of the secured creditors interest in the collateral and may include cash
payments or the granting of additional or replacement security or claims, if, and at such time as,
the court in its discretion determines, for any diminution in the value of the collateral as a
result of the stay of repossession or disposition or any use of the collateral by the debtor during
the pendency of the bankruptcy case. A bankruptcy court may determine that a secured creditor may
not require compensation for a diminution in the value of its collateral if the value of the
collateral exceeds the debt it secures. In view of the broad discretionary powers of a bankruptcy
court, it is impossible to predict how long payments under the notes could be delayed following
commencement of a bankruptcy case, whether or when the collateral trustee would repossess or
dispose of the collateral, or whether or to what extent holders of the exchange notes would be
compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the collateral through the requirements of
adequate protection, or what the holders of the exchange notes would ultimately receive in the
bankruptcy case on account of their claims. Furthermore, it is possible that the bankruptcy
trustee, the debtor-in-possession or competing creditors will assert that the fair market value of
the shared collateral with respect to the obligations secured thereby on the date of the bankruptcy
filing was less than the then-current principal amount of such obligations. Upon a finding by a
bankruptcy court that the exchange notes are under-collateralized, the claims in the bankruptcy
proceeding with respect to the exchange notes and the other shared collateral indebtedness would be
bifurcated between secured claims and unsecured claims, and the unsecured claims would not be
entitled to the benefits of security in the collateral, such as the right to receive adequate
protection, and the holders of the exchange notes would also not be entitled to receive any
post-petition interest or applicable fees, costs, or charges under federal bankruptcy laws.
The value of the collateral securing the exchange notes may not be sufficient to entitle the
holders to receive post-petition interest or applicable fees, costs, or charges.
In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding
against us or a subsidiary guarantor, holders of the exchange notes will be entitled to
post-petition interest under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code only if and to the extent that the value of
the collateral securing the exchange notes and the obligations under the ABL Facility is greater
than the aggregate pre-bankruptcy claims of the secured parties under such shared collateral
indebtedness plus the claims of the revolving lenders for post-petition interest pursuant to their
right to be paid first from the collateral. Holders of the exchange notes may be deemed to have an
unsecured claim if our obligations in respect of the exchange notes exceed the fair market value of
the collateral securing the shared collateral indebtedness. In addition, if any payments of
post-petition interest had been made at the time of such a finding of under-collateralization, such
payments could be re-characterized by the bankruptcy court as a reduction of the principal amount
of the secured claim with respect to exchange notes. No appraisal of the fair market value of the
collateral securing the
31
exchange notes has been prepared and, therefore, the value of the collateral trustees
interest in the collateral may not equal or exceed the principal amount of the notes and the other
shared collateral indebtedness. We cannot assure you that there will be sufficient collateral to
satisfy our and the subsidiary guarantors obligations under the exchange notes.
Delivery of any future pledge of collateral increases the risk that pledges of collateral could be
avoidable in bankruptcy.
As described above, the exchange notes may be secured by certain other collateral after the
date of the indenture governing the exchange notes. If the grantor of such security interest were
to become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding after the date of the issuance of the exchange notes,
any mortgage or other security interest in other collateral delivered after such issuance date
would face a greater risk than security interests in place on the date of the issuance of the
exchange notes of being avoided by the pledgor (as debtor-in-possession) or by its trustee in
bankruptcy as (a) a preference under Title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code if certain events or
circumstances exist or occur, including, among others, if the pledgor is insolvent at the time of
the pledge, the pledge permits the holders of the exchange notes to receive a greater recovery than
the holders would have received in a Chapter 7 case of the pledgors if the pledge had not been
given and a bankruptcy proceeding in respect of the pledgor is commenced within 90 days following
the pledge, or, in certain circumstances, a longer period, or (b) a fraudulent transfer (as
discussed further herein). To the extent that the grant of any such mortgage or other security
interest is avoided as a preference or a fraudulent transfer, you would lose the benefit of the
mortgage or security interest.
We may not be able to repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control.
Upon the occurrence of specific types of change of control events, we will be required to
offer to repurchase all outstanding exchange notes at 101% of their principal amount plus accrued
and unpaid interest. The source of funds for any such purchase of the exchange notes will be our
available cash or cash generated from our and our subsidiaries operations or other sources,
including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We may not be able to repurchase the
exchange notes upon a change of control because we may not have sufficient financial resources to
purchase all of the exchange notes that are tendered upon a change of control. Our failure to
repurchase the exchange notes upon a change of control would cause a default under the indenture
governing the exchange notes and a cross default under the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility also
provides that specified change of control events will constitute a default that permits lenders to
accelerate the maturity of borrowings thereunder. Any of our future debt agreements may contain
similar provisions.
Holders of exchange notes may not be able to determine when a change of control giving
rise to their right to have the exchange notes repurchased has occurred following a sale of
substantially all of our assets.
The definition of change of control in the indenture governing the exchange notes includes a
phrase relating to the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. There is no precise
established definition of the phrase substantially all under applicable law. Accordingly, the
ability of a holder of exchange notes to require us to repurchase its exchange notes as a result of
a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all our assets to another
person may be uncertain.
Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws may permit a court to void the exchange notes and
the exchange note guarantees or the security interest granted with respect thereto,
subordinate claims in respect of the notes, security interests and the exchange note guarantees and
require noteholders to return payments received, and if that occurs, you may not receive any
payments on the exchange notes.
Federal and state fraudulent transfer and conveyance statutes may apply to the issuance of the
exchange notes and the security interest and the incurrence of any guarantees of the exchange
notes, including the exchange note guarantees by the subsidiary guarantors entered into upon
issuance of the exchange notes and exchange note guarantees (if any) that may be entered into
thereafter under the terms of the indenture governing the exchange notes. Under federal bankruptcy
law and comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws, which may vary from
state to state, delivery of the exchange notes or the security interests, or the exchange note
guarantees could be voided as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance if (a) we or any of the
subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, issued the exchange notes or the security interests, or
incurred the exchange note guarantees with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding
creditors or (b) we or any of the subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, received less than
reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in return for either issuing the exchange notes
or the security interests, or incurring the exchange note guarantees and, in the case of (b) only,
one of the following is also true at the time thereof:
|
|
|
we or any of the subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, were insolvent or rendered
insolvent by reason of the issuance of the exchange notes or the security interests, or the
incurrence of the exchange note guarantees; |
|
|
|
|
the issuance of the exchange notes or the security interests, or the incurrence of the
exchange note guarantees left us or any of the subsidiary guarantors, as applicable, with
an unreasonably small amount of capital to carry on the business; |
32
|
|
|
we or any of the subsidiary guarantors intended to, or believed that we or such
subsidiary guarantor would, incur debts beyond our or such subsidiary guarantors ability
to pay such debts as they mature; or |
|
|
|
|
we or any of the subsidiary guarantors was a defendant in an action for money damages,
or had a judgment for money damages docketed against us or such subsidiary guarantor if, in
either case, after final judgment, the judgment is unsatisfied. |
A court would likely find that we or a subsidiary guarantor did not receive reasonably
equivalent value or fair consideration for the exchange notes or the security interests, or such
exchange note guarantee if we or such subsidiary guarantor did not substantially benefit directly
or indirectly from the issuance of the exchange notes or the applicable exchange note guarantee. As
a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer
or obligation, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A debtor will
generally not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor
uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity
securities issued by the debtor.
We cannot be certain as to the standards a court would use to determine whether or not we or
the subsidiary guarantors were solvent at the relevant time or, regardless of the standard that a
court uses, that the issuance of the exchange note guarantees would not be further subordinated to
our or any of our subsidiary guarantors other debt. Generally, however, an entity would be
considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred indebtedness:
|
|
|
the sum of its debts, including contingent liabilities, was greater than the fair
saleable value of all its assets; |
|
|
|
|
the present fair saleable value of its assets was less than the amount that would be
required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts, including contingent
liabilities, as they become absolute and mature; or |
|
|
|
|
it could not pay its debts as they become due. |
If a court were to find that the issuance of the exchange notes or the security interests, or
the incurrence of the exchange note guarantee was a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, the court
could void the payment obligations under the notes or the security interests, or such exchange note
guarantee or further subordinate the exchange notes or the security interests, or such exchange
note guarantee to presently existing and future indebtedness of ours or of the related subsidiary
guarantor, or require the holders of the exchange notes to repay any amounts received with respect
to such exchange note guarantee. In the event of a finding that a fraudulent transfer or conveyance
occurred, you may not receive any repayment on the exchange notes or such guarantee, as applicable.
Sufficient funds to repay the exchange notes may not be available from other sources, including any
remaining subsidiary guarantor, if any. In addition, the court might direct you to repay any
amounts that you already received from us or the subsidiary guarantor. Further, the voidance of the
exchange notes could result in an event of default with respect to our and our subsidiaries other
debt that could result in acceleration of such debt.
If the guarantees were legally challenged, any guarantee could also be subject to the claim
that, since the guarantee was incurred for our benefit, and only indirectly for the benefit of the
applicable subsidiary guarantor, the obligations of the applicable subsidiary guarantor were
incurred for less than fair consideration. A court could thus void the obligations under the
guarantees, subordinate them to the applicable subsidiary guarantors other debt or take other
action detrimental to the holders of the exchange notes.
Although each exchange note guarantee will contain a provision intended to limit that
subsidiary guarantors liability to the maximum amount that it could incur without causing the
incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer, this provision may not
be effective to protect those guarantees from being voided under fraudulent transfer law, or may
reduce that subsidiary guarantors obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee
worthless. In a recent Florida bankruptcy case, this kind of provision was found to be ineffective
to preserve the guarantee. Even if the guarantees of the exchange notes and the liens securing the
exchange notes remain in force, the remaining amount due and collectible under the guarantee may
not be sufficient to pay the exchange notes in full when due.
As a court of equity, the bankruptcy court may otherwise subordinate the claims or security
interests in respect of the exchange notes or the exchange note guarantees to other claims against
us or any of the subsidiary guarantors under the principle of equitable subordination, if the court
determines that: (i) the holder of the exchange notes engaged in some type of inequitable conduct;
(ii) such inequitable conduct resulted in injury to our or the subsidiary guarantors other
creditors or conferred an unfair advantage upon the holder of the exchange notes or the exchange
note guarantees; and (iii) equitable subordination is not inconsistent with the provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code.
Finally, the bankruptcy court may also recharacterize the claims in respect of the exchange
notes or the exchange note guarantees as equity investments and subordinate such claims to the
claims of all of our creditors if the bankruptcy court determines
33
that the transactions contemplated by the indenture governing the exchange notes were actually
investments in our or our subsidiaries equity value.
Your ability to transfer the exchange notes may be limited by the absence of an active
trading market, and there is no assurance that any active trading market will develop for the
exchange notes.
The exchange notes are a new issue of securities for which there is no established public
market. We do not intend to have the exchange notes listed on a national securities exchange or
included in any automated quotation system.
The initial purchasers have advised us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes
as permitted by applicable laws and regulations; however, the initial purchasers are not obligated
to make a market in any of the exchange notes, and they may discontinue their market making
activities at any time without notice. Therefore, an active market for the exchange notes may not
develop or, if developed, it may not continue. The liquidity of any market for the exchange notes
will depend upon the number of holders of the exchange notes, our performance, the market for
similar securities, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the exchange notes and
other factors. A liquid trading market may not develop for the exchange notes. If a market
develops, the exchange notes could trade at prices that may be lower than the initial offering
price of the exchange notes. If an active market does not develop or is not maintained, the price
and liquidity of the exchange notes may be adversely affected. Historically, the market for
non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial volatility
in the prices of securities similar to the exchange notes. The market, if any, for the exchange
notes may not be free from similar disruptions and any such disruptions may adversely affect the
prices at which you may sell your exchange notes. In addition, the exchange notes may trade at a
discount from the initial offering price of the old notes, depending upon prevailing interest
rates, the market for similar notes, our performance and other factors.
The market price for the exchange notes may be volatile.
Historically, the market for non-investment grade debt has been subject to disruptions that
have caused substantial fluctuations in the price of the securities. Even if a trading market for
the exchange notes develops, it may be subject to disruptions and price volatility. Any disruptions
may have a negative effect on noteholders, regardless of our prospects and financial performance.
34
PROPERTIES
Our principal corporate office is located in Dallas, Texas. We lease office and warehouse
facilities in Dallas, Texas; Charlottesville, Virginia; Tucson, Arizona; Frederick, Colorado;
Natick, Massachusetts and Ann Arbor, Michigan. The Frederick, Colorado warehouse is under a
build-to-suit lease and so is included in our land and building but is not considered owned for
purposes of the table below.
The following table provides summary information in square feet with respect to these
facilities as of March 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(sq ft)
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
327,543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
327,543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are not presently engaged in any pending legal proceeding material to our financial condition,
results of operations or liquidity.
USE OF PROCEEDS
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the
exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated in this prospectus,
we will receive in exchange a like principal amount of outstanding old notes, the terms of which
are substantially identical to the exchange notes. The outstanding old notes surrendered in
exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly,
the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our capitalization. We have
agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with
the exchange offer.
CONSOLIDATED RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
Our consolidated ratio of
earnings to fixed charges were less than one-to-one coverage for the three months ended March 31, 2011, for the
years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 and the periods ended December 31, 2007 and April 11,
2007. Earnings available for fixed charges for these periods were inadequate to cover total fixed
charges. The deficient amounts, in thousands, for the ratio were
$9,724, $16,772, $43,469, $82,982,
$21,769, and $15,506 for the three months ended March 31, 2011, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 and the periods ended
December 31, 2007 and April 11, 2007, respectively. The ratio for the year ended December 31, 2006
was 3.47.
35
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The tables below present summary selected historical consolidated financial data derived from
and qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with
GAAP, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and should be read in conjunction
with those consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The selected financial data should
be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations and our consolidated financial statements and the corresponding notes, which
are included herein.
The summary selected historical consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31,
2006, the period from January 1, 2007 through April 11, 2007 (the 2007 predecessor period), the
period from January 29, 2007 through December 31, 2007 (the 2007 successor period), the year
ended December 31, 2008, the year ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2010 have
been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements.
On December 8, 2009, we completed the Mergers, resulting in VLCY and Cambium Holdings becoming
our wholly-owned subsidiaries. The transaction was accounted for as an acquisition of VLCY by
Cambium Holdings, as that term is used under U.S. GAAP, for accounting and financial reporting
purposes under the applicable accounting guidance for business combinations. As a result, the
historical financial statements of Cambium Holdings have become our historical financial statements
and the results of VLCY are included from the merger date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period from |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 29, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Inception) |
|
|
|
Period from |
|
|
Predecessor |
|
|
|
Three Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
through |
|
|
|
January 1, |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
Ended March 31, |
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2007 through |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
March 31, 2010 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007(1) |
|
|
|
April 11, 2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data) |
|
Statement
of Operations Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product revenues |
|
$ |
25,434 |
|
|
$ |
22,229 |
|
|
$ |
160,778 |
|
|
$ |
90,385 |
|
|
$ |
89,207 |
|
|
$ |
71,266 |
|
|
|
$ |
15,238 |
|
|
$ |
92,882 |
|
Service revenues |
|
|
5,261 |
|
|
|
5,993 |
|
|
|
20,482 |
|
|
|
10,663 |
|
|
|
10,524 |
|
|
|
9,581 |
|
|
|
|
3,176 |
|
|
|
13,542 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues |
|
|
30,695 |
|
|
|
28,222 |
|
|
|
181,260 |
|
|
|
101,048 |
|
|
|
99,731 |
|
|
|
80,847 |
|
|
|
|
18,414 |
|
|
|
106,424 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses, excluding in-process
research and development, impairment, and embezzlement |
|
|
(38,749 |
) |
|
|
(43,180 |
) |
|
|
(181,528 |
) |
|
|
(115,108 |
) |
|
|
(104,648 |
) |
|
|
(81,305 |
) |
|
|
|
(32,179 |
) |
|
|
(97,955 |
) |
Acquired in-process research and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(890 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,105 |
) |
|
|
(75,966 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Embezzlement and related recoveries (expense)(2) |
|
|
2,436 |
|
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
353 |
|
|
|
(129 |
) |
|
|
(7,254 |
) |
|
|
(5,732 |
) |
|
|
|
(1,000 |
) |
|
|
(3,261 |
) |
Income (loss) before interest, other income
(expense), and income taxes |
|
|
(5,618 |
) |
|
|
(14,977 |
) |
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
(23,294 |
) |
|
|
(88,137 |
) |
|
|
(7,080 |
) |
|
|
|
(14,765 |
) |
|
|
5,208 |
|
Gain from settlement with previous stockholders(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,202 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income |
|
|
(9,757 |
) |
|
|
(19,440 |
) |
|
|
(15,950 |
) |
|
|
(35,765 |
) |
|
|
(69,560 |
) |
|
|
(13,931 |
) |
|
|
|
(11,812 |
) |
|
|
440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per common share basic and diluted |
|
$ |
(0.22 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.44 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.36 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.63 |
) |
|
$ |
(3.39 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.68 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(4.34 |
) |
|
$ |
0.16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of: |
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2006 |
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
|
Balance Sheet Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
19,494 |
|
|
$ |
8,797 |
|
|
$ |
11,831 |
|
|
$ |
13,345 |
|
|
$ |
2,418 |
|
|
$ |
1,206 |
|
|
$ |
1,642 |
|
Total current assets |
|
|
73,760 |
|
|
|
61,425 |
|
|
|
76,177 |
|
|
|
74,316 |
|
|
|
31,617 |
|
|
|
26,601 |
|
|
|
25,007 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
381,976 |
|
|
|
376,353 |
|
|
|
383,062 |
|
|
|
393,841 |
|
|
|
270,477 |
|
|
|
369,138 |
|
|
|
138,028 |
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
52,938 |
|
|
|
60,599 |
|
|
|
66,774 |
|
|
|
58,366 |
|
|
|
16,360 |
|
|
|
16,849 |
|
|
|
26,871 |
|
Total long term debt, less current portion |
|
|
174,043 |
|
|
|
150,697 |
|
|
|
150,850 |
|
|
|
150,487 |
|
|
|
153,787 |
|
|
|
176,402 |
|
|
|
17,500 |
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
267,418 |
|
|
|
255,820 |
|
|
|
259,050 |
|
|
|
254,069 |
|
|
|
202,273 |
|
|
|
239,058 |
|
|
|
59,133 |
|
Total members interest and stockholders equity |
|
|
114,558 |
|
|
|
120,533 |
|
|
|
124,012 |
|
|
|
139,772 |
|
|
|
68,204 |
|
|
|
130,080 |
|
|
|
78,895 |
|
Footnotes to the Selected Financial Data:
(1) |
|
On January 29, 2007, VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC was formed for the purpose of acquiring all of
the capital stock of Cambium Learning. That acquisition was completed on April 12, 2007.
The consolidated financial statements present the Company as of December 31,
2007 (Successor basis reflecting activity of the Company from January 29, 2007
and including the results of Cambium Learning from April 12, 2007) and the period
January 1, 2007 through April 11, 2007 (Predecessor basis
for the period prior to Companys acquiring Cambium Learning). |
(2) |
|
We discovered in 2008 that a former employee had perpetrated a significant misappropriation
of assets during a period beginning in 2004 and extending through April 2008. |
(3) |
|
Reflects the non-cash effect of the impairment write-down of goodwill during 2009 and 2008
resulting from a reduction in the fair value of assets. |
(4) |
|
For fiscal 2008, we received a settlement from our previous stockholders relating to the
embezzlement we suffered. For further information, see Note 3 to our consolidated financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. |
36
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements prepared
in accordance with GAAP, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and notes
thereto.
Organization of Information
This section includes the following sections:
|
|
|
Overview |
|
|
|
|
Results of Operations |
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources |
|
|
|
|
Non-GAAP Measures |
|
|
|
|
Capital Expenditures and Outlook |
|
|
|
|
Commitments and Contractual Obligations |
|
|
|
|
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements |
|
|
|
|
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates |
|
|
|
|
Recently Issued Financial Accounting Standards |
Overview
On December 8, 2009, we completed the business combination of Cambium Holdings and VLCY as
contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, we acquired all of the
common stock of each of Cambium Holdings and VLCY through the Cambium Merger and the Voyager
Merger, respectively. As a result of the effectiveness of the Mergers, Cambium Holdings and VLCY
became our wholly owned subsidiaries.
Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, each outstanding share of VLCYs common stock was
converted in the Voyager Merger into the right to receive at the election of each stockholder,
either (i) $6.50 in cash, without interest, or (ii) one share of our common stock, plus, regardless
of the election made, additional consideration consisting of cash and a contingent value right, as
described in the Merger Agreement. The amount of cash available to satisfy cash elections by the
VLCY stockholders was limited to $67.5 million in the aggregate. The cash consideration payable to
the former VLCY stockholders was insufficient to accommodate all of the cash elections that were
made. Accordingly, the amount of cash paid to the former VLCY stockholders who elected to exchange
shares of VLCY common stock for cash was reduced, pro rata, in accordance with agreed procedures
set forth in the Merger Agreement. Pursuant to these procedures, we paid $67.5 million in cash to
the former holders of VLCYs common stock and issued to those stockholders a total of 19.5 million
shares of common stock. The cash consideration paid to the former VLCY stockholders consisted of
$25 million contributed by VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC and $42.5 million contributed by VLCY. In
exchange for its contribution of $25 million, VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC received 3.8 million
shares of our common stock issued at the ascribed value of $6.50 per share. The shares of Cambium
Holdings common stock held by VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC, its sole stockholder, were converted
in the Cambium Merger into the right to receive 20.5 million shares of the our common stock. In
addition, as part of the merger consideration, VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC received a warrant to
purchase a number of shares of our common stock determined by a formula set forth in the Merger
Agreement, which is currently equal to 0.6 million shares. In connection with the consummation of
this transaction we entered into a stockholders agreement pursuant to which we granted VSS-
37
Cambium Holdings III, LLC and funds managed and controlled by VSS the right to purchase up to
7.5 million shares of our common stock as provided for in the stockholders agreement as well as
certain preemptive rights set forth therein.
The merger transaction was accounted for as an acquisition of VLCY by Cambium Holdings, as
that term is used under U.S. GAAP, for accounting and financial reporting purposes under the
applicable accounting guidance for business combinations. In making this determination, management
considered that (a) the newly developed entity did not have any significant pre-combination
activity and, therefore, did not qualify to be the accounting acquirer, and (b) the former sole
stockholder of Cambium Holdings is the majority holder of the combined entity, while the prior
owners of VLCY became minority holders in the combined entity. As a result, the historical
financial statements of Cambium Holdings have become our historical financial statements. The
results of VLCY are included in our operations beginning with the December 8, 2009 merger date;
therefore, the 2009 financials include VLCY for the last 23 days of that year and the results of
Cambium for the full year.
Prior to the merger transaction completed on December 8, 2009, we had two reportable segments:
Published Products and Learning Technologies. Subsequent to the merger transaction, we operate as
three reportable segments with separate management teams and infrastructures that offer various
products and services, as follows:
|
|
|
Voyager, our comprehensive intervention business; |
|
|
|
|
Sopris, our supplemental solutions education business; and |
|
|
|
|
CLT, our technology-based education product business. |
Unallocated shared services, such as accounting, legal, human resources and corporate-related
items, are recorded in a Shared Services category. Depreciation and amortization expense,
interest income and expense, other income and expense, and taxes are included in this category.
Our historical segment reporting results have been adjusted for comparative purposes to
reflect the current organizational structure. These reclassifications required certain assumptions
and estimates. See Note 21 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 and Note 16 to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2010 for further information on our
reportable segments. Also, as a result of the merger transaction and change in segments, we made a
number of changes to personnel and processes as part of an overall departmental restructuring. As
certain functions were consolidated, some resources were shifted to other areas of the business. In
particular, some general and administrative functions were merged and, where appropriate, certain
resources were shifted to customer facing functions, which are classified as cost of revenues.
These changes may affect comparability of pre-merger and post-merger periods.
Results of Operations
Highlights
We continue to experience adverse conditions in the education funding environment as a
result of the continued depressed circumstance of certain state and local budgets. As school
districts rely upon state and local budgets, some of our customers have found it difficult to
secure alternative funding sources in the midst of these market conditions. Additionally,
potential customers are more frequently utilizing a request for proposal process to complete
purchases, which elongates the time required to complete a sale.
We have experienced some positive impact, both directly and indirectly, from the American
Reinvestment and Recovery Act (ARRA) passed in February 2009. The ARRA provides significant new
federal funding for various education initiatives through September 2011. While the education
funding is for a broad set of education initiatives, we believe that schools and districts have
directed, and may continue to direct, some of the new funding for programs that use our
products and services. In some instances, if ARRA funding is not used directly for programs using our
products, we may still be receiving an indirect benefit. When the ARRA funding is used to assist
schools to meet their overall financial needs, other funds may be freed up to use for our
programs. To date we have had some success in securing orders which are funded by ARRA funds, but
not to a level that has been needed to offset declines. As a result of these various market
forces, we have experienced a decline in order volume in the first three months of 2011 when
compared with the first three months of 2010. Order volume is an internal metric of shipments of
our products and orders for online subscriptions and it serves as a leading indicator of sales.
38
The following trends have had or may have an impact on our sales, profitability and EBITDA:
|
|
Declines have been realized in our internal order volume
metric due to budgetary pressures resulting from the
economic crisis faced by many states and local entities and
intense competition. To some extent, we expect the crisis
will continue throughout the following quarters and have a
continued depressive effect on general spending and,
therefore, make order volume growth challenging. |
|
|
|
We expect continued growth in our online subscription-based
products and our Sopris supplemental education materials. |
|
|
|
We have experienced a trend of success growing our
portfolio to address the math needs of the market,
including products such as Vmath, Transitional Math and
Gizmos (ExploreLearning). |
|
|
|
We believe our product diversification will strengthen our
ability to sustain market share in a troubled market and
capture market share when the market recovers. |
|
|
|
We believe our focus on student outcomes through product
usage and an overall partnership approach with the customer
to implement our solutions, in the manner that the program
was designed, results in higher student success rates, and
such success, if achieved, will lead to customer retention
and growth through reference sales. |
|
|
|
We believe there is a trend of student accountability
resulting in greater funding being directed to at-risk
children in the United States with new funding sources,
such as Race to the Top, which could provide additional
funds for our products and services. |
|
|
|
In 2010, we achieved significant cost savings as part of an
effort to achieve merger related synergies, which included
a reduction in force. We will continue to reduce costs
through productivity initiatives and process reengineering
and redeploy those savings into growth investments, but the
magnitude of the reductions in 2010 are not expected to be
replicated. |
|
|
|
We will focus on several key areas in 2011, including:
continued investment in our digital assets such as
ExploreLearning, Learning A-Z, Ticket To Read, VocabJourney
and Sopris; emphasizing our new adaptive math programs;
designing and launching an online individualized
intervention curriculum; and investment in our student data
management system. |
|
|
|
We expect to benefit from continuity of our leadership team
and sales organization, who have now worked together for
more than a year. |
39
First
Quarter of Fiscal 2011 Compared to the First Quarter of Fiscal 2010
The following tables set forth information regarding our net revenues, costs and
expenses, and other components of our statements of operations. The results and
percentages for the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 are set forth in the tables
below. Due to purchase accounting adjustments, some amounts may not be comparable
between each period presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2011 |
|
|
March 31, 2010 |
|
|
Year Over Year Change |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
Favorable/(Unfavorable) |
|
(in thousands) |
|
Amount |
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
$ |
|
|
% |
|
Net revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voyager |
|
$ |
14,692 |
|
|
|
47.9 |
% |
|
$ |
15,872 |
|
|
|
56.2 |
% |
|
$ |
(1,180 |
) |
|
|
(7.4 |
)% |
Sopris |
|
|
4,185 |
|
|
|
13.6 |
% |
|
|
3,903 |
|
|
|
13.8 |
% |
|
|
282 |
|
|
|
7.2 |
% |
Cambium Learning Technologies |
|
|
11,818 |
|
|
|
38.5 |
% |
|
|
8,447 |
|
|
|
29.9 |
% |
|
|
3,371 |
|
|
|
39.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues |
|
|
30,695 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
28,222 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
2,473 |
|
|
|
8.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voyager |
|
|
7,993 |
|
|
|
26.0 |
% |
|
|
7,070 |
|
|
|
25.1 |
% |
|
|
(923 |
) |
|
|
(13.1 |
)% |
Sopris |
|
|
1,670 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
% |
|
|
1,587 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
% |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
(5.2 |
)% |
Cambium Learning Technologies |
|
|
1,223 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
% |
|
|
1,496 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
% |
|
|
273 |
|
|
|
18.2 |
% |
Shared Services |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
1,159 |
|
|
|
4.1 |
% |
|
|
1,078 |
|
|
|
93.0 |
% |
Amortization expense |
|
|
6,618 |
|
|
|
21.6 |
% |
|
|
6,742 |
|
|
|
23.9 |
% |
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
17,585 |
|
|
|
57.3 |
% |
|
|
18,054 |
|
|
|
64.0 |
% |
|
|
469 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense |
|
|
2,379 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
% |
|
|
3,010 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
% |
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
21.0 |
% |
Sales and marketing expense |
|
|
10,903 |
|
|
|
35.5 |
% |
|
|
11,057 |
|
|
|
39.2 |
% |
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
% |
General and administrative expense |
|
|
5,812 |
|
|
|
18.9 |
% |
|
|
7,938 |
|
|
|
28.1 |
% |
|
|
2,126 |
|
|
|
26.8 |
% |
Shipping and handling costs |
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
% |
|
|
544 |
|
|
|
1.9 |
% |
|
|
210 |
|
|
|
38.6 |
% |
Depreciation and amortization expense |
|
|
1,736 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
% |
|
|
2,577 |
|
|
|
9.1 |
% |
|
|
841 |
|
|
|
32.6 |
% |
Embezzlement and related expense
(recoveries) |
|
|
(2,436 |
) |
|
|
(7.9 |
)% |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
% |
|
|
2,455 |
|
|
|
12921.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before interest, other income
(expense) and income taxes |
|
|
(5,618 |
) |
|
|
(18.3 |
)% |
|
|
(14,977 |
) |
|
|
(53.1 |
)% |
|
|
9,359 |
|
|
|
62.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest expense |
|
|
(4,405 |
) |
|
|
(14.4 |
)% |
|
|
(4,368 |
) |
|
|
(15.5 |
)% |
|
|
(37 |
) |
|
|
(0.8 |
)% |
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
363 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
% |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
(0.0 |
)% |
|
|
373 |
|
|
|
3730.0 |
% |
Income tax expense |
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
)% |
|
|
(85 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
)% |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(14.1 |
)% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(9,757 |
) |
|
|
(31.8 |
)% |
|
$ |
(19,440 |
) |
|
|
(68.9 |
)% |
|
$ |
9,683 |
|
|
|
49.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Revenues.
Our total net revenues increased $2.5 million, or 8.8%, to $30.7 million in the first
quarter of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. This change was impacted by a purchase
accounting adjustment made to reduce deferred revenue balances to fair value at the time of the
VLCY acquisition which reduced the amount of deferred revenue that would have been recognized by
approximately $0.3 million in the first quarter of 2011 and approximately $5.2 million in the
first quarter of 2010. Additionally, we experienced a decline in order volume as many school
districts are awaiting final budget approvals for fiscal 2011 before making purchases.
Voyager. The Voyager segments net revenues decreased $1.2 million, or 7.4%, to $14.7
million in the first quarter of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010 due to a decline in
order volume. Additionally, a purchase accounting adjustment made to reduce deferred revenue
balances to fair value at the time of the VLCY acquisition decreased the amount of deferred
revenue that would have been recognized by approximately $0.1 million in the first quarter of
2011 and approximately $2.1 million in the first quarter of 2010.
Sopris. The Sopris segments net revenues increased $0.3 million, or 7.2%, to $4.2 million
in the first quarter of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010, which is attributable to
increased order volume. We attribute this growth to investments made in products, sales and
marketing for this segment in 2010 and into 2011.
Cambium
Learning Technologies. The CLT segments net revenues
increased $3.4 million, or 39.9%, to $11.8 million in the first quarter of 2011 compared to the
same period in 2010. A purchase accounting adjustment to reduce deferred revenue balances to
fair value at the time of the VLCY acquisition decreased the amount of deferred revenue that
would have been recognized by approximately $0.2 million in the first quarter of 2011 and
approximately $3.1 million in the first quarter of 2010.
40
Cost
of Revenues.
Cost of revenues includes expenses to print, purchase, handle and warehouse our products, as
well as royalty costs, and to provide services and support to customers. Cost of revenues,
excluding amortization, decreased $0.3 million, or 3.0%, to $11.0 million in the first quarter of
2011 compared to the same period in 2010 due to a decline in order volume and the impact of a
purchase accounting adjustment at the time of the VLCY acquisition to reduce deferred costs to
zero which reduced the cost of revenues recorded in the first quarter of 2010 by approximately
$0.4 million. These factors were partially offset by an increase in product implementation and
support costs.
Voyager. Cost of revenues for the Voyager segment increased $0.9 million, or 13.1%, to $8.0
million in the first quarter of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was due
to increased product implementation and support costs and the impact of a purchase accounting
adjustment at the time of the VLCY acquisition to reduce deferred costs to zero which reduced the
cost of revenues recorded in the first quarter of 2010 by approximately $0.4 million. These
increases more than offset the impact of a decline in order volumes.
Sopris. Cost of revenues for the Sopris segment increased by $0.1 million, or 5.2%, to $1.7
million in the first quarter of 2011 compared to the same period in 2010 commensurate with the
increase in order volume.
Cambium
Learning Technologies. Cost of revenues for the CLT
segment decreased by $0.3 million, or 18.2%, to $1.2 million in the first quarter of 2011
compared to the same period in 2010 primarily due to a one-time royalty expense adjustment of
$0.4 million in the first quarter of 2010 that was not repeated in the first quarter of 2011.
Shared Services. Cost of revenues for Shared Services for the first quarter of 2011 of $0.1
million is primarily related to the costs incurred to maintain our customer-facing software
applications. The charges incurred in the first quarter of 2010 primarily related to
non-recurring integration costs, which were not allocated to the segments. The integration costs
primarily related to the movement of inventory from VLCYs distribution center in Dallas, Texas,
to our distribution facility in Frederick, Colorado, travel related to the warehouse integration
and severance costs.
Amortization
Expense.
Amortization expense included in cost of revenues includes amortization for acquired
pre-publication costs and technology, acquired publishing rights, and developed pre-publication
and technology. Amortization for the first quarter of 2011 decreased $0.1 million compared to the
first quarter of 2010, or 1.8%, primarily due to the fact that a majority of our intangible
assets are amortized using accelerated methodologies.
Research
and Development Expense.
Research and development expenditures include costs to research, evaluate and develop
educational products, net of capitalization. Research and development expense for the first
quarter of 2011 decreased $0.6 million, or 21.0%, to $2.4 million compared to the first quarter
of 2010 primarily due to increased capitalization due to the timing of capitalizable versus
non-capitalizable activities. Additionally, the first quarter of 2010 included non-recurring
integration costs of approximately $0.2 million.
Sales
and Marketing Expense.
Sales and marketing expenditures include all costs to maintain our various sales channels,
including the salaries and commissions paid to our sales force, and costs related to our
advertising and marketing efforts. Sales and marketing expense for the first quarter of 2011
decreased $0.2 million, or 1.4%, from the first quarter of 2010 to $10.9 million due to a decline
in non-recurring integration costs partially offset by increased stock-based compensation and
travel-related expenses, as a larger portion of our sales force has been allocated to field sales.
General
and Administrative Expense.
General and administrative expenses decreased $2.1 million, or 26.8%, to $5.8 million
compared to the first quarter of 2010 due to a decline in non-recurring integration costs of $1.9
million. The remaining decline in general and administrative expense from the first quarter of
2010 is due to synergies achieved from the
VLCY merger slightly offset by $0.3 million recorded for an increase in the estimated CVR
liability.
Net
Interest Expense.
Net interest expense was $4.4 million in the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 as an
increase in interest expense related to our long-term debt was offset by an increase in interest
income recognized for our state tax receivables.
Income
Tax Provision.
We recorded income tax expense of $0.1 million during the first quarter of 2011 and the
first quarter of 2010 for state income tax expense in states where the Company cannot file on a
unitary basis. We did not record a Federal or state income tax benefit for consolidated losses
incurred during either period because realization of the tax benefits from the losses is not
assured beyond a reasonable doubt given the Companys recent history of cumulative losses.
Therefore the increases in net deferred tax assets in the periods were offset by increases in the
valuation allowance.
41
The following tables set forth information regarding our net revenues, costs and expenses, and
other components of our statements of operations. The results and percentages for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are set forth in the tables below. Due to purchase accounting
adjustments, some amounts may not be comparable between each period presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voyager
|
|
$
|
100,412
|
|
|
|
55.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
44,329
|
|
|
|
43.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
40,424
|
|
|
|
40.5
|
%
|
Sopris
|
|
|
22,249
|
|
|
|
12.3
|
%
|
|
|
23,431
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
%
|
|
|
27,495
|
|
|
|
27.6
|
%
|
Cambium Learning Technologies
|
|
|
38,117
|
|
|
|
21.0
|
%
|
|
|
22,625
|
|
|
|
22.4
|
%
|
|
|
21,288
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
%
|
Service revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voyager
|
|
|
17,527
|
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
8,594
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
|
|
7,924
|
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
Sopris
|
|
|
2,487
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
1,754
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
2,217
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
%
|
Cambium Learning Technologies
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
181,260
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
101,048
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
99,731
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of product revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voyager
|
|
|
29,340
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
|
|
10,678
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
|
|
11,214
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
%
|
Sopris
|
|
|
6,514
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
6,350
|
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
|
|
6,003
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
Cambium Learning Technologies
|
|
|
4,334
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
2,537
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
3,029
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
Shared Services
|
|
|
1,395
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
%
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
Cost of service revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voyager
|
|
|
16,455
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
5,992
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
5,721
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
Sopris
|
|
|
1,225
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
1,093
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
|
|
1,489
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
Cambium Learning Technologies
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
28,511
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
%
|
|
|
17,527
|
|
|
|
17.3
|
%
|
|
|
15,966
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
88,402
|
|
|
|
48.8
|
%
|
|
|
44,375
|
|
|
|
43.9
|
%
|
|
|
43,675
|
|
|
|
43.8
|
%
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
10,558
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
|
|
5,611
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
%
|
|
|
6,416
|
|
|
|
6.4
|
%
|
Sales and marketing expense
|
|
|
45,987
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
%
|
|
|
23,368
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
|
|
24,600
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
%
|
General and administrative expense
|
|
|
23,857
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
%
|
|
|
30,519
|
|
|
|
30.2
|
%
|
|
|
16,156
|
|
|
|
16.2
|
%
|
Shipping costs
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
1,512
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
2,348
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
9,154
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
9,723
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
|
|
11,453
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
Goodwill impairment charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
9,105
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
|
|
75,966
|
|
|
|
76.2
|
%
|
Embezzlement and related expense (recoveries)
|
|
|
(353
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
7,254
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before interest, other income (expense) and income
taxes
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
0.0
|
%
|
|
|
(23,294
|
)
|
|
|
(23.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(88,137
|
)
|
|
|
(88.4
|
)%
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
(17,292
|
)
|
|
|
(9.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(19,477
|
)
|
|
|
(19.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(18,434
|
)
|
|
|
(18.5
|
)%
|
Gain from settlement with previous stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,202
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
%
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,632
|
)
|
|
|
(5.6
|
)%
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
%
|
|
|
(698
|
)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)%
|
|
|
(981
|
)
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)%
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
7,704
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
13,422
|
|
|
|
13.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(15,950
|
)
|
|
|
(8.8
|
)%
|
|
$
|
(35,765
|
)
|
|
|
(35.4
|
)%
|
|
$
|
(69,560
|
)
|
|
|
(69.7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009
Net revenues
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $80.3 million, or 79.4%, to $181.3
million from $101.0 million in the same period for 2009 due to the VLCY acquisition. VLCYs
historical 2009 pre-merger net revenues of $98.7 million are not included in our reported prior
year revenues. Excluding the impact of the merger, our net revenues for 2010 were lower due to
42
a decline in order volumes. Net revenues subsequent to the acquisition of VLCY include the
impact of a purchase accounting adjustment to reduce deferred revenue balances to fair value at the
time of the VCLY acquisition. These adjustments reduced the amount of deferred revenue recognized
by approximately $12.9 million in 2010 and $1.4 million in 2009.
Voyager. The Voyager segments net revenues in 2010 increased $65.0 million, or 122.9%, to
$117.9 million from net revenues of $52.9 million in 2009 due to the VLCY acquisition, partially
offset by lower order volumes. Product revenues increased $56.1 million, or 126.5%, to $100.4
million from net revenues of $44.3 million in 2009. Service revenues increased $8.9 million, or
103.9%, to $17.5 million from net revenues of $8.6 million in 2009. VLCYs historical 2009
pre-merger net revenues related to the Voyager segment of $77.8 million are not included in our
reported prior year revenues. Net revenues subsequent to the acquisition of VLCY include the impact
of a purchase accounting adjustment to reduce deferred revenue balances to fair value at the time
of the VCLY acquisition. These adjustments reduced the amount of deferred revenue recognized by
approximately $4.7 million in 2010 and $0.5 million in 2009.
Sopris. The Sopris segments net revenues in 2010 decreased $0.5 million, or 1.8%, to $24.7
million from net revenues of $25.2 million in 2009. Product revenues decreased $1.2 million, or
5.0%, to $22.2 million from net revenues of $23.4 million in 2009. Service revenues increased $0.7
million, or 41.8%, to $2.5 million from net revenues of $1.8 million in 2009. The decline in
supplementary program sales was mainly due to a contract for the use of our assessment product
under a licensing agreement, under which we recognized net revenues of $1.0 million in 2010 versus
$1.7 million in 2009.
Cambium Learning Technologies. The CLT segments net revenues in 2010 increased $15.7 million,
or 68.2%, to $38.6 million from net revenues of $22.9 million in 2009 due to the VLCY acquisition.
VLCYs historical 2009 pre-merger net revenues related to the CLT segment of $21.0 million are not
included in our reported prior year revenues. Net revenues subsequent to the acquisition of VLCY
include the impact of a purchase accounting adjustment to reduce deferred revenue balances to fair
value at the time of the VLCY acquisition. These adjustments reduced the amount of deferred revenue
recognized by approximately $8.2 million in 2010 and $0.9 million in 2009. CLT has consistently
experienced year on year order volume growth that is translating to growth in net revenues,
although the impact of 2010 order volume is not fully reflected in net revenues as a large portion
of these sales are recognized over a subscription period.
Cost of revenues
Cost of product revenues include expenses to print, purchase, handle and warehouse product, as
well as royalty costs. Cost of service revenues include costs to provide services and support to
customers. Total cost of revenues, excluding amortization, for the year ended December 31, 2010
increased $33.1 million, or 123.1%, to $59.9 million from $26.8 million in 2009 primarily due to
the VLCY acquisition. VLCYs historical 2009 pre-merger cost of revenues of $30.8 million are not
included in our prior year results. Cost of revenues in 2010 benefited from efficiency gains from
cost-cutting measures. Additionally, cost of revenues subsequent to the acquisition of VLCY include
the impact of a purchase accounting adjustment to reduce deferred cost balances to fair value at
the time of the VCLY acquisition. These adjustments reduced the amount of deferred costs recognized
by approximately $1.2 million in 2010 and $0.1 million in 2009.
Voyager. The Voyager segments cost of revenues in 2010 increased $29.1 million, or 174.7%, to
$45.8 million from $16.7 million in 2009 due to the VLCY acquisition. Cost of product revenues
increased $18.6 million, or 174.8%, to $29.3 million from $10.7 million in 2009. Cost of service
revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $10.5 million, or 174.6%, to $16.5 million
from $6.0 million in 2009.
Sopris. The Sopris segments cost of revenues in 2010 increased $0.3 million, or 4.0%, to $7.7
million from $7.4 million in 2009. Cost of product revenues increased $0.1 million, or 2.6%, to
$6.5 million from cost of product revenues of $6.4 million in 2009. Cost of service revenues
increased $0.1 million, or 12.1%, to $1.2 million from cost of service revenues of $1.1 million in
2009.
Cambium Learning Technologies. The CLT segments cost of revenues in 2010 increased $2.3
million, or 83.2%, to $5.0 million from cost of revenues of $2.7 million in 2009, primarily due to
the VLCY acquisition.
43
Amortization expense
Amortization expense included in cost of revenues includes amortization for acquired
pre-publication costs and technology, acquired publishing rights, and developed pre-publication and
technology. Amortization for 2010 increased $11.0 million, or 62.7%, to $28.5 million from $17.5
million in 2009 due to the VLCY acquisition.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenditures include costs to research, evaluate and develop
educational products, net of capitalization. Research and development expenses for year ended
December 31, 2010 increased $5.0 million, or 88.2%, to $10.6 million from $5.6 million in the same
period of 2009. The increased expenditures relate primarily to the VLCY acquisition. VLCYs
historical 2009 pre-merger research and development expenses of $4.3 million are not included in
our reported prior year results.
Sales and marketing expense
Sales and marketing expenditures include all costs to maintain our various sales channels,
including the salaries and commission paid to our sales force, and costs related to our advertising
and marketing efforts. Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased
$22.6 million, or 96.8%, to $46.0 million from $23.4 million in the same period of 2009 due to the
VLCY acquisition. VLCYs historical 2009 pre-merger sales and marketing expenses of $28.8 million
are not included in our reported prior year expenses. Partially offsetting these charges, 2010
sales and marketing expense include the impact of a purchase accounting adjustment to write down
deferred costs to zero at the time of the VCLY acquisition. These adjustments reduced the amount of
expense recognized in 2010 by approximately $1.0 million. Additionally, we realized synergy savings
as a result of the integration of Cambium and VLCY.
General and administrative expense
General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $6.6
million, or 21.8%, to $23.9 million from $30.5 million in the same period of 2009. VLCYs
historical 2009 pre-merger general and administrative expenses of $24.7 million are not included in
our reported prior year expenses. General and administrative expenses for 2010 were lower than 2009
due to significant non-recurring merger transaction costs incurred in 2009, savings due to
synergies resulting from the merger, and the reallocation of certain resources to cost of sales
from general and administrative expenses as a result of the departmental restructuring.
Additionally, we recorded a gain of $1.1 million in 2010 to reflect a decrease in the estimated
fair value of the contingent value rights liability (CVR) issued in connection with the merger.
These decreases are partially offset by the impact of the VLCY acquisition and by non-recurring
integration costs of $3.8 million incurred in 2010.
Shipping costs
Shipping costs for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $2.1 million, or 136.1%, to $3.6
million from $1.5 million in 2009. The increase in these shipping costs was due mainly to the VLCY
acquisition. VLCYs historical 2009 pre-merger shipping costs of $1.9 million are not included in
our reported prior year expenses.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $0.5
million, or 5.9%, to $9.2 million from $9.7 million in the same period of 2009. This decrease is
due to the fact that our intangible assets are amortized on an accelerated basis.
Goodwill impairment
We review the carrying value of goodwill for impairment at least annually and whenever certain
triggering events occur. As a result of our annual impairment review for the year ended December
31, 2010, no impairment was indicated.
44
Embezzlement and related expenses
In 2008, we discovered certain irregularities relating to the control and use of cash and
certain other general ledger items which revealed a misappropriation of assets over more than a
three-year period beginning in 2004 and continuing through April 2008. These irregularities were
perpetrated by a former Cambium Learning employee, resulting in substantial embezzlement losses and
related expenses. Embezzlement and related expenses (recoveries) for the year ended December 31,
2010 were $(0.4) million compared to $0.1 million in the same period of 2009. The decrease in the
embezzlement and related expenses was mainly due to a recovery during 2010 of approximately $0.5
million.
Net interest expense
Net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $2.2 million, or 11.2%, to
$17.3 million from $19.5 million in the same period of 2009. This decrease was mainly due to lower
interest expense on our senior secured debt as a result of a credit rating increase in the first
quarter of 2010, which reduced the applicable interest rate to 8%. See Note 14 to our consolidated
financial statements.
Income taxes
In 2010, we recorded an income tax benefit of $0.6 million. Pre-tax losses at statutory tax
rates provided a federal tax benefit of approximately $5.8 million. We continue to maintain a
valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, which eliminated almost all of the deferred
tax benefit generated.
In 2009, we recorded an income tax benefit of $7.7 million. Pre-tax losses at statutory tax
rates provided a federal tax benefit of approximately $15.2 million. The impairment charge to
non-deductible goodwill did not result in a tax benefit which is $3.2 million less than the amount
expected based on the federal statutory tax rate. Certain merger costs are non-deductible and did
not result in a tax benefit which is $4.7 million less than the amount expected based on the
federal statutory tax rate. Furthermore, after the merger with VLCY, we established a valuation
allowance on our net federal deferred tax assets.
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
Net revenues
Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased $1.3 million, or 1.3%, to $101.0
million from $99.7 million in the same period for 2008. Our net revenues for 2009 were impacted by
several significant declines, such as the nationwide economic slowdown, which caused the amount of
funding available to schools to decline, a decline in our Sopris segment related to our assessment
product, and declines in key adoption states such as Alabama and Florida. Regarding the decline in
adoption states, we enjoyed increased sales performance in 2008 in these states but the nature of
the adoption leads to lower revenues in the year following the adoption. Offsetting these declines
was the impact of the acquisition of VLCY, contributing an incremental $4.5 million in net
revenues, and increases in sales of our math products as well as some growth in several new and
existing customers.
Voyager. The Voyager segments net revenues in 2009 increased $4.6 million, or 9.5%, to $52.9
million from net revenues of $48.3 million in 2008. Product revenues increased $3.9 million, or
9.7%, to $44.3 million from net revenues of $40.4 million in 2008. Service revenues increased $0.7
million, or 8.5%, to $8.6 million from net revenues of $7.9 million in 2008. The increase in year
over year net revenues was due mainly to the impact of the acquisition of VLCY, contributing an
incremental $3.0 million in product revenues and $0.8 million in service revenues. Additionally,
Voyager was able to offset the decline in the state adoption sales in Alabama and Florida and
overcome the general state and local funding crisis with increases in sales of our math products as
well as some growth in several new and existing customers.
Sopris. The Sopris segments net revenues in 2009 decreased $4.5 million, or 15.2%, to $25.2
million from net revenues of $29.7 million in 2008. The decline in supplementary program revenues
was mainly due to a decrease in sales of DIBELS in Florida, as Florida developed its own assessment
program. Additionally, we renegotiated and extended a relationship with a customer which uses our
assessment product under an annual licensing fee arrangement. As a result of changes in terms with
this customer, we recognized licensing fee revenue for two annual periods totaling $3.1 million in
2008. During the first quarter of 2009, we recognized additional revenue of $1.7 million related to
this licensing agreement.
45
Cambium Learning Technologies. The CLT segments net revenues in 2009 increased $1.2 million,
or 5.9%, to $22.9 million from net revenues of $21.7 million in 2008. The increase in year over
year net revenues was due mainly to the impact of the acquisition of VLCY, contributing an
incremental $0.7 million in product revenues.
Cost of revenues
Cost of product revenues include expenses to print, purchase, handle and warehouse product, as
well as royalty costs. Cost of service revenues include all costs to provide services and support
to customers. Total cost of revenues, excluding amortization, for the year ended December 31, 2009
decreased $0.9 million, or 3.1%, to $26.8 million from $27.7 million in 2008. The decrease in cost
of revenues was mainly due to efficiency gains from cost-cutting measures. As a percentage of net
revenues, cost of revenues decreased 1.2 percentage points to 26.6% for the year ended December 31,
2009 from 27.8% in the same period in 2008.
Voyager. The Voyager segments cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased
$0.2 million, or 1.6%, to $16.7 million from $16.9 million in 2008. Cost of product revenues for
the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased $0.5 million, or 4.8%, to $10.7 million from $11.2
million in 2008. The decrease in cost of revenues was mainly due to improved cost management
performance. Cost of service revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased $0.3 million,
or 4.7%, to $6.0 million from $5.7 million in 2008. The increase was driven by higher service
revenues, partially offset by efficiency gains from cost-cutting measures.
Sopris. The Sopris segments cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased
$0.1 million, or 0.7%, to $7.4 million from $7.5 million in 2008. Cost of product revenues for the
year ended December 31, 2009 increased $0.4 million, or 5.8%, to $6.4 million from $6.0 million in
2008. The increase in cost of revenues was due to a change in product mix toward products with
higher incremental costs. Cost of service revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased
$0.4 million, or 26.6%, to $1.1 million from cost of service revenues of $1.5 million in 2008. The
decrease was driven by lower service revenues and efficiency gains from cost-cutting measures.
Cambium Learning Technologies. The CLT segments cost of revenues for the year ended December
31, 2009 decreased $0.6 million, or 17.5%, to $2.7 million from $3.3 million in 2008. Cost of
product revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased $0.5 million, or 16.2%, to $2.5
million from cost of revenues of $3.0 million in 2008. The decrease in cost of revenues was mainly
due to improved cost management performance. Cost of service revenues for the year ended December
31, 2009 remained relatively flat, decreasing $0.1 million, or 32.0%, to $0.2 million from $0.3
million in 2008.
Amortization expense
Amortization expense included in cost of revenues includes amortization for acquired
pre-publication costs and technology, acquired publishing rights, and developed pre-publication and
technology. Amortization for 2009 increased $1.6 million, or 9.8%, to $17.5 million from $16.0
million in 2008. Approximately $0.7 million of the increase is related to the acquired
pre-publication costs and technology acquired in the VLCY acquisition. The remainder of the
increase was mainly due to higher pre-publication amortization as a result of investments made in
new programs.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenditures include costs to research, evaluate and develop
educational products, net of capitalization. Research and development expenses for the year ended
December 31, 2009 decreased $0.8 million, or 12.5%, to $5.6 million from $6.4 million in the same
period of 2008, due to planned spending decreases as a result of weak economic conditions in 2009.
As a percentage of revenues, research and development expenses decreased to 5.6% of revenues in
2009 compared to 6.4% in 2008.
Sales and marketing expense
Sales and marketing expenditures include all costs to maintain our various sales channels,
including the salaries and commission paid to our sales force, and costs related to our advertising
and marketing efforts. Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased
$1.2 million, or 5.0%, to $23.4 million from $24.6 million in the same period of 2008. As a
percentage of revenues, selling and marketing expenses decreased to 23.1% of revenues in the 2009
compared to 24.7% in 2008. Selling costs decreased for the year ended December 31, 2009 in
comparison to the same period in 2008 due to the costs incurred in
46
2008 to participate in several state adoption activities. We also experienced lower catalog
and mailing costs due to a lower volume of catalogs mailed in 2009 compared to 2008.
General and administrative expense
General and administrative expenses for year ended December 31, 2009 increased $14.4 million,
or 88.9%, to $30.5 million from $16.2 million in the same period of 2008. The increase was
primarily due to the incurrence of $15.5 million in merger-related transaction and integration
expenses in 2009 with only immaterial amounts incurred in 2008. Excluding these costs, general and
administrative expenses were down $1.1 million, or 6.9%, in 2009 compared to 2008, primarily as a
result of cost-cutting measures.
Shipping costs
Shipping costs for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased $0.8 million, or 35.6%, to $1.5
million from $2.3 million in 2008. The decrease in these shipping costs was due mainly to cost
containment and efficiencies.
Depreciation and amortization expense
Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased $1.7
million, or 15.1%, to $9.7 million from $11.5 million in the same period of 2008. The decrease in
this amortization was due mainly to lower contract and reseller network intangible amortization,
partially offset by the depreciation and amortization related to assets acquired in the VLCY
acquisition.
Goodwill impairment
We review the carrying value of goodwill for impairment at least annually and whenever certain
triggering events occur. As a result of the signing of the Merger Agreement, we assessed the
carrying values of our reporting units as of June 30, 2009. The first step of impairment testing
showed that the carrying value of our Published Products segment exceeded its fair value and that a
step two analysis was needed. Step two impairment testing determined that the goodwill balance as
of the measurement date was partially impaired and a $9.1 million impairment charge was recorded.
Due to the weakening of the economy and the impact that economic conditions were having on our
customers and business in the latter portion of fiscal 2008, we identified deterioration in the
expected future financial performance of our Published Products segment. As a result, we recorded
an impairment loss of $76.0 million for this segment in 2008, reflecting the difference between the
fair value and recorded value for goodwill.
Under the new segment structure, both the 2008 and the 2009 goodwill impairment charges were
assigned to the Voyager segment.
Embezzlement and related expenses
In 2008, we discovered certain irregularities relating to the control and use of cash and
certain other general ledger items which revealed a misappropriation of assets over more than a
three-year period beginning in 2004 and continuing through April 2008. These irregularities were
perpetrated by a former Cambium Learning employee, resulting in substantial embezzlement losses and
related expenses. Embezzlement and related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $0.1
million compared to $7.3 million in the same period of 2008. The decrease in the embezzlement and
related expenses was mainly due to the non-recurring nature of the embezzlement loss and related
expenses that were incurred in the year ended December 31, 2008.
Net interest expense
Net interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2009 increased $1.0 million, or 5.7%, to
$19.5 million from $18.4 million in the same period of 2008. This increase was mainly due to higher
interest expense on both our senior secured and senior unsecured debt as a result of the permanent
waiver and amendments to the credit agreement we signed on August 22, 2008 following the
embezzlement loss described above. Under the terms and conditions of the permanent waiver and
amendment, the interest rates on our senior secured and senior unsecured debt were increased. See
Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.
47
Income taxes
In 2009, we recorded an income tax benefit of $7.7 million. Pre-tax losses at statutory tax
rates provided a federal tax benefit of approximately $15.2 million. The impairment charge to
non-deductible goodwill did not result in a tax benefit which is $3.2 million less than the amount
expected based on the federal statutory tax rate. Certain merger costs are non-deductible and did
not result in a tax benefit which is $4.7 million less than the amount expected based on the
federal statutory tax rate. Furthermore, after the merger with VLCY, we established a valuation
allowance on our net federal deferred tax assets.
In 2008, we recorded an income tax benefit of $13.4 million. Pre-tax losses at statutory rates
provided a federal tax benefit of approximately $29.0 million. The impairment charge to
non-deductible goodwill did not result in a tax benefit which is approximately $26.6 million less
than the amount expected based on the federal statutory rate. We also recorded non-taxable book
income related to a purchase adjustment, which resulted in a tax benefit of $10.2 million.
Gain from settlement with previous stockholders
For fiscal 2008, we received a total settlement from previous stockholders of $30.2 million
relating to the embezzlement we suffered. The total settlement consisted of $20 million in escrowed
funds, together with additional payments of $9.3 million and interest income of $0.9 million. The
total settlement amount of $30.2 million was used to cover costs and to pay down a portion of a
senior secured credit facility. Because the embezzlement was discovered after the initial purchase
allocation was made in connection with the 2007 acquisition of Cambium Learning, Inc., the entire
settlement amount was recorded on our consolidated statement of operations as a gain from
settlement with the previous stockholders.
Loss on extinguishment of debt
For fiscal 2008, we recorded a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $5.6 million related to
the modification of our senior secured credit facility and senior unsecured promissory notes
resulting from the execution of an amendment of those documents and the delivery by the lenders of
a permanent waiver. The associated unamortized deferred financing costs as of August 22, 2008 of
$4.6 million and amendment fees of $1.0 million related to the permanent waiver were recorded as a
loss on extinguishment of debt.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Because sales seasonality affects operating cash flow, we normally incur a net cash deficit
from all of our activities through the early part of the third quarter of the year. We typically
fund these seasonal deficits through the drawdown of cash, supplemented by borrowings on a
revolving credit facility. The primary source of liquidity is cash flow from operations and the
primary liquidity requirements relate to debt service, pre-publication costs, capital investments
and working capital. We believe that based on current and anticipated levels of operating
performances, cash flow from operations and availability under a revolving credit facility, we will
be able to make required interest payments on our debt and fund our working capital and capital
expenditure requirements for the next 12 months.
Long-term debt
9.75%
Senior Secured Notes. On February 17, 2011, we completed the Offering. After the issuance discount, we received proceeds of 99.442%. The notes will
mature on February 15, 2017. The Offering was a private placement exempt from the registration
requirements under the Securities Act. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the
Notes to repay in full outstanding indebtedness under our existing secured credit facility and
senior unsecured notes and to pay related fees and expenses, and intend to use the remaining net
proceeds for general corporate purposes. Interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate of 9.75% per
annum from the date of original issuance and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on each
February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2011, to the holders of record of the Notes on
the immediately preceding February 1 and August 1. Pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement
entered into in connection with the Offering, we have agreed to file a registration statement with
the SEC that would enable holders of the Notes to exchange the privately placed Notes for publicly
registered notes with substantially identical terms. The Notes are secured by (i) a first priority
lien on substantially all of our assets (other than inventory and accounts receivable and related
assets of the ABL Credit Parties in connection with the ABL Facility (each as discussed below) and
subject to certain exceptions), including capital stock of the subsidiary guarantors, and (ii) a
second-priority lien on substantially all of the inventory and accounts receivable and related
assets of the ABL Credit Parties, in each case, subject to certain permitted liens. The Notes also
contain customary covenants, including limitations on our ability to incur debt, and events of
48
default as defined by the indenture governing the Notes. We may, at our option, redeem the
Notes prior to their maturity based on the terms included in the indenture governing the Notes.
Registration Rights Agreement. In connection with the Offering, we entered into a Registration
Rights Agreement that requires us to (i) file with the SEC within 180 days after the issue date of
the Notes (or February 17, 2011), a registration statement under the Securities Act (the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement), relating to an offer to exchange the old notes for the exchange
notes on terms substantially identical to the old notes, except that the exchange notes will not be
subject to the same restrictions on transfer; (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective within 270 days after the date of the old
notes; and (iii) within 60 days of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement becoming effective,
complete the exchange offer and issue the exchange notes in exchange for all old notes validly
tendered in the exchange offer. If we fail to meet these obligations set forth in the Registration
Rights Agreement (a Registration Default), then we will be required to pay additional interest to
the holders of the old notes. The rate of the additional interest will be 0.25% per annum for the
first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default. Thereafter, the
rate of additional interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each
subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum
additional interest rate of 1.0% per annum. We will pay such additional interest until all the
Registration Defaults relating to the Notes are cured. At such time, the interest rate on the old
notes will revert to the original interest rate on the old notes.
ABL Facility. On February 17, 2011, the ABL Credit Parties, entered into the ABL Facility
pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement (the ABL Loan Agreement), by and among the ABL Credit
Parties, Harris N.A., individually and as Agent for any ABL Lender (as hereinafter defined) which
is or becomes a party to said ABL Loan Agreement, certain other lenders party thereto (together
with Harris N. A. in its capacity as a lender, the ABL Lenders), Barclays Bank PLC, individually
and as Collateral Agent, and BMO Capital Markets and Barclays Capital, as Joint Lead Arrangers and
Joint Book Runners. The ABL Facility consists of a four-year $40.0 million revolving credit
facility, which includes a $5.0 million subfacility for swing line loans and a $5.0 million
subfacility for letters of credit. In addition, the ABL Facility provides that the ABL Credit
Parties may increase the aggregate principal amount of the ABL Facility by up to an additional
$20.0 million, subject to the consent of the Agent (whose consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld) and subject to the satisfaction of certain other conditions specified in the ABL
Facility.
As the ABL Facilitys borrowing base is determined by eligible inventory and eligible accounts
receivable, seasonality will cause the available amount to fluctuate. We estimate normal borrowing
availability during 2011 of between $20 and $30 million.
The interest rate for the ABL Facility will be, at the ABL Credit Parties option, either an
amount to be determined (ranging from 2.75% to 3.25%, depending upon the ABL Credit Parties fixed
charge coverage ratio at the time) above the London Interbank Offered Rate or at an amount to be
determined (ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%, depending upon the ABL Credit Parties fixed charge
coverage ratio at the time) above the base rate. On any day, the base rate will be the greatest
of (i) the Agents then-effective prime commercial rate, (ii) an average federal funds rate plus
0.50% and (iii) the LIBOR quoted rate plus 1.00%. The ABL Facility will, subject to certain
exceptions, be secured by a first-priority lien on the ABL Credit Parties inventory and accounts
receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien (junior to the lien securing the ABL
Credit Parties obligations with respect to the Notes) on substantially all of the ABL Credit
Parties other assets.
Revolving loans under the ABL Facility may be used solely for (i) the satisfaction of existing
indebtedness of the ABL Credit Parties under their prior senior secured credit facility and
outstanding pursuant to their prior existing senior unsecured notes, (ii) general operating capital
needs of the ABL Credit Parties in a manner consistent with the provisions of the ABL Facility and
all applicable laws, (iii) working capital and other general corporate purposes in a manner
consistent with the provisions of the ABL Facility and all applicable laws, (iv) the payment of
certain fees and expenses incurred in connection with the ABL Facility and/or the Notes, and (v)
other purposes permitted under the ABL Loan Agreement.
The ABL Facility contains a financial covenant that generally requires the ABL Credit Parties
to maintain, on a consolidated basis, either (i) excess availability of at least the greater of $8
million and 15% of the revolver commitment or (ii) a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0. The
ABL Credit Parties will be required to pay, quarterly in arrears, an unused line fee equal to the
product of (x) either 0.375% or 0.50% (depending upon the ABL Credit Parties fixed charge coverage
ratio at the time) and (y) the average daily unused amount of the revolver.
Cash flows
Cash from operations is seasonal with more cash generated in the second half of the year than
in the first half of the year. Cash is historically generated during the second half of the year
because the buying cycle of school districts generally starts at the
49
beginning of each new school year in the fall. Cash provided by (used in) our operating,
investing and financing activities is summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
Ended March 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$ |
(3,444 |
) |
|
$ |
(6,982 |
) |
|
$
|
20,161
|
|
|
$
|
1,934
|
|
|
$
|
(13,855
|
)
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(3,354 |
) |
|
|
(2,101 |
) |
|
|
(14,441
|
)
|
|
|
(13,092
|
)
|
|
|
26,889
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
14,461 |
|
|
|
4,535 |
|
|
|
(7,234
|
)
|
|
|
22,085
|
|
|
|
(11,822
|
)
|
Operating activities. Cash used in operations was $3.4 million and $7.0 million for the
three month periods ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Overall, cash used in
operations was $3.5 million lower in 2011 due to collection in the first quarter of significant
accounts receivable balances outstanding at year end 2010 and the impact of significant
merger-related costs incurred in the first quarter of 2010. Cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $20.2 million, $1.9
million and $(13.9) million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. In
2010, cash flows from normal operations were partially offset by a payment of $5.2 million for a
tax indemnification obligation to the state of Michigan and approximately $4.2 million in
non-recurring integration costs. Additionally, our accounts receivable balance was $12.5 million
higher at year end 2010 versus year end 2009 due to the timing of several significant transactions.
In 2009, cash flows from normal operations were partially offset by $11.6 million of transaction
costs related to the merger transaction.
Investing activities. Cash used in investing activities for capital expenditures was $3.4
million in the first quarter of 2011 compared to $2.1 million in
the first quarter of 2010. Cash provided by (used in) investing activities was $(14.4) million,
$(13.1) million and $26.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Expenditures related to property, equipment, software and pre-publications costs were
$13.3 million, $3.4 million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The increase in expenditures for 2010 is attributable to the merger with VLCY in late
2009. Cash payments of $9.7 million were made in 2009 for the VLCY acquisition (net of cash
acquired), and another $1.1 million was paid in 2010 for the first distribution to the holders of
the CVR. Cash inflows for 2008 included $30.2 million related to the embezzlement settlement from
the previous stockholders as discussed in Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements.
Financing activities. Cash provided by financing activities was $14.5 million in the first
quarter of 2011 and $4.5 million in the first quarter of 2010. Net proceeds received from the
issuance of the 9.75% senior secured notes in February 2011 was $174 million offset by repayment
of $152.1 million of existing notes and payments of $7.3 million related to the debt financing.
During the first quarter of 2010, we borrowed $5 million under a revolving credit facility and
made a principal payment of $0.3 million. Cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $(7.2) million,
$22.1 million and $(11.8) million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Net principal payments for debt, revolving credit facilities and capital leases were
$7.2 million, $5.9 million, and $19.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Other significant cash inflows for 2009 included $25.0 million of capital contributed
by Cambiums stockholders related to the VLCY acquisition and $3.0 million of capital contributed
by Cambiums stockholders to fund the cure to a senior secured credit agreement financial covenant.
Other significant cash inflows for 2008 included $7.0 million in unsecured loans from affiliates
related to the permanent waiver of the financial reporting defaults related to our senior secured
credit facility and the senior unsecured notes as described in Note 14 to our consolidated
financial statements.
Non-GAAP Measures
Our historical financial statements presented in accordance with GAAP include VLCY results
only for the periods subsequent to the December 8, 2009 acquisition date. Further, the net losses
for both Cambium and VLCY as reported on a GAAP basis include material non-recurring and
non-operational items. We believe that earnings (loss) from operations before interest and other
income (expense), income taxes, and depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA,
which further excludes non-recurring and non-operational items, provide useful information for
investors to assess the results of the ongoing business of the combined company.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and may be different from
similarly named, non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Non-GAAP financial measures
should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance
prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to
investors because it reflects the underlying performance of the ongoing operations of the combined
company and provides investors with a view of the combined companys operations from managements
perspective. Adjusted EBITDA removes significant one-time or certain non-cash items from earnings.
We use Adjusted EBITDA to monitor and evaluate the operating performance of the combined company
and as the basis to set and measure progress towards performance targets, which directly affect
compensation for employees and executives. We generally use these non-GAAP measures as measures of
operating performance and not as measures of liquidity. Our presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA should not be construed as an indication that our future results will be unaffected by
unusual or nonrecurring items.
50
Below
is a reconciliation between net loss and Adjusted EBITDA for the
three month periods ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December
31, 2010 and 2009.
Reconciliation Between Net Revenues to Adjusted Net Revenues and Between Net Loss and
Adjusted EBITDA for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues |
|
$ |
30,695 |
|
|
$ |
28,222 |
|
Non-recurring and non-operational costs included in
net revenues but excluded from adjusted net revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments related to purchase accounting(a) |
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
5,152 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted net revenues |
|
$ |
31,027 |
|
|
$ |
33,374 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(9,757 |
) |
|
$ |
(19,440 |
) |
Reconciling items between net loss and EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
8,354 |
|
|
|
9,319 |
|
Net interest expense |
|
|
4,405 |
|
|
|
4,368 |
|
Other (income) expense |
|
|
(363 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
Income tax |
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations before interest and other income
(expense), income taxes, and depreciation and
amortization (EBITDA) |
|
|
2,736 |
|
|
|
(5,658 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-recurring, non-operational, and certain non-cash costs
included in EBITDA but excluded from Adjusted EBITDA: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Integration and merger-related costs(b) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,443 |
|
Legacy VLCY corporate(c) |
|
|
311 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
Stock-based compensation and expense(d) |
|
|
290 |
|
|
|
234 |
|
Embezzlement and related expenses (recoveries)(e) |
|
|
(2,436 |
) |
|
|
19 |
|
Adjustments related to purchase accounting(a) |
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
4,359 |
|
Adjustments to CVR liability(f) |
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
1,497 |
|
|
$ |
2,697 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Under applicable accounting guidance for business combinations, an acquiring entity is
required to recognize all of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at
the acquisition date fair value. Net revenues have been reduced by $0.3 million and $5.2
million, respectively, for the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 in the historical
financial statements due to the write-down of deferred revenue to its estimated fair value
as of the merger date. The write-down was determined by estimating the cost to fulfill the
related future customer obligations plus a normal profit margin. Partially offsetting this
impact, cost of revenues and sales and marketing expenses were reduced for other purchase
accounting adjustments, primarily a write-down of deferred costs to zero at the acquisition
date. During the quarters ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, the historical cost of revenues was
reduced by $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively, and the historical sales and
marketing expenses were reduced by zero and $0.4 million, respectively. The adjustment of
deferred revenue and deferred costs to fair value is required only at the purchase
accounting date; therefore, its impact on net revenues, cost of revenues, and sales and
marketing expense is non-recurring. |
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Costs directly associated with the integration of the Company and VLCY, including
severance and other costs incurred to achieve synergies and the cost of retention and change
in control agreements directly related to the merger. The cost for retention and change in
control agreements included was $1.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. |
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Legacy VLCY corporate costs representing corporate costs related to legacy VLCY
liabilities such as pension and severance costs for former VLCY employees. |
|
|
|
(d) |
|
Stock-based compensation and expense is related to our outstanding options, restricted stock
awards, warrants, and stock appreciation rights (SARs). |
|
|
|
|
|
(e) |
|
During 2008, we discovered certain irregularities relating to the control and use of cash
and certain other general ledger items which resulted from a substantial misappropriation of
assets over more than a three-year period beginning in 2004 and continuing through April
2008. These irregularities were perpetrated by a former employee, resulting in embezzlement
losses, net of recoveries. |
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Adjustments to the CVR liability as a result of the amendments of the merger agreement
and the related escrow agreement, the expiration of the statute of limitations on potential
tax liabilities and changes in likelihood of collecting potential tax receivables included
in the estimate of the fair value of the CVRs. |
|
51
Reconciliation Between Net Revenues to Adjusted Net Revenues and Between Net Income (Loss) and
Adjusted EBITDA for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VLCY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-Merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Results
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Cambium
|
|
|
|
Cambium
|
|
|
(342 days)
|
|
|
Adjustments (a)
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
Learning Group
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
$
|
101,048
|
|
|
$
|
98,728
|
|
|
$
|
(11,565
|
)
|
|
$
|
188,211
|
|
|
$
|
181,260
|
|
Non-recurring and non-operational costs included in net revenues
but excluded from adjusted net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments related to purchase accounting(g)
|
|
|
1,392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,565
|
|
|
|
12,957
|
|
|
|
12,937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted net revenues
|
|
$
|
102,440
|
|
|
$
|
98,728
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
201,168
|
|
|
$
|
194,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(35,765
|
)
|
|
$
|
(34,375
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,870
|
|
|
$
|
(61,270
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,950
|
)
|
Reconciling items between net loss and EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
27,250
|
|
|
|
18,301
|
|
|
|
(5,772
|
)
|
|
|
39,779
|
|
|
|
37,665
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
19,477
|
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
20,106
|
|
|
|
17,292
|
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
(3,279
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,581
|
)
|
|
|
(674
|
)
|
Income tax
|
|
|
(7,704
|
)
|
|
|
(190
|
)
|
|
|
7,894
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(583
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations before interest and other income
(expense), income taxes, and depreciation and amortization
(EBITDA)
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
(18,985
|
)
|
|
|
11,063
|
|
|
|
(3,966
|
)
|
|
|
37,750
|
|
Non-recurring and non-operational costs included in EBITDA but
excluded from Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction costs(b)
|
|
|
13,570
|
|
|
|
9,937
|
|
|
|
(23,507
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Integration and merger-related costs (c)
|
|
|
2,133
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
1,864
|
|
|
|
4,117
|
|
|
|
5,963
|
|
Legacy VLCY corporate(d)
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
2,247
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,304
|
|
|
|
968
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense(e)
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
Embezzlement and related expenses (recoveries)(f)
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
(353
|
)
|
Adjustments related to purchase accounting(g)
|
|
|
1,136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,028
|
|
|
|
11,164
|
|
|
|
10,748
|
|
Goodwill impairment(h)
|
|
|
9,105
|
|
|
|
27,175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
36,280
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments to CVR liability(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,124
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
30,123
|
|
|
$
|
20,673
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
50,796
|
|
|
$
|
55,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52
(a) |
|
On December 8, 2009, we acquired VLCY. The acquisition was
accounted for as a purchase transaction. Our consolidated
financial statements include the results of VLCY from
December 8, 2009, the date of acquisition. Therefore, the
historical results of the Company have been adjusted to show the
effect on our statement of operations if the transaction had
been completed at the beginning of 2009. The combined historical
net loss includes the following pro forma adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
the pro forma impact of the amortization of
intangible assets and the reduction in deferred revenue and
related deferred costs based on the purchase price allocation;
|
|
|
|
the pro forma impact of reduced interest income lost
as a result of the $58.0 million of cash used in the
purchase price consideration (net of $25.0 million
contributed by the sole stockholder of the Company at the time
of the merger);
|
|
|
|
the pro forma impact of certain employment
agreements and stock option grants entered into on the effective
date of the merger;
|
|
|
|
the elimination of merger transaction costs incurred
by the Company and VLCY; and
|
|
|
|
the pro forma tax effect of the merger, which was
estimated using a combined company effective tax rate of 0%.
|
|
(b) |
|
External incremental costs incurred by the Company and VLCY that
are directly related to the merger. |
|
(c) |
|
Costs directly associated with the integration of the Company
and VLCY, including severance and other costs incurred to
achieve synergies and the cost of retention and change in
control agreements directly related to the merger. The cost for
retention and change in control agreements included was
$0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and
$1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. |
|
(d) |
|
Legacy VLCY corporate costs representing corporate costs related
to legacy VLCY liabilities such as pension and severance costs
for former VLCY employees. For the year ended December 31,
2009, these also include internal costs related to VLCYs
strategic alternative process, corporate overhead costs related
to the restatement of VLCYs financial statements and the
related activities for VLCY to become current with its SEC
filings, and costs to transition VLCYs corporate office
from Ann Arbor, Michigan to Dallas, Texas. |
|
(e) |
|
Stock-based compensation expense is related to our outstanding
options, restricted stock awards, warrants, and stock
appreciation rights (SARs). |
|
(f) |
|
During 2008, we discovered certain irregularities relating to
the control and use of cash and certain other general ledger
items which resulted from a substantial misappropriation of
assets over more than a three-year period beginning in 2004 and
continuing through April 2008. These irregularities were
perpetrated by a former employee, resulting in embezzlement
losses, net of recoveries. |
|
(g) |
|
Under applicable accounting guidance for business combinations,
an acquiring entity is required to recognize all of the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the
acquisition date fair value. Net revenues have been reduced by
$1.4 million and $12.9 million, respectively, for the
years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 in
the historical financial statements due to the write-down of
deferred revenue to its estimated fair value as of the merger
date and in the pro forma adjustments to reflect the impact of
the write-down assuming the merger occurred on January 1,
2009. The write-down was determined by estimating the cost to
fulfill the related future customer obligations plus a normal
profit margin. Partially offsetting this impact, cost of
revenues and sales and marketing expenses were reduced for other
purchase accounting adjustments, primarily a write-down of
deferred costs to zero at the acquisition date. During the years
ended December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2010, the
historical cost of revenues was reduced by $0.2 million and
$1.2 million, respectively, and the historical sales and
marketing expenses were reduced by $0.1 million and
$1.0 million, respectively, and the related pro forma
adjustments reflect the impact of the write-down assuming the
merger occurred on January 1, 2009. The adjustment of
deferred revenue and deferred costs to fair value is required
only at the purchase accounting date; therefore, its impact on
net revenues, cost of revenues, and sales and marketing expense
is non-recurring. |
|
(h) |
|
Goodwill impairment charges of $9.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009 and pre-merger VLCY goodwill
impairment charges of $27.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009. |
53
(i) |
|
Adjustments to the CVR liability as a result of the amendments
of the merger agreement and the related escrow agreement, the
expiration of the statute of limitations on potential tax
liabilities and changes in likelihood of collecting potential
tax receivables included in the estimate of the fair value of
the CVRs. |
Our historical financial statements include VLCY deferred revenue only as of period ends
subsequent to the December 8, 2009 acquisition date. Therefore, the historical balance sheets
reported on a GAAP basis include the deferred revenue balance of VLCY beginning with the year ended
December 31, 2009.
Further, the deferred revenue balances as reported on a GAAP basis as of December 31, 2009 and
2010 include material purchase accounting adjustments related to the VLCY acquisition. We believe
that the combined deferred revenue balances and adjusted deferred revenue balances, which exclude
the effect of the purchase accounting adjustment, provide useful information for investors to
assess the results of the ongoing business of the combined company.
Adjusted deferred revenue is not prepared in accordance with GAAP and may be different from
non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be
considered a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in
accordance with GAAP. We believe that adjusted deferred revenue provides useful information to
investors for assessing the impact of deferred revenue changes on our reported GAAP and adjusted
revenues.
Change
in Adjusted Deferred Revenue by Quarter and by Year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of: |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
September, 30 |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Deferred revenue |
|
$ |
24,181 |
|
|
$ |
21,842 |
|
|
$ |
23,643 |
|
|
$ |
33,301 |
|
|
$ |
37,556 |
|
|
$ |
30,779 |
|
Purchase accounting fair
value adjustment |
|
|
14,374 |
|
|
|
9,222 |
|
|
|
4,662 |
|
|
|
2,262 |
|
|
|
1,437 |
|
|
|
1,105 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted deferred revenue |
|
|
38,555 |
|
|
|
31,064 |
|
|
|
28,305 |
|
|
|
35,563 |
|
|
|
38,993 |
|
|
|
31,884 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in adjusted deferred revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(7,491 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,759 |
) |
|
$ |
7,258 |
|
|
$ |
3,430 |
|
|
$ |
(7,109 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of:
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
Cambium deferred revenue
|
|
$
|
1,910
|
|
|
$
|
24,181
|
|
|
$
|
37,556
|
|
Legacy VLCY deferred revenue
|
|
|
29,507
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total combined deferred revenue
|
|
|
31,417
|
|
|
|
24,181
|
|
|
|
37,556
|
|
Purchase accounting fair value adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,374
|
|
|
|
1,437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted deferred revenue
|
|
|
31,417
|
|
|
|
38,555
|
|
|
|
38,993
|
|
Change in adjusted deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,138
|
|
|
$
|
438
|
|
Capital
Expenditures and Outlook
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-publication costs
|
|
$ |
1.2 |
|
|
$ |
0.9 |
|
|
$
|
4.8
|
|
|
$
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Property, equipment and software
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenditures for property, equipment, and
pre-publication
costs
|
|
$ |
3.4 |
|
|
$ |
2.1 |
|
|
$
|
13.3
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
|
$
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital spending in 2011 is expected to be $14.1 to $15.1 million and will be concentrated
primarily on ongoing and new product development, which management believes will generate future
sales growth.
We believe that current cash, cash equivalents and short term investment balances, expected
income tax refunds, and cash generated from operations will be adequate to fund the working capital
and capital expenditures necessary to support our currently expected sales for the foreseeable
future.
54
Commitments and Contractual Obligations
We
have various contractual obligations which are recorded as liabilities in our consolidated
financial statements. Other items, such as certain purchase commitments and other executory
contracts, are not recognized as liabilities in our consolidated
financial statements but are
required to be disclosed.
The following table summarizes our significant operational and contractual obligations and
commercial commitments at December 31, 2010 showing the future periods in which such obligations
are expected to be settled in cash:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012 & 2013
|
|
|
2014 & 2015
|
|
|
After 2015
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Senior secured notes as of December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
112.4
|
|
|
$
|
8.9
|
|
|
$
|
103.5
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Senior unsecured notes as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
64.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Build-to-suit
lease obligations as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
Other capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease obligations as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Contingent value rights as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
7.4
|
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As described in Liquidity and Capital Resources and in Note 23 to our consolidated financial
statements, in February 2011, we closed the Offering and entered
into the ABL Facility We used a
portion of the net proceeds from the offering to repay in full outstanding indebtedness under the
secured credit facility and senior unsecured notes that existed as of December 31, 2010.
We have letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2010 in the amount of $2.9 million to
support workers compensation insurance coverage, certain of our credit card programs, the
build-to-suit lease, and performance bonds for certain contracts. We maintain a $1.1 million
certificate of deposit as collateral for the workers compensation insurance and credit card
program letters of credit and for our Automated Clearinghouse (ACH) programs. We also maintain a
$0.9 million money market fund investment as collateral for our travel card program. The
certificate of deposit and money market fund investment are recorded in other assets.
As of December 31, 2010, we have $12.0 million in obligations with respect to our pension
plan. For further information, see Note 15 to our consolidated
financial statements included
herein.
55
As of December 31, 2010, we have approximately $0.8 million of long-term income tax
liabilities that have a high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of the future cash
outflows. We are unable to reasonably estimate the years when settlement will occur with the
respective tax authorities.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or
future material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or
expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our
consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which require
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets,
liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.
On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to accounting for
revenue recognition, impairment, capitalization and depreciation, allowances for doubtful accounts
and sales returns, inventory reserves, income taxes, and other contingencies. We base our estimates
on historical experience and other assumptions we believe are reasonable under the circumstances,
the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and
liabilities that may not be readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from
these estimates, which could have a material impact on our financial statements.
Certain accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their
application. We consider the following to be critical accounting policies due to the judgment
involved in each. For a detailed discussion of our significant accounting policies, see Note 2 to
our Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.
Revenue Recognition. In October 2009, new guidance was issued regarding
multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and certain arrangements that include software elements.
This guidance requires entities to allocate revenue in an arrangement using estimated selling
prices of the delivered goods and services based on a selling price hierarchy. The guidance
eliminates the residual method of revenue allocation and requires revenue to be allocated using the
relative selling price method. In addition to requiring that arrangement consideration be allocated
at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method, the
guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable,
which includes (1) vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE), if available, (2) third party
evidence (TPE), if vendor-specific objective evidence is not available, and (3) best estimate of
selling price (BESP), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The objective of BESP is to determine
the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone
basis. It also removes tangible products from the scope of software revenue guidance and provides
guidance on determining whether software deliverables in an arrangement that includes a tangible
product are covered by the scope of the software revenue guidance. This guidance must be applied on
a prospective basis for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years
beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted. Effective January 1, 2010, we
adopted this guidance on a prospective basis for all new or materially modified arrangements
entered into after the adoption date.
Revenues are derived from sales of reading, math and science, and professional development
solutions to school districts primarily in the United States. Sales include printed materials and
often online access to educational materials for individual students, teachers, and classrooms.
Revenue from the sale of printed materials for reading and math products is recognized when the
product is shipped to or received by the customer, depending on the shipping terms of the
arrangement. Revenue for product support, training and implementation services, and online
subscriptions is recognized over the period services are delivered. Revenue for the online content
sold separately or included with certain curriculum materials is recognized ratably over the
subscription period, typically a school year. Revenue for our professional development courses,
which can include an Internet delivery component, is recognized over the contractual delivery
period. ExploreLearning and Learning A-Z derive revenue exclusively from sales of online
subscriptions to their reading, math and science teaching websites and related training and
professional development. Typically, the subscriptions are for a twelve- to twenty-four-month
period and the revenue is recognized ratably over the period the online access is available to the
customer.
56
The division of revenue between shipped materials, online materials, and ongoing support and
services was determined in accordance with the new accounting guidance for revenue arrangements
with multiple deliverables. We are not able to establish VSOE for each of our deliverables.
Whenever VSOE cannot be established, we review the offerings of our competitors to determine
whether TPE can be established. TPE is determined based on the prices charged by our competitors
for a similar deliverable when sold separately. It may be difficult for us to obtain sufficient
information on competitor pricing to substantiate TPE and therefore we may not always be able to
use TPE.
We also use BESP to determine the selling price of certain of deliverables. BESP was primarily
used for the printed materials for product lines acquired in the VLCY acquisition, which have
historically been priced on a bundled basis with the related online materials. Our determination of
BESP considers the anticipated margin on that deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for
similar parts or services, and our ongoing pricing strategy and policies.
We plan to analyze the selling prices used in the allocation of arrangement consideration at
least annually. Selling prices will be analyzed on a more frequent basis if a significant change in
our business necessitates a more timely analysis or if we experience significant variances in our
selling prices.
Our software products often include maintenance, support or on-line services. Maintenance and
support services include telephone support, bug fixes, and, for certain products, rights to
upgrades and enhancements on a when-and-if available basis. On-line services include storage,
assignment, scoring and reporting. These services are recognized on a straight-line basis over the
period they are provided. Revenues under multiple-element software license arrangements, which may
include several different software products and services sold together, are allocated to each
element based on the residual method in accordance with accounting guidance for software revenue
recognition. In certain instances, telephone support and software repairs are provided for free
within the first year of licensing the software. The cost of providing this service is
insignificant, and is accrued at the time of revenue recognition.
We enter into agreements to license certain publishing rights and content. We recognize the
revenue from these agreements when the license amount is fixed and determinable, collection is
reasonably assured, and the license period has commenced. For those license agreements that require
us to deliver additional materials as part of the license agreement, the revenue is recognized when
the product is received by the customer. Shipments to school book depositories are on consignment
and revenue is recognized based on shipments from the depositories to the schools.
Impairment of Goodwill. We review the carrying value of goodwill for impairment at
least annually. The annual analysis is performed as of December 1 or when certain triggering events
occur. The applicable accounting guidance requires that a two-step impairment test be performed on
goodwill. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying
value. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of that unit, goodwill is
not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the reporting unit
exceeds the fair value of that unit, then a second step must be performed to determine the implied
fair value of the reporting entitys goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting units goodwill
exceeds its implied fair value, then an impairment loss equal to the difference is recorded.
Determining the fair value of a reporting unit is judgmental in nature, and involves the use
of significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions may include revenue
growth rates and operating margins used to calculate projected future cash flows, risk-adjusted
discount rates, future economic and market conditions, and determination of appropriate market
comparables. In addition, we make certain judgments and assumptions in allocating shared assets and
liabilities to determine the carrying values of our reporting units.
We performed the 2010 yearend impairment analysis using four reporting units: Voyager; Sopris;
the Learning A-Z and ExploreLearning subscription businesses from the CLT segment (LAZEL); and
the Kurzweil and IntelliTools businesses from the CLT segment (KI). The following table details
the goodwill balance by reporting unit at December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill balance as
|
|
|
|
of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
Voyager
|
|
$
|
76,085
|
|
Sopris
|
|
|
17,300
|
|
LAZEL
|
|
|
19,724
|
|
KI
|
|
|
38,806
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
151,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the first step of the impairment test for fiscal year 2010, the fair market value of each
reporting unit was determined using an income approach and was dependent on multiple assumptions
and estimates, including future cash flow projections with a terminal value multiple and the
discount rate used to determine the expected present value of the estimated future cash flows.
Future cash flow projections were based on managements best estimates of economic and market
conditions over the projected period, including industry fundamentals such as the state of
educational funding, revenue growth rates, future costs and operating margins, working
57
capital needs, capital and other expenditures, and tax rates. The discount rate applied to the
future cash flows was a weighted-average cost of capital and took into consideration market and
industry conditions, returns for comparable companies, the rate of return an outside investor would
expect to earn, and other relevant factors. The first step of impairment testing for fiscal 2010
showed that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by at least 10%;
therefore, no second step of testing was required.
The adverse developments in the education funding environment that affected our operations
during fiscal year 2009 and 2010 may continue to have an impact, and potentially increase the
impact, on our future revenues, profits, cash flows and carrying value of assets. Although
management has included its best estimates of the impact of these and other factors in our cash
flow projections, the projection of future cash flows is inherently uncertain and requires a
significant amount of judgment. Actual results that are significantly different than these cash
flow projections or a change in the discount rate could significantly affect the fair value
estimates used to value our reporting units in step one of the goodwill analysis or the fair values
of our other asset and liability balances used in step two of the goodwill analysis, and could
result in future goodwill impairments.
Impairment of Long Lived Assets. We review the carrying value of long lived assets for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate net book value may not be
recoverable from the estimated undiscounted future cash flows. If our review indicates any assets
are impaired, the impairment of those assets is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount
exceeds the fair value as estimated by discounted cash flows. Assets to be disposed of are reported
at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost of disposal. For fiscal year 2010, no
impairment was indicated.
The determination whether our definite-lived intangible assets are impaired involves
significant assumptions and estimates, including projections of future cash flows, the percentage
of future revenues and cash flows attributable to the intangible assets, asset lives used to
generate future cash flows, and royalty charges attributable to trademarks. The impairment
calculations are most sensitive to the future cash flow assumptions. Future cash flow projections
are based on managements best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected
period, including industry fundamentals such as the state of educational funding, revenue growth
rates, future costs and operating margins, working capital needs, and capital and other
expenditures. Adverse developments in the education funding environment, including the reductions
in available state and local funds as property taxes decline, have affected our operations during
2010 and may continue to have an impact, and potentially increase the impact, on our future
revenues, profits, cash flows and carrying value of assets.
Pre-Publication Costs. We capitalize certain pre-publication costs of our curriculum,
including art, prepress, editorial, and other costs incurred in the creation of the master copy of
our curriculum products. Pre-publication costs are amortized over the expected life of the
education program, generally on an accelerated basis over a period of five years. The amortization
methods and periods chosen reflect the expected revenues generated by the education programs. We
periodically review the recoverability of the capitalized costs based on expected net realizable
value.
Accounts Receivable. Accounts receivable are stated net of allowances for doubtful
accounts and estimated sales returns. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of
the outstanding balances and historical collection experience. The reserve for sales returns is
based on historical rates of returns as well as other factors that in our judgment could reasonably
be expected to cause sales returns to differ from historical experience. Actual bad debt write-offs
and returns could differ from our estimates.
Inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost, determined using the first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method, or market, and consists of finished goods. We reduce slow-moving or
obsolete inventory to net realizable value. Inventory values are maintained at an amount that
management considers appropriate based on factors such as the inventory aging, historical usage of
the product, future sales forecasts, and product development plans. These factors involve
managements judgment and changes in estimates could result in increases or decreases to the
inventory values. Inventory values are reviewed on a periodic basis.
Income Taxes. Provision is made for the expense, or benefit, associated with taxes
based on income. The provision for income taxes is based on laws currently enacted in every
jurisdiction in which we do business and considers laws mitigating the taxation of the same income
by more than one jurisdiction. Significant judgment is required in determining income tax expense,
current tax receivables and payables, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and valuation allowance
recorded against the net deferred tax assets. Management considers the scheduled reversal of
deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, taxable income in prior carryback years,
loss carryforward limitations, and tax planning strategies in assessing whether deferred tax assets
will be realized in future periods. If, after consideration of these factors, management believes
it is more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a
valuation allowance is established. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable
could be reduced if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.
58
We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first
step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if available evidence indicates
that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit. The second step
requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50%
likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to
estimate these amounts, since this requires management to determine the probability of various
possible outcomes. We reevaluate our uncertain tax positions on a periodic basis, based on factors
such as changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under
audit and new audit activity.
Contingent Value Rights (CVRs). CVRs were issued to VLCY stockholders as part of the
Voyager Merger. Each CVR represents the right to receive a cash amount equal to the sum of the
following amounts (minus specified agreed-upon liabilities, including agreed contingencies,
potential working capital adjustments and expenses of the stockholders representative) under the
Merger Agreement:
|
|
|
specified VLCY tax refunds received after the effective time of the merger, plus |
|
|
|
|
the lesser of $4.0 million or the amount of specified post-signing tax refunds of
VLCY received after the date of the Merger Agreement and on or prior to the date of the
closing, which was $1.6 million, plus |
|
|
|
|
a portion of funds held for a potential tax indemnity obligation, if such obligation is not
paid to its beneficiary, plus |
|
|
|
|
other amounts specified in the escrow agreement, |
divided by the total number of shares of VLCY common stock outstanding as of the effective time of
the Voyager Merger.
The first CVR payment date was in September 2010 and $1.1 million was distributed to the
escrow agent at that time for distribution to holders of the CVRs. A second CVR distribution will
be made in June 2011 and the final distribution, if any, with respect to a potential tax indemnity
obligation will be in October 2013. Additionally, as described in Other Contingencies below, any
amounts due to CVR holders as a result of refunds received related to the Michigan tax payment will
be distributed upon the final resolution of this agreed contingency.
The fair value of the liability for the CVRs is determined using a probability-weighted cash
flow analysis which takes into consideration the likelihood, amount and timing of cash flows of
each element of the pool of assets and liabilities included in the CVR. The determination of fair
value of the CVRs involves significant assumptions and estimates, which are reviewed at each
quarterly reporting date. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, a fair value of $7.7 million, $7.4 million, respectively, has been recorded
as a liability for the remaining CVR payments. During the quarter ended March 31, 2011 year ended December 31, 2010, an expense of $0.3 million and
a gain of
$1.1 million, respectively, was recorded in general and administrative expense to reflect a change in the
estimated fair value of the CVR liability. The ultimate value of the CVRs is not known at this
time; however, it is not expected to be more than $11 million and could be as low as the $1.1
million already distributed. Future changes in the estimate of the fair value of the CVRs will
impact results of operations and could be material. As of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, restricted assets in
an escrow account for the benefit of the CVRs were $4.4 million, $4.2 million, respectively. The escrow account includes $3.0
million for a potential tax indemnity obligation, which, if such obligation is not triggered, will
benefit the CVRs by $1.9 million with the remainder reverting back to the general cash of Cambium.
Further information regarding the fair value of the CVRs is included in Note 13 to our consolidated
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 and Note 5
to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2011.
Other Contingencies. Other contingencies are recorded when it is probable that a
liability exists and the value can be reasonably estimated.
We had a potential indemnification liability related to state income taxes and related
interest that had been assessed against ProQuest Information and Learning (PQIL). On August 27,
2010, PQIL received a decision and order of determination from the Michigan taxing authority.
According to the determination of the Michigan taxing authority, PQIL was liable to the State of
Michigan for unpaid taxes and interest in the amount of approximately $10.4 million. In order to
expedite resolution of this matter and access the Michigan Court of Claims, we paid this
indemnification liability to the state of Michigan on behalf of PQIL on September 7, 2010. We have
filed an action in the Michigan Court of Claims to pursue a refund of the assessment. Management
believes it is more likely than not that Cambiums position will be upheld in the Court of Claims
and a $10.4 million tax receivable for the expected refund is recorded in other assets on the
consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.
59
This indemnification liability was identified as an agreed contingency for purposes of the
CVRs issued as part of the VLCY merger consideration. In accordance with the terms of the Merger
Agreement, dated June 20, 2009, fifty percent (50%) of any amount that is paid or due and payable
with respect to each agreed contingency would offset payments due under the CVRs from an amount
held for such payments by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as escrow agent, in an escrow account. Upon
payment of the approximately $10.4 million, we requested a disbursement be made to us from the
escrow account in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the payment, or approximately $5.2
million. We received this cash disbursement during the third quarter of 2010. On September 20,
2010, we amended the Merger Agreement and the escrow agreement to extend the term of the escrow
agreement until the later of the full distribution of the escrow funds or the final resolution of
the agreed contingency. The final resolution of the tax litigation or potential settlement could
result in a refund ranging from zero to approximately $10.4 million. As of December 31, 2010, the
fair value of the CVR includes a reduction of approximately $1.0 million related to this state
income tax issue. This calculated reduction amount uses management assumptions related to the
likelihood of any ultimate cash outflows for this agreed-upon contingency. However, the actual
impact on the CVR could be up to one-half of the $10.4 million if PQILs position is not ultimately
upheld. Additionally, if PQILs position is not ultimately upheld, we could incur up to $10.4
million of indemnification expense in future periods on its Statements of Operations, partially
offset by any reduction to the CVRs liability.
Recently Issued Financial Accounting Standards
Information regarding recently issued accounting standards is included in Note 2 to our
consolidated financial statements which are included herein.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest Rate Risk
As described in Liquidity and Capital Resources and in Note 23 to our consolidated financial statements
for the year ended December 31, 2010 and Note 18 to our condensed consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2011, in February
2011,
we closed an offering of $175 million aggregate principal amount of Notes (fixed rate) due 2017 and entered into a new $40 million
asset-based revolving credit facility. We used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to repay in full outstanding indebtedness
under the secured credit facility and senior unsecured notes that existed as of December 31, 2010. We have no amounts outstanding
under the revolving credit facility, which is our only variable interest debt. Therefore, we have no material interest rate risk
subsequent to the issuance of the Notes.
Foreign Currency Risk
We do not have material exposure to changes in foreign currency rates. As of December 31,
2010, we did not have any outstanding foreign currency forwards or option contracts.
60
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer
We issued the old notes in a private placement on February 17, 2011. The old notes were
issued, and the exchange notes will be issued, under an indenture, dated as of February 17, 2011,
among us, our subsidiary guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. In
connection with the private placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement, which
requires that we file the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part under the
Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer and, upon the
effectiveness of this registration statement, offer to you the opportunity to exchange your old
notes for a like principal amount of exchange notes. The exchange notes will be issued without a
restrictive legend and, except as set forth below, you may reoffer and resell them without
registration under the Securities Act. After we complete the exchange offer, our obligation to
register the exchange of exchange notes for old notes will terminate. A copy of the registration
rights agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part.
Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to
third parties unrelated to us, if you are not our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under
the Securities Act or a broker-dealer referred to in the next paragraph, we believe that you may
reoffer, resell or otherwise transfer the exchange notes issued to you in the exchange offer
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities
Act. This interpretation, however, is based on your representation to us that:
|
|
|
you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business; |
|
|
|
|
you are not engaging in and do not intend to engage in a distribution of the exchange
notes; |
|
|
|
|
you do not have an arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to
participate in the distribution of the exchange notes; and |
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities
Act. |
If you tender old notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a
distribution of the exchange notes to be issued to you in the exchange offer, you cannot rely on
this interpretation by the staff of the SEC. Under those circumstances, you must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in order to reoffer, resell
or otherwise transfer your exchange notes. Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its
own account in the exchange offer for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or
other trading activities must acknowledge that it will comply with the prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any offer to resell or other transfer of the
exchange notes issued in the exchange offer. See Plan of Distribution. Broker-dealers who
acquired old notes directly from us and not as a result of market making or other trading
activities may not rely on the staffs interpretations discussed above or participate in the
exchange offer, and must comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in
order to sell the private notes.
If you will not receive freely tradeable exchange notes in the exchange offer or are not
eligible to participate in the exchange offer, you can elect to have your old notes registered on a
shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. In the event that we
are obligated to file a shelf registration statement, we will be required to keep the shelf
registration statement effective for a period of two years following the date of original issuance
of the old notes or such shorter period that will terminate when all of the old notes covered by
the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant to the shelf registration statement. Other
than as set forth in this paragraph, you will not have the right to require us to register your old
notes under the Securities Act. See Procedures for Tendering below.
Terms of the Exchange Offer
This prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal together constitute the exchange
offer. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter
of transmittal, we will accept any and all old notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date of the exchange offer. We will issue $1,000
principal amount of the exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of the old
notes accepted in the exchange offer. You may tender some or all of your old notes pursuant to the
exchange offer; however, old notes may be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
The form and terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to those of the old
notes, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the old notes will
not apply to the exchange notes, and the exchange notes will not provide for the payment of
additional interest in the event of a registration default. In addition, the exchange notes bear a
different
61
CUSIP number than the old notes. The exchange notes will be issued under and entitled to the
benefits of the same indenture that authorized the issuance of the outstanding old notes.
As of the date of this prospectus, $175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the old notes
were outstanding and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC. This prospectus,
together with the letter of transmittal, is being sent to the registered holder and to others
believed to have beneficial interests in the private notes. We intend to conduct the exchange offer
in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of
the SEC promulgated under the Exchange Act.
We will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old notes if and when we have given oral
(any such oral notice to be promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice of our acceptance to
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The exchange
agent will act as our agent for the purpose of receiving from us the exchange notes for the
tendering noteholders. If we do not accept any tendered old notes because of an invalid tender, the
occurrence of certain other events set forth in this prospectus or otherwise, we will return
certificates, if any, for any unaccepted old notes, without expense, to the tendering noteholder as
promptly as practicable after the expiration date of the exchange offer.
You will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or transfer taxes, except as set
forth below under Transfer Taxes, with respect to the exchange of your old notes in the
exchange offer. We will pay all charges and expenses, other than certain applicable taxes, in
connection with the exchange offer. See Fees and Expenses below.
Expiration Time; Amendment
The expiration date for the exchange offer will be 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
, 2011, unless we determine, in our sole discretion, to extend the exchange offer, in
which case it will expire at the later date and time to which it is extended. We do not intend to
extend the exchange offer, however, although we reserve the right to do so. If we extend the
exchange offer, we will give oral (any such oral notice to be promptly confirmed in writing) or
written notice of the extension to the exchange agent and give each registered holder of old notes
notice by means of a press release or other public announcement of any extension prior to 9:00
a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the scheduled expiration date.
We also reserve the right, in our sole discretion:
|
|
|
to accept tendered notes after the expiration of the exchange offer and the
settlement of the exchange offer with respect to tendered notes, and/or extend the
exchange offer with respect to untendered notes, subject to applicable legal
requirements; |
|
|
|
|
to delay accepting any old notes or, if any of the conditions set forth below under
Conditions have not been satisfied or waived, to terminate the exchange offer by
giving oral (any such oral notice to be promptly confirmed in writing) or written notice
of such delay or termination to the exchange agent; or |
|
|
|
|
to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner by complying with Rule
14e-l(d) under the Exchange Act, to the extent that rule applies. |
We will notify you as promptly as we can of any extension, termination or amendment. In
addition, we acknowledge and undertake to comply with the provisions of Rule 14e-l(c) under the
Exchange Act, which requires us to pay the consideration offered, or return the old notes
surrendered for exchange, promptly after the termination or withdrawal of the exchange offer.
Procedures for Tendering
Only a holder of old notes may tender the old notes in the exchange offer. Except as set forth
under Book-Entry Transfer, to tender in the exchange offer a holder must complete, sign and
date the letter of transmittal, or a copy of the letter of transmittal, have the signatures on the
letter of transmittal guaranteed if required by the letter of transmittal and mail or otherwise
deliver the letter of transmittal or copy to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the
exchange agent, prior to the expiration date. In addition:
|
|
|
the certificates representing your old notes must be received by the exchange agent
prior to the expiration date; |
|
|
|
|
a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of such old notes into the exchange
agents account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfers described
below under Book-Entry Transfer must be received by the exchange agent prior to the
expiration date; or |
|
|
|
|
you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. |
62
If you hold old notes through a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other
nominee and you wish to tender your old notes, you should contact the registered holder of your old
notes promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf.
If you tender an old note and you do not properly withdraw the tender prior to the expiration
date, you will have made an agreement with us to participate in the exchange offer in accordance
with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of
transmittal.
Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an
eligible institution unless:
|
|
|
old notes tendered in the exchange offer are tendered either by a registered holder
who has not completed the box titled Special Registration Instructions or Special
Delivery Instructions on the holders letter of transmittal or for the account of an
eligible institution; and |
|
|
|
the box titled Special Registration Instructions on the letter of transmittal has
not been completed. |
If signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal are required to be
guaranteed, the guarantee must be by a financial institution, which includes most banks, savings
and loan associations and brokerage houses, that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents
Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion
Program.
If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than you, your old notes must be
endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power and signed by you as your name appears
on those old notes.
If the letter of transmittal or any old notes or bond powers are signed by trustees,
executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting
in a fiduciary or representative capacity, those persons should so indicate when signing. Unless we
waive this requirement, in this instance you must submit with the letter of transmittal proper
evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to act on your behalf.
We will determine, in our sole discretion, all questions regarding the validity, form,
eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of tendered old notes. Our
determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all old
notes not properly tendered or any old notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our
counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions
of tender as to certain old notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange
offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all
parties.
You must cure any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of your old notes
within the time period that we determine unless we waive that defect or irregularity. Although we
intend to notify you of defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of old notes, neither
we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give this
notification. Your tender will not be deemed to have been made and your old notes will be returned
to you if:
|
|
|
you improperly tender your old notes; |
|
|
|
you have not cured any defects or irregularities in your tender; and |
|
|
|
we have not waived those defects, irregularities or improper tender. |
The exchange agent will return your old notes, unless otherwise provided in the letter of
transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration of the exchange offer.
In addition, we reserve the right in our sole discretion to:
|
|
|
purchase or make offers for, or offer exchange notes for, any old notes that remain
outstanding subsequent to the expiration of the exchange offer; |
|
|
|
terminate the exchange offer; and |
|
|
|
to the extent permitted by applicable law, purchase notes in the open market, in
privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. |
63
The terms of any of these purchases or offers could differ from the terms of the exchange
offer.
In all cases, the issuance of exchange notes for old notes that are accepted for exchange in
the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of certificates for
your old notes or a timely book-entry confirmation of your old notes into the exchange agents
account at DTC, a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal or a
computer-generated message instead of the letter of transmittal, and all other required documents.
If any tendered old notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of
the exchange offer or if old notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than you desire to
exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged old notes, or old notes in substitution therefor, will be
returned without expense to you. In addition, in the case of old notes tendered by book-entry
transfer into the exchange agents account at DTC pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures
described below, the non-exchanged old notes will be credited to your account maintained with DTC,
as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
WE MAKE NO RECOMMENDATION TO THE HOLDERS OF THE OLD NOTES AS TO WHETHER TO EXCHANGE OR REFRAIN FROM
EXCHANGING ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THEIR OLD NOTES IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER. IN ADDITION, WE HAVE NOT
AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO MAKE ANY SUCH RECOMMENDATION. HOLDERS OF THE OLD NOTES MUST MAKE THEIR OWN
DECISION AS TO WHETHER TO EXCHANGE THEIR OUTSTANDING NOTES PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, AND, IF
SO, THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF OUTSTANDING NOTES TO EXCHANGE, AFTER READING THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND CONSULTING WITH THEIR ADVISERS, IF ANY, BASED ON THEIR FINANCIAL
POSITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS.
Book-Entry Transfer
The old notes were issued as global securities in fully registered form without interest
coupons. Beneficial interests in the global securities, held by direct or indirect participants in
DTC, are shown on, and transfers of these interests are affected only through, records maintained
in book-entry form by DTC with respect to its participants.
The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes
at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this
prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in DTCs systems may make
book-entry delivery of old notes being tendered by causing DTC to transfer such old notes into the
exchange agents account at DTC in accordance with DTCs procedures for transfer.
The DTCs ATOP system is the only method of processing exchange offers through DTC. To accept
the exchange offer through ATOP, participants in DTC must send electronic instructions to DTC
through DTCs communication system instead of sending a signed, hard copy letter of transmittal.
DTC is obligated to communicate those electronic instructions to the exchange agent. To tender old
notes through ATOP, the electronic instructions sent to DTC and transmitted by DTC to the exchange
agent must contain the character by which the participant acknowledges its receipt of, and agrees
to be bound by, the letter of transmittal.
If you hold your old notes in the form of book-entry interests and you wish to tender your old
notes for exchange for exchange notes, you must instruct a participant in DTC to transmit to the
exchange agent on or prior to the expiration date for the exchange offer a computer-generated
message transmitted by means of ATOP and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a
confirmation of book-entry transfer, in which you acknowledge and agree to be bound by the terms of
the letter of transmittal.
In addition, in order to deliver old notes held in the form of book-entry interests:
|
|
|
a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of such notes into the exchange agents
account at DTC pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfers described above must
be received by the exchange agent prior to the expiration date; or |
|
|
|
you must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. |
64
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures
If you wish to tender your old notes and your old notes are not immediately available, or time
will not permit your old notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent prior to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer
cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if:
|
|
|
you tender through an eligible financial institution; |
|
|
|
|
on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, the exchange
agent receives from an eligible institution, a written or facsimile copy of a properly
completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and notice of guaranteed delivery,
substantially in the form provided by us; and |
|
|
|
|
the certificates for all certificated old notes, in proper form for transfer, or a
book-entry confirmation, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal,
are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days
after the date of execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery. |
The notice of guaranteed delivery may be sent by facsimile transmission, mail or hand
delivery. The notice of guaranteed delivery must set forth:
|
|
|
your name and address; |
|
|
|
|
the amount of old notes you are tendering; |
|
|
|
|
a statement that your tender is being made by the notice of guaranteed delivery and
that you guarantee that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the
execution of the notice of guaranteed delivery, the eligible institution will deliver
the following documents to the exchange agent; |
|
|
|
|
the certificates for all certificated old notes being tendered, in proper form, for
transfer or a book-entry confirmation of tender; |
|
|
|
|
a written or facsimile copy of the letter of transmittal or a book-entry confirmation
instead of the letter of transmittal; and |
|
|
|
|
any other documents required by the letter of transmittal. |
Withdrawal Rights
You may withdraw tenders of your old notes at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the expiration date of the exchange offer.
For your withdrawal to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a written or facsimile
transmission of or, for DTC participants, an electronic ATOP transmission of, the notice of
withdrawal at its address set forth below under Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the expiration date.
The notice of withdrawal must:
|
|
|
state your name; |
|
|
|
|
identify the specific old notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or
numbers and the principal amounts of the old notes to be withdrawn; |
|
|
|
|
be signed by you in the same manner as you signed the letter of transmittal when you
tendered your old notes, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied
by documents of transfer sufficient for the exchange agent to register the transfer of
the old notes into your name; and |
|
|
|
|
specify the name in which the old notes are to be registered, if different from
yours. |
65
We will determine all questions regarding the validity, form and eligibility, including time
of receipt, of withdrawal notices. Our determination will be final and binding on all parties. Any
old notes withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of
the exchange offer. Any old notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged
for any reason will be returned to you without cost as soon as practicable after withdrawal,
rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. Properly withdrawn old notes may be
retendered by following one of the procedures described under Procedures for Tendering above at
any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes
All of the conditions to the exchange offer must be satisfied or waived at or prior to the
expiration of the exchange offer. Promptly following the expiration time, we will accept for
exchange all old notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn as of such date. We will
promptly issue exchange notes for all validly tendered old notes; provided that any exchange notes
so issued shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of
$2,000. For purposes of the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted validly tendered old
notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent, with
written confirmation of any oral notice to be given promptly thereafter. See Conditions to the
Exchange Offer for a discussion of the conditions that must be satisfied before we accept any old
notes for exchange.
For each old note accepted for exchange, the holder will receive an exchange note, the
issuance of which is registered under the Securities Act, having a principal amount equal to, and
in the denomination of, that of the surrendered old note. Registered holders of exchange notes that
are outstanding on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the
consummation of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date through
which interest has been paid on the old notes, or if no interest has been paid, from the original
issue date of the old notes. Old notes that we accept for exchange will cease to accrue interest
from and after the date of consummation of the exchange offer.
If we do not accept any tendered old notes, or if a holder submits old notes for a greater
principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, we will return such unaccepted or
non-exchanged outstanding notes without cost to the tendering holder. In the case of old notes
tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agents account at DTC, such non-exchanged old
notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC. We will return the old notes or have them
credited to DTC promptly after the withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange
offer, as applicable.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, and subject to our obligations
under the related registration rights agreement, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or
to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any old notes and may terminate or amend the exchange
offer, if at any time before the acceptance of any old notes for exchange any one of the following
events occurs:
|
|
|
any injunction, order or decree has been issued by any court or any governmental
agency that would prohibit, prevent or otherwise materially impair our ability to
proceed with the exchange offer; or |
|
|
|
the exchange offer violates any applicable law or any applicable interpretation of
the staff of the SEC. |
These conditions are for our sole benefit and we may assert them regardless of the
circumstances giving rise to them, subject to applicable law. We also may waive in whole or in part
at any time and from time to time any particular condition in our sole discretion. If we waive a
condition, we may be required in order to comply with applicable securities laws, to extend the
expiration date of the exchange offer. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing
rights will not be deemed a waiver of these rights and these rights will be deemed ongoing rights
which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and no exchange notes
will be issued in exchange for any tendered old notes, if, at the time the notes are tendered, any
stop order is threatened by the SEC or in effect with respect to the registration statement of
which this prospectus is a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended.
The exchange offer is not conditioned on any minimum principal amount of old notes being
tendered for exchange.
Accounting Treatment
We will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the
exchange offer. We will amortize the expense of the exchange offer over the term of the exchange
notes under generally accepted accounting principles.
66
Fees and Expenses
We will not pay brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. The
principal solicitation is being made by mail. Additional solicitations, however, may be made in
person or by telephone by our officers and employees.
We will pay the estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer.
These are estimated in the aggregate to be approximately
$125 thousand, which includes fees and expenses of
the exchange agent and accounting, legal, printing and related fees and expenses.
Transfer Taxes
You will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with a tender of your old
notes unless you instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that old notes
not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the
registered tendering holder of old notes, in which event the registered tendering holder will be
responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax.
Exchange Agent
We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as exchange agent for the exchange
offer. Questions, requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the prospectus, the
letter of transmittal and other related documents should be directed to the exchange agent
addressed as follows:
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Exchange Agent
|
|
|
|
|
By Registered or
|
|
By Regular Mail or |
|
|
Certified Mail:
|
|
Overnight Courier:
|
|
In Person by Hand Only |
|
|
|
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK,
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK,
|
|
WELLS FARGO BANK, |
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
|
|
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
|
|
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION |
Corporate Trust Operations
|
|
Corporate Trust Operations
|
|
12th Floor-Northstar East Building |
MAC N9-303-121
|
|
MAC N9303-121
|
|
Corporate Trust Operations |
PO box 1517
|
|
Sixth & Marquette Avenue
|
|
608 Second Avenue South |
Minneapolis, MN 55480
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55479
|
|
Minneapolis, MN 55475 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By Facsimile Transmission: |
|
|
|
|
(for Eligible Institutions Only) |
|
|
|
|
(612-667-6282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For Information or Confirmation by |
|
|
|
|
Telephone: |
|
|
|
|
(800) 344-5128 |
|
|
DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR
TRANSMISSION OF SUCH LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT
CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
The exchange agent also acts as trustee under the indenture.
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
If you do not participate or properly tender your old notes in this exchange offer:
|
|
|
you will retain old notes that are not registered under the Securities Act and that
will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer that are described in the legend
on the old notes; |
|
|
|
|
you will not be able to require us to register your old notes under the Securities
Act unless, as set forth above, you do not receive freely tradable exchange notes in the
exchange offer or are not eligible to participate in the exchange offer, and we are
obligated to file a shelf registration statement; |
67
|
|
|
you will not be able to offer to resell or transfer your old notes unless they are
registered under the Securities Act or unless you offer to resell or transfer them
pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act; and |
|
|
|
|
the trading market for your old notes will become more limited to the extent that
other holders of old notes participate in the exchange offer. |
Additional Interest
The registration rights agreement provides that in the event any of the following events
occur, each referred to herein as a Registration Default, we will pay additional interest
(Additional Interest) on the notes:
|
|
|
neither the registration statement relating to the exchange offer nor a shelf
registration statement has been filed with the SEC on or prior to the dates
specified in the registration rights agreement; |
|
|
|
|
neither the exchange offer registration statement nor the shelf registration
statement is declared effective by the SEC on or prior to the dates specified in the
registration rights agreement; |
|
|
|
|
the exchange offer has not been consummated within 45 business days of the date
that the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, is declared
effective by the SEC; or |
|
|
|
|
any registration statement required by the registration rights agreement is filed
and declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or becomes unusable,
except as otherwise permitted under the registration rights agreement. |
The Additional Interest will accrue on the outstanding notes at a rate of 0.25% per annum
during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any of the above listed
Registration Defaults. Thereafter, the rate of Additional Interest will increase by an additional
0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have
been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.0% per annum. Following the cure of all
Registration Defaults, the accrual of Additional Interest will cease. At such time, the interest
rate on the outstanding notes will revert to the original interest rate on such outstanding notes.
Such Additional Interest will be in addition to any other interest payable from time to time with
respect to the outstanding notes.
The foregoing descriptions are summaries of certain provisions of the registration rights
agreement, including those provisions relating to Additional Interest. They do not restate the
registration rights agreement in its entirety. We urge you to read the registration rights
agreement. See Where You Can Find More Information.
68
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
The following is a summary of material provisions relating to our material indebtedness other
than the exchange notes. The descriptions set forth herein are subject to and qualified in their
entirety by reference to any agreements governing such material indebtedness:
ABL Facility
On February 17, 2011, the ABL Credit Parties entered into a new first-lien revolving credit
facility in the maximum aggregate principal amount of $40 million, with a $5 million sublimit for
the issuance of standby and commercial letters of credit and a $5 million sublimit for swing line
loans, referred to herein as the ABL Facility. At any time during the term of the ABL Facility, so
long as no default or event of default has occurred thereunder or would occur after giving effect
thereto, CLI has the right with the consent of the administrative agent under the ABL Facility
(which consent may not be unreasonably withheld) to increase the facility by an amount of up to $20
million, such that the maximum aggregate principal amount of the ABL Facility could be as high as
$60 million after exercise of such option.
Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at CLIs option, at either an amount to be
determined (ranging from 2.75% to 3.25%, depending upon CLIs fixed charge coverage ratio at the
time) above the London Interbank Offered Rate or at an amount to be determined (ranging from 1.75%
to 2.25%, depending upon CLIs fixed charge coverage ratio at the time) above the base rate. On
any day, the base rate will be the greatest of (1) the administrative agents then-effective prime
commercial rate, (2) an average federal funds rate plus 0.50% and (3) the LIBOR quoted rate plus
1.00%. The ABL Facility is, subject to certain exceptions, secured by a first-priority lien on the
ABL Credit Parties inventory and accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien
(junior to the lien securing our obligations with respect to the notes) on substantially all of the
ABL Credit Parties other assets.
We intend to use borrowings under the ABL Facility for permitted capital expenditures and
permitted acquisitions, to provide for our ongoing working capital requirements and for general
corporate purposes. The amount outstanding on the ABL Facility shall be repaid in full, and the
commitments shall terminate, on February 15, 2015.
The ABL Facility contains a financial covenant that generally requires the ABL Credit Parties
to maintain, on a consolidated basis, either (1) excess availability of at least the greater of $8
million and 15% of the revolver commitment or (2) a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0. The
ABL Credit Parties will be required to pay, quarterly in arrears, an unused line fee equal to the
product of (1) either 0.375% or 0.50% (depending upon CLIs fixed charge coverage ratio at the
time) and (2) the average daily unused amount of the revolver.
The affirmative covenants set forth in the ABL Facility require the ABL Credit Parties to,
among other things, and in each case subject to certain exceptions and qualifications:
|
(1) |
|
periodically deliver financial statements and comply with other reporting
requirements; |
|
|
(2) |
|
maintain certain insurance; |
|
|
(3) |
|
keep and maintain property material to the conduct of its business in good
working order and condition; |
|
|
(4) |
|
pay and discharge all taxes; |
|
|
(5) |
|
comply with applicable laws; and |
|
|
(6) |
|
cause any domestic subsidiary of CLI formed or acquired after the closing date to
be a co-borrower or guarantor under the ABL Facility, and cause any collateral acquired
after the closing date to be subject to the liens securing the obligations under the ABL
Facility. |
The negative covenants set forth in the ABL Facility restrict the ability of the ABL Credit
Parties to, among other things, and in each case subject to certain exceptions and qualifications:
|
(1) |
|
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist additional indebtedness or liens on
their assets (including on the collateral); |
|
|
(2) |
|
engage in mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and asset sales; |
|
|
(3) |
|
enter into transactions with affiliates; |
69
|
(4) |
|
declare, pay or make distributions or dividends; |
|
|
(5) |
|
make investments or loans or acquire any person or entity; |
|
|
(6) |
|
enter into agreements that contain negative pledges; and |
|
|
(7) |
|
enter into any joint venture that is materially different from those currently
conducted by the ABL Credit Parties. |
The ABL Facility contains events of default customary for senior secured financings, including
cross-defaults to other material indebtedness and certain change of control events. Upon the
occurrence of an event of default, the outstanding obligations under the ABL Facility may be
accelerated and become due and payable immediately and the ABL Credit Parties cash may become
restricted.
70
DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE NOTES
In this Description of Exchange Notes, the terms Issuer, we, us and
our refer only
to Cambium Learning Group, Inc. and not to any of its subsidiaries. You can find the definitions
of certain terms used in this description set forth throughout the text under the subheading
Certain Definitions.
We issued the old notes, and will issue the exchange notes, under an indenture, dated as of
February 17, 2011 (the Indenture), between us, our subsidiary guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee (the Trustee). The notes offered hereby are to be issued as
exchange notes in exchange for the old notes. The exchange notes will be obligations of the
Issuer and the exchange note guarantees will be obligations of the subsidiary guarantors. Unless
the context otherwise requires, for all purposes of the Indenture and this Description of Exchange
Notes, references to the notes or Notes include the old notes and the exchange notes.
The terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the terms of the old notes in
all material respects, including interest rates and maturity, except that the exchange notes: (i)
will not contain transfer restrictions and registration rights that relate to the old notes, and
(ii) will not contain provisions relating to the payment of Additional Interest to be paid to the
Holders of old notes under circumstances related to the registration of the old notes, as set forth
in the Registration Rights Agreement. The old notes and the exchange notes will constitute a single
class of securities under the Indenture and therefore will vote together as a single class for
purposes of determining whether holders of the requisite percentage in principal amount thereof
have taken actions or exercised rights they are entitled to take or exercise under the Indenture.
The following description is a summary of the material terms of the Indenture and the Security
Documents. The terms of the notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the
Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. However, this description does not restate those
agreements in their entirety. You should read the Indenture and the Security Documents because they
contain additional information and because they and not this description define your rights as a
Holder of the Notes. Copies of the Indenture and the Security Documents have been filed with the
Commission and are available on EDGAR.
The registered holder of any note will be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.
Only registered holders will have rights under the Indenture.
Brief Description of Notes
The Notes:
|
|
|
are general senior obligations of the Issuer; |
|
|
|
|
are secured on a first-priority lien basis by the Notes Collateral and on a
second-priority lien basis by the ABL Collateral, in each case subject to certain liens
permitted by the Indenture; |
|
|
|
|
are effectively senior to all unsecured Indebtedness of the Issuer to the extent of
the value of the collateral securing the Notes (after giving effect to any lien on such
collateral); |
|
|
|
|
are effectively senior to the ABL Credit Parties existing and future Obligations
under the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the Notes Collateral owned by the
ABL Credit Parties (subject to certain liens permitted by the Indenture); |
|
|
|
|
are effectively subordinated to (i) the ABL Credit Parties existing and future
Obligations under the ABL Facility to the extent of the value of the ABL Collateral and
(ii) any existing or future Indebtedness of the Issuer that is secured by liens on
assets that do not constitute a part of the collateral securing the Notes to the extent
of the value of such assets; |
|
|
|
|
without giving effect to security interests, rank equally in right of payment with
all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer; |
|
|
|
|
rank equally in priority as to the Notes Collateral with respect to the Issuers
obligations under any other pari passu lien Obligations incurred after the Issue Date; |
|
|
|
|
are senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness
of the Issuer; |
|
|
|
|
are structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness and claims of
holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do
not guarantee the Notes (including VLCY); and
|
71
|
|
|
have been initially guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Guarantors, and will
also be guaranteed in the future by each direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (and any non-wholly owned domestic Restricted
Subsidiary that guarantees other capital market debt securities of the Issuer or any
Subsidiary Guarantor) that guarantees Indebtedness under the ABL Facility or future
Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, subject to certain
exceptions. |
Guarantees
The Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Issuers existing Subsidiaries
(collectively, the Guarantors) other than VLCY.
The Guarantors, as primary obligors and not merely as sureties, have jointly and severally,
irrevocably and unconditionally, guaranteed, on a senior secured basis, the full and punctual
payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of the
Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or
interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or
otherwise, on the terms set forth in the Indenture by executing the Indenture.
The Guarantors have initially guaranteed the Notes and, in the future, each direct and
indirect wholly-owned domestic Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (and any non-wholly owned
domestic Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees other capital market debt securities of the Issuer
or any Subsidiary Guarantor) that guarantees Indebtedness under the ABL Facility or future
Indebtedness, if any, will, subject to certain exceptions, guarantee the Notes. Each of the
Guarantees of the Notes:
|
|
|
is a general senior obligation of the applicable Guarantor; |
|
|
|
|
is secured on a first-priority lien basis by the Notes Collateral and on a
second-priority lien basis by the ABL Collateral, in each case subject to certain liens
permitted by the Indenture; |
|
|
|
|
is effectively senior to all unsecured Indebtedness of such Guarantor to the extent
of the value of the collateral securing such Guarantee (after giving effect to any lien
on such collateral); |
|
|
|
|
is effectively senior to any ABL Lenders Debt with respect to each Guarantor that is
an ABL Credit Party to the extent of the value of the Notes Collateral of such ABL
Credit Party (subject to certain liens permitted by the Indenture); |
|
|
|
|
is effectively subordinated, to the extent of the value of the assets securing the
Guarantee, to such Guarantors (i) ABL Lenders Debt or other obligations that are
secured by a first-priority lien on the ABL Collateral that is incurred by such
Guarantor and (ii) any existing or future Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is secured
by liens on assets of such Guarantor that do not constitute a part of the collateral for
the Notes; |
|
|
|
|
without giving effect to security interests, ranks equally in right of payment with
all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, including any borrowings
under the ABL Facility and any guarantees thereof by such Guarantor; |
|
|
|
|
ranks equally in priority as to the Notes Collateral of such Guarantor, if any, with
respect to such Guarantors obligations under any other pari passu lien Obligations
incurred after the Issue Date; |
|
|
|
|
is senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of
such Guarantor; and |
|
|
|
|
is structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness and claims of
holders of Preferred Stock and other liabilities of Subsidiaries of the Issuer that do
not Guarantee the Notes. |
Not all of the Issuers Subsidiaries have guaranteed the Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy,
liquidation, reorganization or similar proceeding of any of these non-guarantor Subsidiaries, the
non-guarantor Subsidiaries will pay the holders of their debt and their trade
72
creditors before they
will be able to distribute any of their assets to the Issuer or a Guarantor. As a result, all of
the existing and future liabilities of the Issuers non-guarantor Subsidiaries, including any claims of trade
creditors, are effectively senior to the Notes. The Indenture does not limit the amount of
liabilities that are not considered Indebtedness which may be incurred by the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, including the non-Guarantors. In addition, as of September 30, 2010, VLCY,
a non-operating entity and currently the Issuers sole non-guarantor Subsidiary and sole
Unrestricted Subsidiary, held approximately 6% of the Issuers consolidated assets and had
approximately $13.8 million of liabilities (including trade payables), to which the Notes and the
Guarantees would have been structurally subordinated.
The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee are limited as necessary to prevent the
Guarantee from constituting a fraudulent conveyance or similar limitation under applicable law.
This provision may not, however, be effective to protect a Guarantee from being voided under
fraudulent transfer law, or may reduce the applicable Guarantors obligation to an amount that
effectively makes its Guarantee worthless. If a Guarantee was rendered voidable, it could be
subordinated by a court to all other indebtedness (including guarantees and other contingent
liabilities) of the Guarantor, and, depending on the amount of such indebtedness, a Guarantors
liability on its Guarantee could be reduced to zero. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to the
NotesRights of holders of notes in the collateral may be adversely affected by bankruptcy
proceedings.
Any Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee will be entitled upon payment in full
of all guaranteed obligations under the Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an
amount equal to such other Guarantors pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net
assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment as determined in accordance with GAAP.
Each Guarantor may consolidate with, amalgamate or merge into, or sell all or substantially
all of its assets to, the Issuer or another Guarantor without limitation or any other Person upon
the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. See Certain CovenantsMerger,
Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.
Each Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor provides by its terms that it will be automatically
and unconditionally released and discharged upon:
(1) (a) any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or
otherwise) of (i) the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable
Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all or substantially all the
assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case if such sale, exchange or transfer is made in
compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture;
(b) in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary which after the Issue Date is required to become
a Subsidiary Guarantor, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor
of Indebtedness under a guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a
discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee (it being understood that
a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such
Guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated to the extent that such
Subsidiary Guarantor would then be required to provide a Guarantee pursuant to the covenant
described under Certain CovenantsLimitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted
Subsidiaries). A Guarantee provided by a Subsidiary Guarantor on the Issue Date may not be
released and discharged pursuant to this paragraph (1)(b);
(c) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture; or
(d) the exercise by the Issuer of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option
as described under Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance or the satisfaction and
discharge of the Issuers obligations under the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture; and
(2) such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture
relating to such transaction have been complied with.
Security for the Notes
The Notes and the Guarantees have the benefit of the Collateral, which consists of (i) the
Notes Collateral (defined below) as to which (A) the Holders of the Notes and the holders of
Additional Parity Debt (if any) have a first-priority security interest (subject to Permitted
Liens) and (B) to the extent such Notes Collateral is owned by the ABL Credit Parties, the holders
of the ABL Lenders Debt have a second-priority interest and (ii) the ABL Collateral as to which the
holders of ABL Lenders Debt have a first-priority security interest and the Holders of the Notes
and the Holders of Additional Parity Debt (if any) will have a second-priority security interest
(subject to Permitted Liens). The Issuer and the Guarantors are able to incur additional
Indebtedness in the future which could share in the Collateral. The amount of all such additional
Indebtedness is limited by the covenants described under Certain CovenantsLiens and
Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
and Preferred Stock. Under certain circumstances the amount of such additional Secured
Indebtedness could be significant.
73
Notes Collateral
The Notes Collateral was pledged as collateral to the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit
of the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders of the Notes and the holders of Additional
Parity Debt (if any). The Notes and Guarantees are secured, together with any Additional Parity
Debt, by first-priority security interests in the Notes Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens. The
Notes Collateral consists of (i) substantially all of the present and future tangible and
intangible assets of the Issuer and the Guarantors, including without limitation equipment,
contracts, intellectual property, fee-owned real property, general intangibles, intercompany notes
and proceeds of the foregoing (in each case, subject to certain exceptions), and (ii) all of the
Capital Stock of each Subsidiary directly wholly-owned by the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor;
provided, however, that the Notes Collateral shall not include the ABL Collateral or the Excluded
Assets. In addition, the Notes Collateral shall be subject to the limitations and exclusions
described under Limitations on Stock Collateral (collectively, the Notes Collateral).
Initially, subject to Permitted Liens, only the Notes have the benefit of the first-priority
security interest in the Notes Collateral. Except for Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens, no
other Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer may be prior to or share in the first-priority security
interest in the Notes Collateral other than any Additional Parity Debt. The holders of the ABL
Lenders Debt have a second-priority security interest in the portion of the Notes Collateral owned
by the ABL Credit Parties.
Any additional Indebtedness that is incurred by the Issuer in compliance with the terms of the
Indenture may be given a lien on and security interest in the Notes Collateral (to the extent such
lien constitutes a Permitted Lien) that ranks junior to the lien of the Notes in the Notes
Collateral. In general, any such additional liens must rank junior to the second-priority lien
securing the ABL Lenders Debt. Except as provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, holders of such
junior liens are not able to take any enforcement action with respect to the Notes Collateral so
long as any Notes are outstanding.
ABL Collateral
The Notes, together with any Additional Parity Debt, are also secured by a second-priority
lien on and security interest in the ABL Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens). The ABL
Collateral consists of the following assets of the ABL Credit Parties: (A)(i) substantially all
accounts receivable arising from the sale, lease, use or other disposition of inventory and from
services rendered (and all related contracts and contract rights, cash (other than the identifiable
cash proceeds of the Notes Collateral), (ii) inventory, (iii) deposit accounts, other bank accounts
and securities accounts (in each case, except to the extent constituting identifiable proceeds of
Notes Collateral), (iv) tax refunds (solely to the extent not pledged by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary as of the Issue Date or otherwise earmarked as of the Issue Date to pay
obligations of the Issuer or its Affiliates) and (v) all investment property other than the Capital
Stock of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, general intangibles (excluding trademarks, tradenames and
other intellectual property), books and records, documents and instruments, letter of credit
rights, business interruption insurance, supporting obligations and commercial tort claims, in each
case, to the extent evidencing, governing, securing or otherwise pertaining to or attached to or
relating to the foregoing assets of the ABL Credit Parties (in each case, except to the extent
constituting identifiable proceeds of Notes Collateral) and the proceeds and products thereof
(collectively, the ABL Collateral). Generally, the Notes second-priority lien on and security
interest in the ABL Collateral will be terminated and automatically released if the lien on such
ABL Collateral securing the ABL Lenders Debt is terminated or released (except as otherwise
provided in the Collateral Documents).
From and after the Issue Date, subject to the limitations contained under Certain
CovenantsLiens, Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock and the definition of Permitted Liens, the Issuer or any
Guarantor may grant an additional lien on any property or asset that constitutes ABL Collateral in
order to secure any obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture. In general, any
such additional liens (other than Permitted Liens) must rank junior to the second-priority lien
securing the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt.
Excluded Assets
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Notes are not secured by a lien on Excluded Assets and are
subject to Permitted Liens.
The Notes Collateral does not and will not include the following (collectively, the Excluded
Assets):
(1) any property or assets owned by any Unrestricted Subsidiary (which as of the Issue Date
includes VLCY);
(2) Excluded Contracts;
(3) any asset that is subject to a Lien securing a Capital Lease Obligation or Purchase
Money Obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Indenture to the extent and so long as
the documents governing such obligations do not permit the pledge of such assets to the
Collateral Agent;
74
(4) Excluded Capital Stock;
(5) any interest in fee-owned real property of the Issuer and the Guarantors if the greater
of its cost and book value is less than $1.0 million;
(6) any interest in leased real property of the Issuer and the Guarantors;
(7) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title;
(8) funds as of the Issue Date in the 280G Escrow Account, the CVR Escrow Account or the
Excess Employee Payment Escrow Account, the collateral securing the CVR Obligations pursuant to
any of the CVR Security Documents, the proceeds from each action, suit or other proceeding
relating to any tax refunds or tax payments in respect of the CVR Obligations and any other
proceeds also in respect thereof, the proceeds, if any, from the proceeding in the Michigan
Court of Claims referred to in the Amendment No. 1 to the Merger Agreement and any cash amount
realized from refunds, credits or reductions in taxes resulting from the payment of certain
agreed contingencies in each case in accordance with the terms of the CVR Documents and the
Merger Agreement (as applicable);
(9) any intellectual property, including any United States intent-to-use trademark
applications, in relation to which any applicable law or regulation prohibits the creation of a
security interest therein or would otherwise invalidate the Issuer or such Guarantors right,
title or interest therein; and
(10) any property to the extent that such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any
Requirement of Law of a Governmental Authority or requires a consent not obtained of any
Governmental Authority pursuant to such Requirement of Law, except to the extent that such
Requirement of Law providing for such prohibition or requiring such consent is ineffective under
applicable law (provided that this clause shall not exclude any Account (as defined in the
Uniform Commercial Code) for which the federal government of the United States is the account
debtor as a result of the Federal Assignment of Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. Sec. 203 (1976), amended
by 31 U.S.C.A. Sec. 3727 (West 1983), except to the extent that such grant shall constitute or
result in the termination or annulment of such Account);
provided, however, that Excluded Assets will not include any asset or property which secures
obligations with respect to ABL Lenders Debt and Excluded Assets shall not include any Proceeds (as
defined in the UCC), substitutions or replacements of any Excluded Assets referred to in clauses
(1) through (10) (unless such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would constitute Excluded
Assets referred to in clauses (1) through (10)). In addition, the Issuer and its Subsidiaries shall
not be required to obtain any landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters and shall
not be required to (i) take actions to perfect by control or possession in any collateral, other
than stock pledges and control agreements relating to ABL Collateral delivery of, promissory notes,
and control over letter of credit rights, in each case in excess of $1.0 million,(ii) take any
action with respect to any intellectual property which is (x) not registered or registered outside
of the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office (other than
the filing of Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statements) or, (y) in respect of intellectual
property registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright
Office, (1) not used in the business of the Issuer or any Guarantor and (2) immaterial to the
Issuer and the Guarantors (as determined by Issuer in good faith), or (iii) take any actions under
any laws outside of the United States to grant, perfect or enforce any security interest.
Limitations on Stock Collateral
The Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is owned by the Issuer or any Guarantor
constitutes Notes Collateral only to the extent that such Capital Stock can secure the Notes and
any Additional Parity Debt without Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (or any
other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial statements of such Subsidiary to be
filed with the SEC (or any other Governmental Authority). In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation
S-X under the Securities Act requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require
(or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted,
which would require) the filing with the SEC (or any other Governmental Authority) of separate
financial statements of any Subsidiary (other than the Issuer) due to the fact that such
Subsidiarys Capital Stock secures the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt, then the Capital Stock
of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Notes Collateral (but only
to the extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement). In such event, the Collateral
Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of Notes or any holder of
any Additional Parity Debt, to the extent necessary to release the security interests in the shares
of Capital Stock and other securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Notes
Collateral.
In the event that Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act is amended, modified or
interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law,
rule or regulation is adopted, which would permit) the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary that was
previously excluded to secure the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt in excess of the amount then
pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other Governmental Authority) of separate financial
statements of such Subsidiary,
75
then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary shall automatically be
deemed to be a part of the Notes Collateral (but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to
any such financial statement requirement). In such event, the Collateral Documents may be amended
or modified, without the consent of any Holder of Notes or any holder of any Additional Parity
Debt, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the Collateral Documents such
additional Capital Stock.
In accordance with the limitations set forth in the two immediately preceding paragraphs, the
Notes Collateral includes shares of Capital Stock of Subsidiaries of the Issuer only to the extent
that the applicable value of such Capital Stock (on a Subsidiary-by-Subsidiary basis) is less than
20% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding. Following the Issue Date, however,
the portion of the Capital Stock of Subsidiaries constituting Notes Collateral may decrease or
increase as described above.
Permitted Liens
The Issuer and the Guarantors are permitted by the Indenture to create or incur Permitted
Liens. The Notes and any Additional Parity Debt is effectively subordinated to existing and future
secured Indebtedness and other liabilities to the extent of the Issuers or the Guarantors assets
serving as collateral for such Permitted Liens, to the extent such Permitted Liens have priority to
the Liens securing the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt. See Certain DefinitionsPermitted
Liens.
The Notes and any Additional Parity Debt is effectively subordinated to security interests on
acquired property or assets of acquired companies which are secured prior to (and not in connection
with) such acquisition; such security interests generally constitute Permitted Liens. The Indenture
also permits other Permitted Liens. See Risk FactorsRisks Related to the NotesThe lien ranking
provisions of the indenture and other agreements relating to the collateral securing the notes will
limit the rights of holders of the notes with respect to certain collateral, even during an event
of default and Risk FactorsRisks Related to the NotesThe value of the collateral securing the
notes may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations under the notes.
Collateral Documents and Certain Related Intercreditor Provisions
The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Notes Collateral Agent (on behalf of the Trustee and the
Holders of the Notes and holders of any Additional Parity Debt) entered into Collateral Documents
creating and establishing the terms of the security interests that secure the Notes and the
Guarantees and Additional Parity Debt and guarantees thereof. These security interests secure the
payment and performance when due of all of the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under
the Notes, the Indenture, the Guarantees, the documents governing any Additional Parity Debt and
guarantees thereof and guarantees thereof (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt any Hedging
Obligations and guarantees thereof secured under the ABL Facility) and the Collateral Documents, as
provided in the Collateral Documents. The Issuer and the Guarantors use their commercially
reasonable efforts to complete on or prior to the Issue Date all filings and other similar actions
required in connection with the perfection of such security interests. If they were not able to
complete such actions (other than the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements) on or
prior to the Issue Date, they agreed to use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete such
actions as soon as reasonably practicable after such date, but in any event no later than 90 days
after the Issue Date, other than with respect to intellectual property filings at the United States
Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, which filings may require more
than 90 days to complete. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. will be appointed, pursuant to the Indenture, as
the Notes Collateral Agent. The Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent, each Holder of the Notes, each
holder of any Additional Parity Debt and each other holder of, or obligee in respect of, any
Obligations in respect of the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt outstanding at such time are
referred to collectively as the Notes Secured Parties.
Intercreditor Agreement
The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Notes Collateral Agent and the ABL Collateral Agent entered
into the Intercreditor Agreement and, by their acceptance of the Notes, the Holders of the Notes
agreed to be bound thereby. Pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes
Collateral Agent will determine the time and method by which the security interests in the Notes
Collateral will be enforced and the ABL Collateral Agent will determine the time and method by
which the security interests in the ABL Collateral will be enforced.
The aggregate amount of the obligations secured by the ABL Collateral may, subject to the
limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased.
A portion of the obligations secured by the ABL Collateral consists or may consist of
Indebtedness that is revolving in nature, and the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any
time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed and such
obligations may, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, be increased, extended,
renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise
amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the subordination of the liens held by
the Holders or the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement defining the relative rights of the
parties thereto. The lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement shall not be
altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, modification, supplement, extension, increase,
replacement, renewal, restatement or refinancing of either the obligations secured by the ABL
Collateral or the obligations
76
secured by the Notes Collateral, by the release of any Collateral or
of any guarantees securing any secured obligations or by any action that any representative or
secured party may take or fail to take in respect of any Collateral.
No Action With Respect to the ABL Collateral
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that none of the Notes Secured Parties may commence any
judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver,
liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of,
exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce its
interest in or realize upon, or take any other action available to it in respect of, the ABL
Collateral under any Collateral Document, applicable law or otherwise, at any time when the ABL
Collateral is subject to any first-priority security interest and any ABL Lenders Debt secured by
such ABL Collateral remains outstanding or any commitment to extend credit that would constitute
such ABL Lenders Debt remains in effect. Only the ABL Collateral Agent shall be entitled to take
any such actions or exercise any such remedies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Notes Collateral
Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, take all such actions it deems necessary to perfect or
continue the perfection of or create, preserve or protect (but not enforce) the second-priority
security interest in the ABL Collateral of the Holders of the Notes. The ABL Collateral Agent is
subject to similar restrictions with respect to its ability to enforce the second priority security
interest in the Notes Collateral held by holders of ABL Lenders Debt.
No Duties of ABL Collateral Agent
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any holder of
any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral will have any duties or other obligations to any
Notes Secured Party with respect to the ABL Collateral, other than (subject to the ABL Collateral
Agent receiving indemnities) to transfer to the Notes Collateral Agent any remaining ABL Collateral
in which the Notes Collateral Agent continues to hold a security interest and any proceeds of the
sale or other disposition of such ABL Collateral (in each case, unless the lien on all such ABL
Collateral of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Additional Parity Debt is terminated
and released prior to or concurrently with such sale, transfer, disposition, payment or
satisfaction), remaining in its possession following the payment and satisfaction in full of such
ABL Lenders Debt and the termination of any commitment to extend credit that would constitute such
ABL Lenders Debt, in each case without representation or warranty on the part of the ABL Collateral
Agent or any such holder of ABL Lenders Debt. In addition, the Intercreditor Agreement further
provides that, subject to certain exceptions, until the ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL
Collateral shall have been paid and satisfied in full and any commitment to extend credit that
would constitute ABL Lenders Debt secured thereby shall have been terminated, the ABL Collateral
Agent will be entitled, for the benefit of the holders of such ABL Lenders Debt, to sell, transfer
or otherwise dispose of or deal with such ABL Collateral without regard to any second-priority
security interest therein or any rights to which any Notes Secured Party would otherwise be
entitled as a result of such second-priority security interest. Without limiting the foregoing, the
Notes Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder of the Notes agreed by
its acceptance of the Notes, and each holder of any Additional Parity Debt will agree by its
acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt, that neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any holder of
any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral will have any duty or obligation first to
marshal or realize upon the ABL Collateral, or to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate all or
any portion of the ABL Collateral, in any manner that would maximize the return to the Notes
Secured Parties, notwithstanding that the order and timing of any such realization, sale,
disposition or liquidation may affect the amount of proceeds actually received by the Notes Secured
Parties from such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation. The Intercreditor Agreement has
similar provisions regarding the duties owed to the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of any ABL
Lenders Debt by the Notes Secured Parties with respect to the Notes Collateral.
The Intercreditor Agreement additionally provides that the Notes Collateral Agent waives, and
each Holder of the Notes waives by its acceptance of the Notes, and each holder of any Additional
Parity Debt will waive by its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt, any claim that may be had
against the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt arising out of any actions
which the ABL Collateral Agent or such holder of ABL Lenders Debt take or omit to take (including,
actions with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of Liens on any Collateral,
actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release or depreciation of, or failure to
realize upon, any of the Collateral and actions with respect to the collection of any claim for all
or any part of the ABL Lenders Debt from any account debtor, guarantor or any other party) in
accordance with the documents governing any such ABL Lenders Debt or any other agreement related
thereto or to the collection of such ABL Lenders Debt or the valuation, use, protection or release
of any security for such ABL Lenders Debt. The Intercreditor Agreement provides analogous waivers
by the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt of any claim that may be had
against the Notes Collateral Agent, each Holder of the Notes and each holder of any Additional
Parity Debt arising out of actions they take or omit to take in accordance with the Collateral
Documents.
77
No Interference; Payment Over; Reinstatement
The Notes Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder of the Notes
agreed by its acceptance of the Notes, and each holder of any Additional Parity Debt will agree by
its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt, that:
|
|
|
it will not knowingly take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or effect of
which is, or could be, to make any Lien that the Notes Collateral Agent has (on behalf
of the Holders of the Notes and the holders of any Additional Parity Debt) on the ABL
Collateral pari passu with, or to give the Notes Collateral Agent, the Trustee or the
Holders of the Notes any preference or priority relative to, any Lien that the holders
of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral have with respect to such ABL
Collateral or any part thereof, |
|
|
|
|
it will not challenge or question in any proceeding the validity or enforceability of
any first-priority security interest in the ABL Collateral, the validity, attachment,
perfection or priority of any lien held by the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured
by any ABL Collateral, or the validity or enforceability of the priorities, rights or
duties established by or other provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; |
|
|
|
|
it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or intent of which is,
or could be, to interfere, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial
proceedings or otherwise, any sale, transfer or other disposition of the ABL Collateral
by the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by such ABL
Collateral; |
|
|
|
|
it will have no right to (A) direct the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of any ABL
Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral to exercise any right, remedy or power with
respect to such ABL Collateral or (B) consent to the exercise by the ABL Collateral
Agent or any holder of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by the ABL Collateral of any right,
remedy or power with respect to such ABL Collateral; |
|
|
|
|
it will not institute any suit or assert in any suit, bankruptcy, insolvency or other
proceeding any claim against the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of any ABL Lenders
Debt secured by any ABL Collateral seeking damages from or other relief by way of
specific performance, instructions or otherwise with respect to, and neither the ABL
Collateral Agent nor any holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral
will be liable for, any action taken or omitted to be taken by the ABL Collateral Agent
or such lenders with respect to such ABL Collateral; |
|
|
|
|
it will not seek, and will waive any right, to have any ABL Collateral or any part
thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of such ABL Collateral; and |
|
|
|
|
it will not attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings or
otherwise, to challenge the enforceability of any provision of the Intercreditor
Agreement. |
The ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt agreed to similar limitations
with respect to their rights in the Notes Collateral and their ability to bring a suit against the
Notes Collateral Agent, the Holders of the Notes or the holders of any Additional Parity Debt. The
Notes Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder of the Notes agreed by
its acceptance of the Notes, and each holder of any Additional Parity Debt will agree by its
acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt, that if it obtains possession of the ABL Collateral or
realizes any proceeds or payment in respect of the ABL Collateral, pursuant to any Collateral
Document or by the exercise of any rights available to it under applicable law or in any
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding or through any other exercise of remedies, at any time
when any ABL Lenders Debt secured or intended to be secured by such ABL Collateral remains
outstanding or any commitment to extend credit that would constitute ABL Lenders Debt secured or
intended to be secured by such ABL Collateral remains in effect, then it will hold such ABL
Collateral, proceeds or payment in trust for the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of any ABL
Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral and transfer such ABL Collateral, proceeds or payment,
as the case may be, to the ABL Collateral Agent reasonably promptly after obtaining actual
knowledge or notice from the ABL Collateral Agent that it has possession thereof. The Notes
Collateral Agent and each Holder of the Notes agreed, and each holder of any Additional Parity Debt
will further agree, that if, at any time, it obtains actual knowledge or receives notice that all
or part of any payment with respect to any ABL Lenders Debt secured by any ABL Collateral
previously made shall be rescinded for any reason whatsoever, it will promptly pay over to the ABL
Collateral Agent any payment received by it in respect of any such ABL Collateral and shall
promptly turn any such ABL Collateral then held by it over to the ABL Collateral
78
Agent, and the
provisions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement will be reinstated as if such payment had not
been made, until the payment and satisfaction in full of such ABL Lenders Debt.
Any proceeds of Collateral, received prior to an issuance of any notice that an event of
default has occurred under the ABL Facility or the Indenture (unless a bankruptcy or insolvency
event of default then exists), whether or not deposited under control agreements, which are used by
the Issuer or any Guarantor to acquire other property which is Collateral shall not (solely as
between the holders of ABL Lenders Debt and the Notes Secured Parties) be treated as proceeds of
Collateral for purposes of determining the relative priorities in the Collateral which was so
acquired. The ABL Collateral Agent is subject to similar limitations with respect to the Notes
Collateral and any proceeds or payments in respect of any Notes.
Entry Upon Premises by ABL Collateral Agent and Holders of ABL Lenders Debt
The Intercreditor Agreement provides that if the ABL Collateral Agent takes any enforcement
action with respect to the ABL Collateral, the Notes Secured Parties (i) will not hinder or
restrict in any respect the ABL Collateral Agent from enforcing its security interest in the ABL
Collateral or from finishing any work-in-process or assembling the ABL Collateral and (ii) will,
subject to the rights of any landlords under real estate leases, permit the ABL Collateral Agent,
its employees, agents, advisers and representatives, at the sole cost and expense of the ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt and upon reasonable advanced notice, to enter
upon and use the Notes Collateral owned by the ABL Credit Parties (including equipment, processors,
computers and other machinery related to the storage or processing of records, documents or files),
for a period not to exceed 180 days after the taking of such enforcement action, for purposes of
(A) assembling and storing the ABL Collateral and completing the processing of and turning into
finished goods of any ABL Collateral consisting of work-in-process, (B) selling including at a
location constituting Notes Collateral any or all of the ABL Collateral located on or at such Notes
Collateral, whether in bulk, in lots or to customers in the ordinary course of business or
otherwise, (C) removing any or all of the ABL Collateral located at or on such Notes Collateral, or
(D) taking other reasonable actions to protect, secure, and otherwise enforce the rights of the ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt in and to the ABL Collateral; provided,
however, that nothing contained in the Intercreditor Agreement restricts the rights of the Notes
Collateral Agent from selling, assigning or otherwise transferring any Notes Collateral prior to
the expiration of such 180-day period if the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees to be
bound by the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement. If any stay or other order prohibiting the
exercise of remedies with respect to the ABL Collateral has been entered by a court of competent
jurisdiction, such 180-day period shall be tolled during the pendency of any such stay or other
order.
If the ABL Collateral Agent conducts a public auction or private sale of the ABL Collateral at
any of the real property included within the Notes Collateral, the ABL Collateral Agent shall
provide the Notes Collateral Agent with reasonable notice and use reasonable efforts to hold such
auction or sale in a manner which would not unduly disrupt the Notes Collateral Agents use, if
any, of such real property.
The Holders of the Notes shall not in any manner interfere with the ABL Collateral Agents
right to use any intellectual property pursuant to any license or other right of use granted by a
grantor or pursuant to any applicable law, and any sale or other disposition of such intellectual
property whether by a lien enforcement action or otherwise shall be made expressly subject to such
license or other right of use until the soonest to occur of the following: (i) the discharge of the
obligations under any ABL Lenders Debt, or (ii) all ABL Collateral consisting of inventory has been
sold or otherwise disposed of after the occurrence of an event of default under the document
governing any ABL Lenders Debt, whether pursuant to a lien enforcement action by holders of ABL
Lenders Debt, by a trustee or other representative of creditors in a bankruptcy, insolvency or
liquidation proceeding or by one or more grantors in an orderly liquidation of such ABL Collateral,
to repay the ABL Lenders Debt. Nothing shall be deemed to modify, waive, condition, limit or
otherwise adversely affect any right the ABL Collateral Agent may have to sell or otherwise dispose
of any inventory (including inventory bearing any trademarks or tradenames forming a part of the
Notes Collateral), whether by lien enforcement action or otherwise, after any sale or other
disposition of any intellectual property by the Notes Collateral Agent or any other Notes Secured
Parties.
During the period of actual occupation, use or control by the ABL Collateral Agent or the
holders of ABL Lenders Debt or their agents or representatives of any Notes Collateral, the ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will (i) be responsible for the ordinary
course third-party expenses related thereto, including costs with respect to heat; light,
electricity, water and real property taxes with respect to that portion of any premises so used or
occupied, and (ii) be obligated to repair at their expense any physical damage to such Notes
Collateral or other assets or property resulting from such occupancy, use or control, and to leave
such Notes Collateral or other assets or property in substantially the same condition as it was at
the commencement of such occupancy, use or control, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt jointly and severally agree to pay, indemnify
and hold the Notes Collateral Agent and its officers, directors, employees and agents harmless from
and against any liability, cost, expense, loss or damages, including legal fees and expenses
resulting from the occupancy or use of the such facilities by the ABL Collateral Agent or any of
its agents, representatives or invitees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the ABL
Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt have any liability to the Notes Secured Parties
pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement as a result of any condition (including any environmental
condition, claim or liability) on or with respect to the Notes Collateral existing prior to the
date of the exercise by the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders
79
Debt of their rights
under the Intercreditor Agreement and the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt
will not have any duty or liability to maintain the Notes Collateral in a condition or manner
better than that in which it was maintained prior to the use thereof by them, or for any diminution
in the value of the Notes Collateral that results solely from ordinary wear and tear resulting from the use of the Notes Collateral by such persons in the manner and for the time
periods specified under the Intercreditor Agreement. Without limiting the rights granted under the
Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will
cooperate with the Notes Secured Parties in connection with any efforts made by the Notes Secured
Parties to sell the Notes Collateral.
Agreements With Respect to Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings
If the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries becomes subject to a case under Title 11 of the
United States Code, as amended (the Bankruptcy Code) and, as debtor(s)-in-possession, moves for
approval of financing (DIP Financing) to be provided by one or more lenders (the DIP Lenders)
under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or the use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the
Bankruptcy Code, the Notes Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder
of the Notes agreed by its acceptance of the Notes, and each holder of any Additional Parity Debt
will agree by its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt, that it will raise no objection to any
such financing or to the Liens on the ABL Collateral securing the same (DIP Financing Liens) or
to any use of cash collateral that constitutes ABL Collateral or to any grant of administrative
expense priority under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code, unless the ABL Collateral Agent or the
holders of any ABL Lenders Debt secured by such ABL Collateral oppose or object to such DIP
Financing or such DIP Financing Liens or use of such cash collateral or such DIP Financing Liens
are neither senior to, nor rank pari passu with, the Liens of the ABL Lenders Debt upon any
property of the estate in such insolvency or liquidation proceeding. To the extent that such DIP
Financing Liens are senior to, or rank pari passu with, the Liens of such ABL Lenders Debt in such
ABL Collateral, the Notes Collateral Agent will, for itself and on behalf of the Holders of the
Notes and the holders of any Additional Parity Debt, subordinate the liens of the Notes Secured
Parties in such ABL Collateral to the liens of the ABL Lenders Debt in such ABL Collateral and the
DIP Financing Liens, so long as the Notes Secured Parties retain their valid, perfected and
unavoidable liens on all the Notes Collateral, including proceeds therefrom arising after the
commencement of such proceeding, with the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the
case under the Bankruptcy Code. The ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt will
agree to similar provisions with respect to any DIP Financing. The Intercreditor Agreement will
provide that nothing therein will limit (x) the right of the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes
Collateral Agent to consent to the use of cash collateral or consent to or provide any DIP
Financing on terms other than the terms set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement or (y) the right
of ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent to object to such DIP Financing or use of
cash collateral on terms other than those set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement; provided that
any Lien on ABL Collateral securing any DIP Financing provided by the Notes Collateral Agent and
the holders of the Notes shall be subject to the priorities set forth in the Intercreditor
Agreement and any Lien on Notes Collateral securing any DIP Financing provided by the ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt shall be subject to the priorities set forth
in the Intercreditor Agreement.
The Notes Collateral Agent agreed in the Intercreditor Agreement and each Holder of the Notes
agreed by its acceptance of the Notes, and each holder of any Additional Parity Debt will agree by
its acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt, that it will not object to or oppose a sale or other
disposition of any ABL Collateral (or any portion thereof) under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code
or any other provision of the Bankruptcy Code if the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL
Lenders Debt shall have consented to such sale or disposition of such ABL Collateral. The ABL
Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt agreed to similar limitations with respect to
their right to object to a sale of Notes Collateral.
Adequate Protection
Neither the Notes Collateral Agent nor the holders of the Notes shall oppose (or support the
opposition of any other Person) in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding to (i) any motion or
other request by the ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt for adequate
protection of the ABL Collateral Agents Liens upon the ABL Collateral, including any claim of the
ABL Collateral Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt to post-petition interest as a result of
their Lien on the ABL Collateral (so long as any post-petition interest paid as a result thereof is
not paid from the proceeds of Notes Collateral), request for the application of proceeds of ABL
Collateral to the ABL Lenders Debt, and request for replacement Liens on post-petition assets of
the same type as the ABL Collateral, or (ii) any objection by the ABL Collateral Agent or the
holders of ABL Lenders Debt to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on the ABL Collateral
Agent or the holders of ABL Lenders Debt claiming a lack of adequate protection with respect to the
their Liens in the ABL Collateral. In addition, the ABL Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf
of the ABL Secured Parties, may seek adequate protection of its junior interest in the Notes
Collateral, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement; provided that (x) the Notes
Collateral Agent is granted adequate protection in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition
assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral, and (y) such adequate protection required by the
ABL Collateral Agent is in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type
as the Notes Collateral. Such Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes
Collateral, if granted to the ABL Collateral Agent, will be subordinated to the adequate protection
Liens granted in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent on such post-petition assets, and, if
applicable, to the DIP Financing Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent or the holders of the Notes or
holders of Additional Priority Lien Debt on such post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes
Collateral. If the ABL Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the ABL Secured Parties, seeks
or requires (or is
80
otherwise granted) adequate protection of its junior interest in the Notes
Collateral in the form of a replacement Lien on the post-petition assets of the same type as the
Notes Collateral, then the ABL Collateral Agent, for itself and the holders of ABL Lenders Debt,
agrees that the Notes Collateral Agent shall also be granted a replacement Lien on such
post-petition assets as adequate protection of its senior interest in the Notes Collateral and that
the ABL Collateral Agents replacement Lien shall be subordinated to the replacement Lien of the Notes Collateral Agent on the same basis as the Liens of the ABL
Collateral Agent on the Notes Collateral are subordinated to the Liens of the Notes Collateral
Agent on the Notes Collateral under the Intercreditor Agreement. If the ABL Collateral Agent or any
holder of ABL Lenders Debt receives as adequate protection a Lien on post-petition assets of the
same type as the ABL Collateral, then such post-petition assets shall also constitute ABL
Collateral to the extent of any allowed claim of the ABL Collateral Agent and the holders of ABL
Lenders Debt secured by such adequate protection Lien and shall be subject to the Intercreditor
Agreement.
Neither the ABL Collateral Agent nor any holder of ABL Lenders Debt shall oppose (or support
the opposition of any other Person) in any insolvency or liquidation proceeding to (i) any motion
or other request by the Notes Collateral Agent or the holders of the Notes for adequate protection
of the Notes Collateral Agents Liens upon any of the Notes Collateral, including any claim of the
Notes Collateral Agent or the holders of the Notes to post-petition interest as a result of their
Lien on the Notes Collateral (so long as any post-petition interest paid as a result thereof is
paid solely from the proceeds of Notes Collateral), request for the application of proceeds of
Notes Collateral to Obligations under the Notes or any Additional Parity Debt, and request for
replacement Liens on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral or (ii) any
objection by the Notes Collateral Agent or the holders of the Notes to any motion, relief, action
or proceeding based on the Notes Collateral Agent or the holders of the Notes claiming a lack of
adequate protection with respect to Notes Collateral Agents Liens in the Notes Collateral. In
addition, the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Holders of the Notes, may
seek adequate protection of its junior interest in the ABL Collateral, subject to the provisions of
the Intercreditor Agreement; provided that (x) the ABL Collateral Agent is granted adequate
protection in the form of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL
Collateral, and (y) such adequate protection required by the Notes Collateral Agent is in the form
of a replacement Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral. Such Lien on
post-petition assets of the same type as the ABL Collateral, if granted to the Notes Collateral
Agent, will be subordinated to the adequate protection Liens granted in favor of the ABL Collateral
Agent on such post-petition assets, and, if applicable, to the DIP Financing Liens of the ABL
Collateral Agent or any other ABL Secured Party on such post-petition assets of the same type as
the ABL Collateral. If the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Holders of the
Notes, seeks or requires (or is otherwise granted) adequate protection of its junior interest in
the ABL Collateral in the form of a replacement Lien on the post-petition assets of the same type
as the ABL Collateral, then the Notes Collateral Agent, for itself and the holders of the Notes,
agrees that the ABL Collateral Agent shall also be granted a replacement Lien on such post-petition
assets as adequate protection of its senior interest in the ABL Collateral and that the Notes
Collateral Agents replacement Lien shall be subordinated to the replacement Lien of the ABL
Collateral Agent on the same basis as the Liens of the Notes Collateral Agent on the ABL Collateral
are subordinated to the Liens of the ABL Collateral Agent on the ABL Collateral under the
Intercreditor Agreement. If the Notes Collateral Agent or any holder of the Notes receives as
adequate protection a Lien on post-petition assets of the same type as the Notes Collateral, then
such post-petition assets shall also constitute Notes Collateral to the extent of any allowed claim
of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Holders of the Notes secured by such adequate protection Lien
and shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement.
Insurance
Unless and until written notice by the ABL Collateral Agent to the Notes Collateral Agent that
the obligations under the ABL Facility have been paid in full and all commitments to extend credit
under the ABL Facility shall have been terminated, as between the ABL Collateral Agent, on the one
hand, and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, on the other hand, only the ABL
Collateral Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the Grantors under the security
documents related to the ABL Facility, the Indenture and the Collateral Documents) to adjust or
settle any insurance policy or claim covering or constituting ABL Collateral in the event of any
loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding
affecting the ABL Collateral. Unless and until written notice by the Trustee and the Notes
Collateral Agent to the ABL Collateral Agent that the obligations under the Notes and all
Additional Parity Debt have been paid in full, as between the ABL Collateral Agent, on the one
hand, and the Notes Collateral Agent, as the case may be, on the other hand, only the Notes
Collateral Agent will have the right (subject to the rights of the grantors under the security
documents related to the ABL Facility, the Indenture, the documentation governing any Additional
Parity Debt and the Collateral Documents) to adjust or settle any insurance policy covering or
constituting Notes Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted
in any condemnation or similar proceeding solely affecting the Notes Collateral. To the extent that
an insured loss covers or constitutes both ABL Collateral and Notes Collateral, then the ABL
Collateral Agent and the Notes Collateral Agent will work jointly and in good faith to collect,
adjust or settle (subject to the rights of the grantors under the security documents related to the
ABL Facility, the Indenture, the documentation governing any Additional Parity Debt and the
Collateral Documents) under the relevant insurance policy.
Refinancings of the ABL Facility and the Notes
The obligations under the ABL Facility and the obligations under the Notes and any Additional
Parity Debt may be refinanced, replaced, exchanged, refunded, extended, renewed, restated, amended,
supplemented or modified in whole or in part, in
81
each case, without notice to, or the consent of
the ABL Collateral Agent or any holder of ABL Lenders Debt or any Notes Secured Party, all without
affecting the Lien priorities provided for in the Intercreditor Agreement; provided, however, that,
on or prior to incurrence of any such refinanced, replaced, exchanged, refunded, extended, renewed,
restated, amended, supplemented or modified Indebtedness, (i) the Notes Collateral Agent and the
ABL Collateral Agent shall receive an officers certificate from the Issuer stating that such
refinanced, replaced, exchanged, refunded, extended, renewed, restated, amended, supplemented or
modified Indebtedness is permitted by each applicable Collateral Document and the Indenture or the ABL Facility, as
applicable, to be incurred or to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit such
refinanced, replaced, exchanged, refunded, extended, renewed, restated, amended, supplemented or
modified Indebtedness under any Collateral Document and the Indenture or the ABL Facility, as
applicable, the Issuer and each other Guarantor have obtained the requisite consent and (ii) the
holders or lenders of any such refinanced, replaced, exchanged, refunded, extended, renewed,
restated, amended, supplemented or modified Indebtedness (or an authorized agent, trustee or other
representative on their behalf) bind themselves in writing to the terms of the Intercreditor
Agreement pursuant to the form of joinder attached to the Intercreditor Agreement.
In connection with any refinancing or replacement contemplated by the foregoing paragraph, the
Intercreditor Agreement may be amended at the request and sole expense of the Issuer, and without
the consent of either the ABL Collateral Agent or the Notes Collateral Agent, (a) to add parties
(or any authorized agent or trustee therefor) providing any such refinancing or replacement
indebtedness, (b) to establish that Liens on any Notes Collateral securing such refinancing or
replacement Indebtedness shall have the same priority as the Liens on any Notes Collateral securing
the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced and (c) to establish that the Liens on any ABL
Collateral securing such refinancing or replacement indebtedness shall have the same priority as
the Liens on any ABL Collateral securing the Indebtedness being refinanced or replaced, all on the
terms provided for herein immediately prior to such refinancing or replacement.
Use of Proceeds of ABL Collateral
After the satisfaction of all obligations under any ABL Lenders Debt secured by ABL Collateral
and the termination of all commitments to extend credit that would constitute ABL Lenders Debt
secured or intended to be secured by any ABL Collateral, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral
Agent, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the documentation governing any Additional
Parity Debt and the Collateral Documents, will distribute all cash proceeds (after payment of the
costs of enforcement and collateral administration, including any amounts owed to the Trustee in
its capacity as Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent in its capacity as Notes Collateral Agent)
of the ABL Collateral received by it under the Collateral Documents for the ratable benefit of the
Holders of the Notes and holders of any Additional Parity Debt.
Subject to the terms of the Collateral Documents, the Issuer and the Guarantors will have the
right to remain in possession and retain exclusive control of the Collateral securing the Notes and
any Additional Parity Debt (other than any cash, securities, obligations and Cash Equivalents
constituting part of the Collateral and deposited with, and under the sole and exclusive control
of, the Notes Collateral Agent or the ABL Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in accordance with
the provisions of the Collateral Documents and other than as set forth in the Collateral
Documents), to freely operate the Collateral and to collect, invest and dispose of any income
therefrom.
Release of Liens on Collateral
The Collateral Documents provide that the Notes Collateral Agents Liens on the Collateral
securing the Notes will be released:
(1) in whole, upon payment in full and discharge of all obligations under the Indenture,
the Guarantees and the Collateral Documents;
(2) to enable the disposition of such property or assets to a Person that is not the Issuer
or a Guarantor to the extent not prohibited under the covenant described under Asset Sales;
(3) automatically as to any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than
the initial Issuer and its successors), if at any time Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act, or any other law, rule or regulation requires or is interpreted by the SEC to
require the filing with the SEC (or any other U.S. federal governmental agency) of separate
financial statements of such Subsidiary due to the fact that such Subsidiarys Equity Interests
are pledged to secure the Notes or any Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor;
(4) in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee, on the property and
assets of such Guarantor;
(5) to the extent property is subject to a lease from a third party that is not an Issuer
or a Guarantor, upon termination of the lease; or
82
(6) as described under Amendment, Supplement and Waiver below. Subject to the
provisions contained in the Intercreditor Agreement, in general the second-priority lien on the
ABL Collateral securing the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt will remain in full force and
effect notwithstanding the termination and repayment in full of the ABL Facility, subject to
certain exceptions.
The second-priority lien on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes and any Additional Parity
Debt will terminate and be released automatically if the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral
are released by the ABL Collateral Agent (unless, at the time of such release of such
first-priority liens, an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the
Indenture). Notwithstanding the existence of an Event of Default, the second-priority lien on the
ABL Collateral securing the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt shall also terminate and be
released automatically to the extent the first-priority liens on the ABL Collateral are released by
the ABL Collateral Agent in connection with a sale, transfer or disposition of ABL Collateral that
is either (i) not prohibited under the Indenture or (ii) occurs in connection with the foreclosure
of, or other exercise of remedies with respect to, such ABL Collateral by the ABL Collateral Agent
(except with respect to any proceeds of such sale, transfer or disposition that remain after
satisfaction in full of the ABL Lenders Debt). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a
release of liens by the ABL Collateral Agent on all or substantially all of the ABL Collateral
(other than in connection with a foreclosure upon or other exercise of rights and remedies by the
ABL Collateral Agent with respect to such ABL Collateral), no release of the second-priority liens
on the ABL Collateral securing the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt shall be made unless (i)
consent to such release has been given by the requisite percentage or number of the holders of the
Notes and any Additional Parity Debt at the time outstanding as provided for in the applicable Note
Document or Additional Parity Debt Document and (ii) the Issuer has delivered an Officers
Certificate to the Notes Collateral Agent certifying that all such consents have been obtained. The
liens on the Collateral securing the Notes that otherwise would have been released pursuant to the
first sentence of this paragraph but for the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default
will be released when such Event of Default and all other Events of Default under the Indenture
cease to exist.
The security interests in all Collateral securing the Notes also will be released upon (i)
payment in full of the principal of, together with accrued and unpaid interest (including
additional interest, if any) on, the Notes and all other obligations related thereto under the
Indenture, the Guarantees under the Indenture and the Collateral Documents with respect thereto
that are due and payable at or prior to the time such principal, together with accrued and unpaid
interest (including additional interest, if any), are paid or (ii) a legal defeasance or covenant
defeasance under the Indenture as described below under Certain CovenantsLegal Defeasance and
Covenant Defeasance or a discharge of the Indenture as described under Certain
CovenantsSatisfaction and Discharge.
No Impairment of the Security Interests
Subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Liens, neither the Issuer nor any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries is permitted to take any action, or knowingly or negligently omit to take
any action, which action or omission would or could reasonably be expected to have the result of
materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the
Trustee and the Holders.
The Indenture provides that any release of Collateral in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture and the Collateral Documents will not be deemed to impair the security under the
Indenture and that any Person may rely on such provision in delivering a certificate requesting
release so long as all other provisions of the Indenture with respect to such release have been
complied with.
Further Assurances
Subject to the limitations set forth in the Collateral Documents, the Indenture provides that
the Issuer and each of the Guarantors will execute any and all further documents, financing
statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action that may be reasonably required
under applicable law, or that the Notes Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to grant,
preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests and Liens created
or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents in the Collateral.
Sufficiency of Notes Collateral
In the event of foreclosure on the Notes Collateral, the proceeds from the sale of the
Collateral is not expected to be sufficient to satisfy in full the Issuers obligations under the
Notes, the Additional Parity Debt and the ABL Lenders Debt. The amount to be received upon such a
sale would be dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to the timing and the manner
of the sale. In addition, the book value of the Notes Collateral should not be relied on as a
measure of realizable value for such assets. By its nature, the book value of certain portions of
the Notes Collateral may have to be greatly discounted when ascertaining its marketable value and
portions of the Notes Collateral may be illiquid and may have no readily ascertainable market value
at all. In particular, the Notes Collateral (including intellectual property) is generally more
illiquid than the ABL Collateral (receivables and inventory). Accordingly, there can be no
assurance that the Notes Collateral can be sold in a short period of time in an orderly manner. A
significant portion of the Notes Collateral includes assets that may only be usable, and thus
retain value, as part of the existing
83
operating business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries.
Accordingly, any such sale of the Notes Collateral separate from the sale of certain of the
operating businesses of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries may not be feasible or of significant
value.
Certain Bankruptcy Limitations
The right of the Notes Collateral Agent to repossess and dispose of the Notes Collateral upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default would be significantly impaired by applicable bankruptcy law
in the event that a bankruptcy case were to be commenced by or
against the Issuer or any of the Guarantors prior to the Notes Collateral Agent having
repossessed and disposed of the Notes Collateral. Upon the commencement of a case for relief under
the Bankruptcy Code, a secured creditor such as the Notes Collateral Agent is prohibited from
repossessing its security from a debtor in a bankruptcy case, or from disposing of security
repossessed from the debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the Bankruptcy Code
permits the debtor to continue to retain and use Notes Collateral even though the debtor is in
default under the applicable debt instruments, provided that the secured creditor is given adequate
protection. The meaning of the term adequate protection may vary according to the circumstances,
but it is intended in general to protect the value of the secured creditors interest in the Notes
Collateral and may include, if and at such times as the court in its discretion determines, cash
payments or the granting of additional security for any diminution in the value of the Notes
Collateral as a result of the stay of repossession or disposition as a result of the automatic stay
under the Bankruptcy Code or any use of the Notes Collateral by the debtor during the pendency of
the bankruptcy case. A bankruptcy court may determine that a secured creditor is not entitled to
compensation for a diminution in the value of the Notes Collateral if the value of the Notes
Collateral exceeds the debt it secures. In addition, a bankruptcy court may determine not to
require cash payments as adequate protection to a secured creditor if (among other reasons) the
bankruptcy court determines that the amount due under the Notes exceeds the value of the Notes
Collateral.
In view of the broad equitable powers of a bankruptcy court, it is impossible to predict how
long payments under the Notes could be delayed following commencement of a bankruptcy case (to the
extent such payments are made during the pendency of the bankruptcy case), whether or when the
Notes Collateral Agent could repossess or dispose of the Collateral, the value of the Notes
Collateral at the time of the bankruptcy petition or whether or to what extent Holders of the Notes
would be compensated for any delay in payment or loss of value of the Notes Collateral through the
requirement of adequate protection.
Any disposition of the Notes Collateral during a bankruptcy case would also require permission
from the bankruptcy court. Furthermore, in the event a bankruptcy court determines the value of the
Collateral is not sufficient to repay all amounts due on the Notes, the claims of the Holders of
the Notes in the bankruptcy case would be bifurcated into secured and unsecured components: they
would hold secured claims to the extent of the value of the Notes Collateral to which the Holders
of the Notes are entitled, and unsecured claims with respect to such shortfall. The Bankruptcy Code
only permits the payment and/or accrual of post-petition interest, costs and attorneys fees to a
secured creditor during a debtors bankruptcy case if and to the extent the value of the Notes
Collateral is determined by the bankruptcy court to exceed the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of the obligations secured by the Notes Collateral. To the extent the Holders of the Notes
are determined to be undersecured, interest accrual under the Notes would cease as of the date of
the bankruptcy filing.
Although creditors generally are afforded an opportunity to object to significant actions by
the Issuer, there is the possibility that a bankruptcy court could approve actions that may be
contrary to the interests of the Notes Collateral Agent and/or the Holders. Furthermore, the Notes
may lose their ranking and priority if the Notes Collateral Agent and/or the Holders are found to
exercise dominion and control over the Issuer and the Issuer or a bankruptcy trustee can
demonstrate that the Issuer was adversely affected or that other creditors and equity holders were
harmed by inequitable conduct engaged in by the Notes Collateral Agent and/or the Holders.
U.S. bankruptcy law permits substantially similar claims to be classified together in a
reorganization for purpose of voting on and distributions under a plan of reorganization. Because
the standard for classification is vague, there exists a significant risk that the Holders
influence with respect to a class of loans or debt instruments can be lost by the inflation of the
number and the amount of claims in, or other alteration of, the class.
In addition, the Notes Collateral Agent may need to evaluate the impact of the potential
liabilities before determining to foreclose on the secured property because lenders that hold a
security interest in real property may be held liable under environmental laws for the costs of
remediating or preventing release or threatened releases of hazardous substances at the secured
property. In this regard, the Notes Collateral Agent may decline to foreclose on the Notes
Collateral or exercise remedies available if it does not receive indemnification to its
satisfaction from the Holders of the Notes. Finally, the Notes Collateral Agents ability to
foreclose on the Notes Collateral on behalf of Holders of the Notes may be subject to lack of
perfection, the consent of third parties, prior liens and practical problems associated with the
realization of the Notes Collateral Agents security interest in the Notes Collateral.
84
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
The Indenture provides that the Issuer will comply with the provisions of § 314 of the Trust
Indenture Act to the extent applicable. To the extent applicable, the Issuer will cause § 313(b) of
the Trust Indenture Act, relating to reports, and § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act, relating to
the release of property or securities subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents, to be
complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act may be
made by an officer or legal counsel, as applicable, of the Issuer except in cases where § 314(d) of
the Trust Indenture Act requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person,
which Person will be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected by or reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, the Issuer
will not be required to comply with all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act if it
determines, in good faith based on the written advice of counsel, a copy of which written advice
shall be provided to the Trustee, that under the terms of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act or
any interpretation or
guidance as to the meaning thereof of the SEC and its staff, including no action letters or
exemptive orders, all or any portion of § 314(d) of the Trust Indenture Act is inapplicable to any
release or series of releases of Collateral.
Intercreditor Arrangements among the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt
The intercreditor relationship among the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt is governed by a
Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank,
N.A., as trustee under the Indenture and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Notes Collateral Agent, which
agreement provides that the Notes issued under the Indenture, including Additional Notes (if any),
and any other Additional Parity Debt shall all rank pari passu. In addition, the Collateral Agency
Agreement describes, among other things, the obligations, powers and duties of the Notes Collateral
Agent, actions and voting by the Additional Parity Debt, the exercise of remedies, and the
application of collateral proceeds.
Voting as Single Class
The Holders of the Notes and holders of any Additional Parity Debt will generally vote
together as a single class for all purposes under the Collateral Documents. The requisite
percentage of the Holders of Notes and holders of any Additional Parity Debt entitled to take
certain actions under the Collateral Agency Agreement are referred to as the Directing Creditors.
Acceleration; Exercise of Remedies
The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent agreed, and the Holders of the Notes agreed by
their acceptance of Notes, and the holders of any Additional Parity Debt will agree by their
acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt, that none of the Notes Secured Parties shall, upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default or an event of default under and as defined in the
documentation governing any Additional Parity Debt, accelerate the applicable Obligations, unless
it has received a notice of acceleration from the Notes Collateral Agent confirming that the
Directing Creditors have approved such acceleration.
The Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent further agreed, and the Holders of the Notes
further agreed by their acceptance of Notes, and the holders of any Additional Parity Debt will
further agree by their acceptance of such Additional Parity Debt, that none of the Notes Secured
Parties shall be entitled to exercise any remedies directly under the Collateral Documents but only
by providing instructions to the Notes Collateral Agent. Upon receipt of any such instructions or
upon the notice of commencement of an insolvency proceeding by the Issuer or any Guarantor, the
Notes Collateral Agent shall exercise such remedies under the Collateral Documents as instructed by
the Directing Creditors; provided that the Notes Collateral Agent receives indemnity satisfactory
to it.
Distribution of the Proceeds of the Notes Collateral
Proceeds realized by the Notes Collateral Agent from the Notes Collateral, together with the
proceeds of the ABL Collateral remaining after the satisfaction in full of all obligations in
respect of the ABL Lender Debt or otherwise secured by the ABL Collateral prior to the Notes and
any Additional Parity Debt, will be applied in the following order of priority:
|
|
|
first, to the payment of advances made and liabilities incurred by the Notes
Collateral Agent in order to protect the Liens granted by the Collateral Documents and
the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by and disbursements of
attorneys, accountants, consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the
Notes Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any representative of the Additional Parity Debt
in connection with the preservation, collection, foreclosure or enforcement of the Liens
granted by the Collateral Documents or any interest, right, power or remedy of the Notes
Collateral Agent or in connection with the collection or enforcement of any of the
Obligations in respect of the Notes or any Additional Parity Debt in any insolvency
proceeding, including all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, accountants,
consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the Notes Collateral Agent,
the Trustee or any representative of the Additional Parity Debt and reasonable
compensation of the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee and disbursements of
attorneys, accountants, consultants, appraisers and other professionals engaged by the
Notes Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any representative of the Additional Parity Debt
for services rendered in connection therewith; |
85
|
|
|
second, to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and any Additional
Parity Debt on a pro rata basis (to the extent the remaining proceeds are not sufficient
to make the distribution referred to in this clause in full); |
|
|
|
|
third, to the payment of any due and unpaid premium, if any, in respect of
prepayment, repayment or redemption of the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt on a pro
rata basis (to the extent the remaining proceeds are not sufficient to make the
distribution referred to in this clause in full); |
|
|
|
|
fourth, to the payment of the due and unpaid principal of the Notes and any
Additional Parity Debt on a pro rata basis (to the extent the remaining proceeds are not
sufficient to make the distribution referred to in this clause in full); |
|
|
|
|
fifth, to any remaining unpaid amounts in respect of the Notes and any Additional
Parity Debt on a pro rata basis (to the extent the remaining proceeds are not sufficient
to make the distribution referred to in this clause in full); and |
|
|
|
|
sixth, to other persons as their interests may appear or as instructed by the court
of a competent jurisdiction. |
If, in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case, any equity securities, debt securities
or other non-cash consideration from the reorganized debtor is distributed pursuant to a plan of
reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan, the amount of such non-cash consideration
to be distributed to each of the Holders of the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt, respectively,
shall be distributed ratably among all classes of Notes and Additional Parity Debt, in accordance
with the priorities described above. In addition, if, in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation
case, debt obligations of the reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any property of the
reorganized debtor are distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar dispositive
restructuring plan, on account of the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt, then, to the extent the
debt obligations distributed on account of the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt secured by
Liens upon the same property, the priority of payments provisions described above will survive the
distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to such plan and will apply with like effect to such
debt obligations. For purposes of these intercreditor arrangements, all references to the Issuer or
any Guarantor shall include such Person as a debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for
such Person in any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation case.
Amendments of the Collateral Documents
The Notes Collateral Agent will not agree to any amendment to the Collateral Agency Agreement
or the Collateral Documents, except upon instructions given by the Directing Creditors (unless such
amendment does not require any consent of the Holders of the Notes or the holders of Additional
Parity Debt).
Ranking
The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the payment of
any Guarantee rank equally in right of payment to all existing and future unsubordinated
Indebtedness of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, including the obligations
of the ABL Credit Parties under the ABL Facility, subject to the collateral and intercreditor
arrangements described below.
The Notes and the Guarantees are effectively senior in right of payment to all of the Issuers
and the Guarantors existing and future unsecured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the
collateral securing the Notes (after giving effect to any Lien on such collateral that are senior
to the Liens securing the Notes). The Notes are effectively subordinated to all of the Issuers and
each Guarantors existing and future Secured Indebtedness (including Indebtedness under the ABL
Facility) to the extent of the value of the assets that do not constitute the Notes Collateral
securing such Indebtedness on a first-priority lien basis.
As of March 31, 2011, the Issuer and its subsidiaries have outstanding $13 million in
aggregate principal amount of secured indebtedness other than the Notes, consisting of existing
capital leases, all of which are effectively senior to the Notes with respect to the property
subject to such capital leases. In addition, as of March 31, 2011, after giving effect to the
offering and the application of proceeds therefrom, the ABL Credit
Parties have approximately $20
million of available borrowing capacity under the $40 million ABL Facility, all of which would constitute
Secured Indebtedness and effectively senior to the Notes to the extent of the value of the
collateral that secures the ABL Facility.
Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional Indebtedness that the
Issuer and the Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries (including the Subsidiary Guarantors) may incur,
under certain circumstances the amount of such Indebtedness could be substantial and such
Indebtedness may be secured. See Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.
86
Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes
The Trustee is currently acting as paying agent and registrar for the Notes. The registrar
will maintain a register reflecting ownership of the Notes outstanding from time to time. The
registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of the Note for all purposes. The paying
agent will make payments on, and the transfer agent will facilitate transfer of Notes on behalf of
the Issuer.
The Issuer may change the paying agent, the registrar or the transfer agent without prior
notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act as a paying agent, registrar
or transfer agent.
If any series of Notes are listed on an exchange and the rules of such exchange so require,
the Issuer will satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and
transfer agents and will comply with any notice requirements required under such exchange in
connection with any change of paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.
Transfer and Exchange
A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The registrar and
the Trustee may require a Holder to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents in
connection with a transfer of Notes. Holders will be required to pay all taxes due on transfer. The
Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered
(and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale
Offer. Also, the Issuer will not be required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15
days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed.
Principal, Maturity and Interest
The Issuer issued the old notes in an aggregate principal amount of $175.0 million. The Notes
will mature on February 15, 2017. Subject to compliance with the covenants described below under
Certain CovenantsLiens and Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness
and Issuance of Disqualified Stock, the Issuer may issue additional Notes from time to time under
the Indenture (Additional Notes). The Notes and any Additional Notes subsequently issued under
the Indenture will be treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture, including
waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase, except for certain waivers and amendments.
Unless the context requires otherwise, references to Notes for all purposes of the Indenture and
this Description of Notes include any Additional Notes that are actually issued. The Notes were
issued in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.
Interest on the Notes accrues at a rate of 9.75% per annum. Interest on the Notes is payable
semi-annually in arrears on each February 15 and August 15 (each, an Interest Payment Date),
commencing on August 15, 2011 to the Holders of Notes of record on the immediately preceding
February 1 and August 1. Interest on the Notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest
has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including the Issue Date. Interest is
computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.
Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest
Payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes are payable at the office
or agency of the paying agent maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the paying agent,
payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set
forth in the register of Holders; provided that (1) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and
interest with respect to the Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name
of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to
the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof and (2) all payments of principal, premium,
if any, and interest with respect to certificated Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S.
dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects
payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the paying agent to such effect
designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for
payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). Until otherwise
designated by the Issuer, the Issuers office or agency for payments of principal, premium, if any,
and interest will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.
Mandatory Redemption; Offers to Purchase; Open Market Purchases
The Issuer is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuer may be required to offer to
purchase Notes as described under Repurchase at the Option of Holders. The Issuer and its
Affiliates may at any time and from time to time acquire Notes by means other than a redemption,
including through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, tender offers, exchange
offers or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not violate the terms of the Indenture, upon
such terms and such prices as the Issuer or its Affiliates may determine, which may be more or less
than the initial purchase price of the Notes and could be for cash or other consideration.
87
Optional Redemption
At any time prior to February 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon
notice as described under Selection and Notice, at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the
principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of redemption (the Redemption Date), subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date.
On and after February 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon
notice as described under Selection and Notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date,
if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of each of the years indicated
below:
|
|
|
|
|
Year |
|
Percentage |
2014 |
|
|
104.875 |
% |
2015 |
|
|
102.438 |
% |
2016 and thereafter |
|
|
100.000 |
% |
In addition, until February 15, 2014, the Issuer may, at its option, on one or more occasions,
redeem up to 35.0% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a
redemption price equal to 109.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to but excluding the Redemption Date, subject to
the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds received by it from one or more Equity Offerings
to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that
(a) at least 65.0% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under
the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue
Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (excluding Notes
held by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries); and (b) each such redemption occurs within 90 days
of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.
At any time and from time to time prior to February 15, 2014, the Issuer may redeem, upon
notice as described under Selection and Notice, up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) that have been issued under the Indenture at a
redemption price of 103% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to the Redemption Date; provided that in no event may the Issuer redeem more than 10% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the Notes in any twelve-month period.
Any redemption or notice of redemption may, at the Issuers discretion, be subject to one or
more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other
offering or other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity
Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof. If any Notes are listed on an exchange, and
the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will notify the exchange of any such notice of
redemption. In addition, the Issuer will notify the exchange of the principal amount of any Notes
outstanding following any partial redemption of Notes.
Selection and Notice
If the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes issued under the Indenture at any time,
the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed (1) if the Notes are listed on an exchange (and
such fact is known by a responsible officer of the Trustee), in compliance with the requirements of
such exchange or (2) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable, or, if the pro rata basis is
not practicable for any reason, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and
appropriate. No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed in part.
Notices of redemption shall be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage
prepaid, at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder at such
Holders registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that
redemption notices may be delivered more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is
issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the
Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, any notice of redemption that relates to
such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be
redeemed.
With respect to Notes represented by certificated notes, the Issuer will issue a new Note in a
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder
upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed
for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event. On and
after the Redemption Date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for
redemption, unless the Issuer fails to make the payment when required.
88
Repurchase at the Option of Holders
Change of Control
The Indenture provides that if a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuer has previously or
concurrently delivered a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described
under Optional Redemption, the Issuer will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant
to the offer described below (the Change of Control Offer) at a price in cash (the Change of
Control Payment) equal to 101.0% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days
following any Change of Control, the Issuer will deliver notice of such Change of Control Offer
electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder to the address of
such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of
DTC with the following information:
(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled Change
of Control, and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will
be accepted for payment by the Issuer;
(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor
later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered (the Change of Control Payment
Date);
(3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue
interest;
(4) that unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all
Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest
on the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer
will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at
the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day
preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to
require the Issuer to purchase such Notes, provided that the paying agent receives, not later
than the close of business on the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a facsimile
transmission, electronic transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing
its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;
(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and
such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes
surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000;
(8) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating
that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and
(9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant
described hereunder, that a Holder must follow.
The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall
not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent permitted by law:
(1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control
Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and
89
(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so
accepted together with an Officers Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or
portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.
The ABL Facility provides, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to
Indebtedness to which the Issuer becomes a party may provide, that certain change of control events
with respect to the Issuer would constitute a default thereunder (including a Change of Control
under the Indenture). If we experience a change of control that triggers a default under the ABL
Facility, we could seek a waiver of such default or seek to refinance the ABL Facility. In the
event we do not obtain such a waiver or refinance the ABL Facility, such default could result in
amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility being declared due and payable or lending commitments
being terminated. Additionally, our ability to pay cash to the Holders of Notes following the
occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by our then-existing financial resources.
Therefore, sufficient funds may not be available when necessary to make any required repurchases.
See Risk FactorsRisks Related to the NotesWe may not be able to repurchase the notes upon a
change of control.
The Change of Control purchase feature of the Notes may in certain circumstances make more
difficult or discourage a sale or takeover of us and, thus, the removal of incumbent management.
The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Initial Purchasers
and us. After the Issue Date, we have no present intention to engage in a transaction involving a
Change of Control, although it is possible that we could decide to do so in the future. Subject to
the limitations discussed below, we could, in the future, enter into certain transactions,
including acquisitions, refinancings or other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change
of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at
such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on our ability
to incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock and Certain CovenantsLiens. Such restrictions in the Indenture can be waived
only with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture does
not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders of the Notes protection in the
event of a highly leveraged transaction.
The Issuer is not required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if
a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer
made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in
advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement
has been entered into for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control
Offer.
The definition of Change of Control includes a disposition of all or substantially all of
the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person. Although there is a
limited body of case law interpreting the phrase substantially all, there is no precise
established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances
there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and
whether a Holder of Notes may require the Issuer to make an offer to repurchase the Notes as
described above. In addition, under a recent Delaware Chancery Court interpretation of a change of
control repurchase requirement with a continuing director provision, a board of directors may
approve a slate of shareholder nominated directors without endorsing them or while simultaneously
recommending and endorsing its own slate instead. The foregoing interpretation would permit the
Issuers Board of Directors to approve a slate of directors that included a majority of dissident
directors nominated pursuant to a proxy contest, and the ultimate election of such dissident slate
would not constitute a Change of Control that would trigger a Holders right to require the
Issuer to make a Change of Control Offer as described above.
The provisions under the Indenture relating to the Issuers obligation to make an offer to
repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control, including the definition of Change of
Control, may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
Asset Sales
The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:
(1) the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at
the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to
be determined by the Issuer at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the
assets sold or otherwise disposed of;
90
(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration
therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the
form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the following amounts shall be deemed to be Cash
Equivalents for the purposes of this provision:
(a) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuers or such Restricted Subsidiarys most
recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto) of the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that
are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and for which the Issuer and all of its
Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing;
(b) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary into Cash Equivalents (to the extent of Cash Equivalents received)
within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and
(c) the amount of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Asset Sale; provided that the aggregate of such Designated
Non-cash Consideration received in connection with Asset Sales (and still held) shall not
exceed $5 million at any one time (with the fair market value in each case being measured at
the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); and
(3) if such Asset Sale involves the disposition of Collateral, the Issuer or such Guarantor
has complied with the provisions of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents.
Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale,
(1) to reduce Indebtedness as follows:
(a) if the assets subject to such Asset Sale constitute Notes Collateral, to permanently
reduce (or offer to reduce) Obligations under the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt on a
pro rata basis, provided that all reductions of or offers to reduce Obligations under the
Notes shall be made as provided under Optional Redemption or by making an offer (in
accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to
purchase their Notes at 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued
but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes to be repurchased; or
(b) if the assets subject to such Asset Sale constitutes ABL Collateral, to repay any
Indebtedness under the ABL Facility secured by such ABL Collateral as required under the ABL
Facility; or
(c) if the assets subject to such Asset Sale do not constitute Collateral, to
permanently reduce (or offer to reduce) Obligations under other Senior Indebtedness (and to
correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), provided that the Issuer shall
equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes and any Additional Parity Debt on a
pro rata basis, provided that all reductions of or offers to reduce Obligations under the
Notes shall be made as provided under Optional Redemption or by making an offer (in
accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to
purchase their Notes at 100.0% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued
but unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes to be repurchased; or
(d) if the assets subject to such Asset Sale are the property or assets of a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, to permanently reduce Indebtedness of such Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another
Restricted Subsidiary; or
(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment
in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of
such business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c)
acquisitions of other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are
used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that the assets (including Capital Stock)
acquired with the Net Proceeds of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the
extent required under the Collateral Documents (except to the extent the Lien thereon are
released in accordance with the terms of the Collateral Documents);
provided that, in the case of clause (2) above, a binding commitment entered into not later than
such 365th day shall extend the period for such Investment or other payment for an
additional 180 days after the end of such 365-day period so long as the Issuer or such other
Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net
Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an
Acceptable Commitment) and, in the event any Acceptable
91
Commitment is later cancelled or
terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, then such
Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds on the date of such cancellation or termination, or
such 180th day, as applicable.
Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within
the time period set forth in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to constitute Excess
Proceeds. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Issuer shall
make an offer to all Holders of the Notes and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is
pari passu with the Notes (Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the holders of such Pari Passu
Indebtedness (an Asset Sale Offer), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the
Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is in an amount equal to at least $2,000, that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100.0% of the
principal amount thereof (or accreted value thereof, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth
in the Indenture. The Issuer will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds
within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $10.0 million by delivering the
notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. The Issuer may
satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an
Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the relevant 365 days
(or such longer period provided above) or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $10.0 million or less.
To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered
pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining
Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in the
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by
such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and
the Issuer shall select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on
the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon
completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds that resulted in the Asset
Sale Offer shall be reset to zero.
Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the holder of
such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under
a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by
the Indenture.
The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of
the Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall
not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue thereof.
The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuers obligation to make an offer to
repurchase the Notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.
Certain Covenants
Set forth below are summaries of certain covenants contained in the Indenture.
Limitation on Restricted Payments
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly:
(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the
Issuers, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Equity Interests, including any dividend or
distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation other than:
(a) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer; or
(b) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any
dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued
by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in
accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;
(2) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests
of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including in connection
with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
92
(3) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or
retire for value, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or
maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:
(a) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of the second paragraph of the
covenant described under Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock; or
(b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased
in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final
maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or
acquisition; or
(4) make any Restricted Investment
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively
referred to as Restricted Payments), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:
(1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence
thereof;
(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer
could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test
set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock (the Fixed Charge Coverage Test); and
(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including
Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on
Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(c) and (11)
of the next succeeding paragraph, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by the
next succeeding paragraph), is less than the sum of (without duplication):
(a) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one
accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date
of the Indenture to the end of the Issuers most recently ended fiscal quarter for which
internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in
the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such
deficit; plus
(b) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable
securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date
from the issue or sale of:
(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined
below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or
other property received from the sale of:
(x) Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors,
officers, managers, distributors or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect
parent company of the Issuer or any of the Issuers Subsidiaries after the Issue Date
to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance
with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph; and
(y) Designated Preferred Stock; and
(B) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer,
Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (excluding
contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such company
or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made
in accordance with clause (4) of the next succeeding paragraph); or
(ii) debt securities of the Issuer that have been converted into or exchanged for
such Equity Interests of the Issuer;
provided that this clause (b) shall not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital
Stock, (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Issuer sold to a Restricted
Subsidiary, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into
Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus
(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value of marketable
securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer following the Issue
Date (other than by a Restricted Subsidiary and other than any Excluded Contributions); plus
93
(d) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of
marketable securities or other property received by means of:
(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries
and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) and
repayments of loans or advances, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the
Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date not to exceed
the amount of such Investments previously made in such Person; or
(ii) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than
in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (9) of the next succeeding paragraph
or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from
an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus
(e) in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary (which, if the fair market value of such Investment shall exceed $10 million,
shall be determined by the board of directors of the Issuer whose resolution with respect
thereto will be delivered to the Trustee) at the time of the redesignation of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than to the extent the Investment
in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant
to clause (9) of the next succeeding paragraph or to the extent such Investment
constituted a Permitted Investment and not to exceed the amount of such Investments
previously made in such Person.
The foregoing provisions will not prohibit:
(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any
irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other
distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of
declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption payment would have
complied with the provisions of the Indenture;
(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests
(Treasury Capital Stock) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Equity Interests of
any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of
the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests
of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed
to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (Refunding Capital Stock) and
(b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and
payment of dividend thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this paragraph, the declaration
and payment of dividend on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the
proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity
Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per
year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and
payable on such Treasury Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;
(3) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of
(i) Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 90 days of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer
or a Subsidiary Guarantor or
(ii) Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or
out of the proceeds of a sale made within 90 days of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a
Subsidiary Guarantor, that, in each case, is incurred in compliance with Limitation on
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock so long
as:
(a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness
or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the
principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid
interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of, plus any
accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed,
repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any reasonable
tender premium, defeasance costs and any fees and expenses incurred in connection with
the issuance of such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock;
(b) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee
at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so defeased, redeemed,
repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;
94
(c) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date
equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness
or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or
retired; and
(d) such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to
Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the
Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so defeased, redeemed, repurchased,
exchanged, acquired or retired;
(4) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any
direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee,
director, officer, manager or consultant (including trustees, administrators, executors, powers
of attorney, heirs, assignees, estates and beneficiaries of any of the foregoing) of the Issuer,
any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any
management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or
agreement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement (including, for the avoidance of
doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or
indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with such repurchase, retirement or other
acquisition); provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause
does not exceed $2.5 million in the first fiscal year following the Issue Date (with unused
amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years); provided, further,
that each of the amounts in any fiscal year under this clause may be increased by an amount not
to exceed:
(a) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock)
of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, the cash proceeds from the sale
of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in each case to
any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers, or consultants of the
Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs
after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests
have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (3)
of the preceding paragraph; plus
(b) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less
(c) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds
described in clauses (a) and (b) of this clause (4);
and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer from any future,
present or former employees, directors, officers, managers, or consultants (and the successors
listed above) of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of the
Issuers Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the
Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a
Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture;
(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any class or series of
Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with the covenant described
under Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;
(6) (a) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date;
(b) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of
the Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of
any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by such
parent company after the Issue Date, provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this
clause (b) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from
the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; or
(c) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred
Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this
paragraph;
provided, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently
ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration
of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to
such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
95
Coverage Ratio test in the first paragraph
under Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock;
(7) payments made or expected to be made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in
respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future,
present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant and any repurchases of
Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible,
exchangeable or exercisable instruments if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the
exercise price of such instruments or required withholding or similar taxes;
(8) Restricted Payments in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions
previously received;
(9) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other
Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (9) not to exceed the greater of (a) $20.0
million and (b) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets;
(10) distributions or payments of Securitization Fees;
(11) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those described under
Repurchase at the Option of HoldersChange of Control and Repurchase at the Option of
HoldersAsset Sales; provided that all Notes validly tendered by Holders in connection with a
Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed,
acquired or retired for value;
(12) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Issuer to, or the
making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts required for
any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to pay, in each case without duplication,
(a) franchise and excise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain
their corporate existence;
(b) foreign, federal, state and local income and similar taxes, to the extent such
income taxes are attributable to the income of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries
and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in
amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such
Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any
fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would
be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year
were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent
described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent company; and
(c) general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses (including customary
salary, bonus and other benefits payable to employees, directors, officers and managers) of
any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are
attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
including the Issuers proportionate share of such amounts relating to such parent entity
being a public company; not to exceed $5 million in the aggregate in any fiscal year;
(13) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or
Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other
than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are Cash Equivalents); provided that
at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clause (9),
no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and
(14) (a) the distributions or other deposits into the (x) CVR Escrow Account or (y) the
Excess Employee Escrow Account in each case pursuant to the terms of the CVR Documents or the
Merger Agreement, and (b) any distribution, in accordance with the terms of the CVR Documents or
the Merger Agreement, from: (i) the CVR Escrow Account; (ii) the Excess Employee Escrow Account
or; (iii) the 280G Escrow Account.
As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuers Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries, except
as expressly set forth in the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Issuer will not permit
any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the next to the
last sentence of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary. For purposes of designating any
Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be
deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the penultimate sentence
of the definition of Investments. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment
in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to the first paragraph of this
covenant or under clause (9) of the second paragraph of this covenant, or pursuant to the
definition of Permitted Investments, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive
covenants set forth in the Indenture.
96
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly
liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, incur and collectively, an incurrence) with
respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer will not issue any
shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including
Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Subsidiary Guarantor may
incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue
shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the Issuers most recently ended four fiscal quarters
for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would
have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application
of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of
proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.
The foregoing limitations will not apply to:
(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers
acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers acceptances being deemed to have a
principal amount equal to the undrawn face amount thereof); provided that the aggregate
principal
amount of such Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this clause (1) without duplication,
does not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (a) $65.0 million and (b) the Borrowing Base
at the time such debt is incurred.
(2) the incurrence by the Issuer and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented
by the Notes (including any guarantee thereof) and the exchange notes and related exchange
guarantees to be issued in exchange for Notes and the Guarantees pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement (but excluding any Additional Notes);
(3) Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue
Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) outstanding on the Issue Date);
(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligations)
and Disqualified Stock incurred or issued by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and
Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, restoration, lease
or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other assets, including assets that
are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the
Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with
any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
and/or Preferred Stock incurred or issued and outstanding under this clause (4), not to exceed
the greater of (a) $15.0 million and (b) 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at any time
outstanding;
(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting
reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers
acceptances, warehouse receipts, or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course
of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers compensation claims, health,
disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or
self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding
workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property,
casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; provided that upon the drawing of such
letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within
30 days following such drawing or incurrence;
(6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries
providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each
case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a
Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any
portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;
provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Issuer, or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial
statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected
on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6));
(7) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such
Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor is expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance
or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted
Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such
Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such
Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien (but not foreclosure thereon)) shall be deemed, in
each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (7);
97
(8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that
is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment
to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, further, that any
subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted
Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien (but not foreclosure
thereon)) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted
by this clause (8);
(9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another
Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or
any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted
Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the
Issuer or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an
issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause;
(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative
purposes);
(11) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations in respect of performance,
bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations
provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of
letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the
ordinary course of business;
(12) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or, subject to the third paragraph of this covenant, any
Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or
liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation
preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding
and incurred pursuant to this clause (12), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $20.0
million (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
incurred pursuant to this clause (12) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for
purposes of this clause (12) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first
paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock under
the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (12));
(13) the incurrence by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, the
issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Disqualified Stock or the issuance by any
Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock which serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance,
renew or defease any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as
permitted under the first paragraph of this covenant and clauses (2) and (3) above and clauses
(13) and (14) below or any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued
to so extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock including additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in
connection therewith (the Refinancing Indebtedness) prior to its respective maturity; provided
that such Refinancing Indebtedness:
(a) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is
incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being extended, replaced, refunded,
refinanced, renewed or defeased;
(b) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness extends, replaces, refunds, refinances,
renews or defeases (i) Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee thereof, such
Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee thereof at least to
the same extent as the Indebtedness being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed
or defeased or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must
be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; and
(c) shall not include:
(i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer
that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the
Issuer;
(ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the
Issuer that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor; or
(iii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
98
and, provided, further, that subclause (a) of this clause (13) will not apply to any extension,
replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any Secured Indebtedness (other
than Additional Parity Debt or any Secured Indebtedness secured on a junior priority basis to
the Notes).
(14) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, incurred or issued to finance an
acquisition or (b) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are
acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that
in the case of clauses (a) and (b), after giving effect to such acquisition, merger,
amalgamation or consolidation, either (x) the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00
of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test or (y) the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio for the Issuer is greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer
immediately prior to such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;
(15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a
check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of
business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of its
incurrence;
(16) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter
of credit issued pursuant to Credit Facilities that is incurred under clause (1) above, in a
principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;
(17) (a) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other
obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness incurred
by such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the Indenture, or (b) any
guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer; provided that such guarantee
is incurred in accordance with the covenant described below under Limitation on Guarantees of
Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries;
(18) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to future, present or former employees, directors, officers, managers and
consultants thereof (including trustees, administrators, executors, powers of attorney, heirs,
assignees, estates and beneficiaries), in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of
Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the
extent described in clause (4) of the second paragraph under Limitation on Restricted
Payments;
(19) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business
from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;
(20) Indebtedness in respect of Bank Products provided by banks or other financial
institutions to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(21) Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers
acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for
credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of
business on arms length commercial terms on a recourse basis;
(22) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (a) the
financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements
in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; and
(23) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in
connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint
venture in the ordinary course of business.
For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant:
(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or
any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (23) above
or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, the Issuer, in
its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and
type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the above clauses or
under the first paragraph of this covenant; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the
ABL Facility on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of
the second paragraph above; and
(2) at the time of incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item
of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in the first and second
paragraphs above.
99
Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or
amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of
additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, of the same
class will not be deemed to be an incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock for purposes of this covenant.
For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the
incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated
in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case
of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other
Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange
rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be
deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness
does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the
aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in
connection with such refinancing.
The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred
in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the
currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is
denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
The Indenture provides that the Issuer will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor
to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is
subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuer or
such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly
subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee to the
extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the
Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. The Indenture does not treat (1) unsecured
Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or
(2) Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it has a junior
priority with respect to the same collateral.
Liens
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures Obligations under any Indebtedness
or any related Guarantee of Indebtedness, on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Restricted
Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income
therefrom, except that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) Liens securing the Notes and the
related Guarantees (and the exchange notes and the related guarantees in respect thereof) but,
except as otherwise permitted hereunder, excluding Additional Notes and (ii) (a) Permitted Liens
and (b) Liens securing (x) Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be incurred under Credit
Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was incurred pursuant to
clause (1) of the second paragraph under Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance
of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock and (y) obligations of the Issuer or any Subsidiary in
respect of any Bank Products or Hedging Obligations provided by any arranger, agent or lender party
to any Credit Facility or any Affiliate of such arranger, agent or lender (or any Person that was
an arranger, agent or lender or an Affiliate of an arranger, agent or lender at the time the
applicable agreements pursuant to which such Bank Products or Hedging Obligations are provided or
were entered into); provided, however, that this subclause (ii)(b) will not permit simultaneous
first-priority Liens in respect of such Indebtedness on both the ABL Collateral and the Notes
Collateral.
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
The Issuer may not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the
Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any
Person unless:
(1) the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made, is a Person
organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of
Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the
Successor Company); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation,
a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;
(2) the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations
of the Issuer under the Indenture, the Notes and the Collateral Documents pursuant to
supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments;
(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;
100
(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing
transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period, the Successor Company or the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test or the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction is greater than the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving pro forma effect to such transaction;
(5) each Guarantor, unless it is a Subsidiary Guarantor that is the other party to the
transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of the second succeeding paragraph
shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to
such Persons obligations under the Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral Documents and the
Registration Rights Agreement;
(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that
such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any,
comply with the Indenture.
The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for the Issuer under the Indenture,
the Guarantees and the Notes, as applicable. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding clauses (3)
and (4),
(1) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate or
amalgamate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary,
(2) any Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate or amalgamate with or merge into or transfer
all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor (or to a
Restricted Subsidiary if that Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor); and
(3) the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Issuer in the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory
thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is
not increased thereby.
Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture governing release of a Guarantee
upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Subsidiary Guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Issuer
will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind
up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more
related transactions, to any Person unless:
(1) (a) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person
organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as
applicable, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or
any territory thereof (such surviving Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein
called the Successor Person);
(b) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantors related Guarantee
pursuant to supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments;
(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and
(d) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such
supplemental indenture, if any, comply with the Indenture.
(2) with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantors, the transaction is made in compliance with
the first paragraph of the covenant described under Repurchase at the Option of
HoldersAsset Sales.
Subject to certain limitations described in the Indenture, the Successor Person will succeed
to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantors Guarantee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may (1) merge or consolidate with or into,
wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Subsidiary Guarantor
or the Issuer, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating
the Subsidiary Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any
territory thereof or (3) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited
liability corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of
organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor.
101
Transactions With Affiliates
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any
payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,
agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of
the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an Affiliate Transaction) involving aggregate payments or
consideration in excess of $10.0 million, unless:
(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the
Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a
comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on
an arms-length basis; and
(2) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series
of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of
$15.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of independent directors (as determined
pursuant to Section 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules) of the board of directors of the
Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers Certificate certifying
that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.
The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:
(1) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any
entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;
(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of the Indenture described above under
the covenant Limitation on Restricted Payments and the definition of Permitted
Investments;
(3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees and related
expenses (including indemnification and other similar amounts) pursuant to the Management
Advisory Agreement (plus any unpaid management,
consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees and related expenses (including
indemnification and similar amounts) accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees
pursuant to the Management Advisory Agreement, or, in each case, any amendment thereto so long
as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the board
of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole, as compared to the Management
Advisory Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;
(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities
and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of or for the
benefit of, current or former employees, directors, officers, managers, distributors or
consultants of the Issuer, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries;
(5) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may
be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such
transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view
or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant
Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arms-length basis;
(6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as
any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect in the good faith judgment of
the board of directors of the Issuer to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the
applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);
(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement (including any
registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as
of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided that
the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar
agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the
extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous
in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Issuer to
the Holders when taken as a whole;
(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or
purchasers or sellers of goods or services that are Affiliates, in each case in the ordinary
course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of
directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable
as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;
102
(9) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any
direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or to any Permitted Holder or to any employee,
director, officer, manager, distributor or consultant of the Issuer, any of its direct or
indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(10) sales of accounts receivable, or participation therein, or Securitization Assets or
related assets in connection with or any Qualified Securitization Facility;
(11) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors
made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of
other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with
acquisitions or divestitures which payments are either (a) approved by a majority of the board
of directors of the Issuer in good faith or (b) made pursuant to an agreement existing as of the
Issue Date;
(12) payments and Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of
the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof)
of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer,
manager or consultant (including trustees, administrators, executors, powers of attorney, heirs,
assignees, estates and beneficiaries of any of the foregoing) of the Issuer, any of its
Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies pursuant to any management equity
or other incentive plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or
agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment agreements,
severance agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor
plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any
such employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants that are, in each case, approved by
the Issuer in good faith;
(13) payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent company thereof) and its
Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Issuer (and any such parent company)
and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year
does not exceed the amount that the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted
Subsidiaries (to the extent of amount received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required
to pay in respect of foreign,
federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted
Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes
separately from any such parent entity; and
(14) any transaction with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Issuer solely because the
Issuer directly or indirectly owns Equity Interests in or controls such Person entered into in
the ordinary course of business.
Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is not a
Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such
Restricted Subsidiary to:
(1) (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or
participation in, or measured by, its profits, or
(b) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Guarantor;
(2) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a
Guarantor; or
(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing
under or by reason of:
(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including
pursuant to the ABL Facility and the related documentation and Hedging Obligations and Bank
Products;
(b) the Indenture, the Notes and the guarantees thereof and the Collateral Documents;
(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business
and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (3)
above on the property so acquired;
(d) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;
(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated
with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of
such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but,
in any such
103
case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is
not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the
Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired
and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so acquired;
(f) contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a
Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or
disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;
(g) Permitted Additional Parity Debt and other Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted
to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described under Limitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock and Liens that limit
the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;
(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by (i) customers,
lenders or suppliers or (ii) other third parties under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business;
(i) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements
relating solely to such joint venture;
(j) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses or
similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements, in
each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(k) restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Facility that,
in the good faith determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect such
Qualified Securitization Facility;
(l) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating,
construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business;
provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of
the Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising
thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the
Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted
Subsidiary;
(m) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor or
Securitization Subsidiary which was previously an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to or by
reason of an agreement that such Subsidiary is a party to or entered into before the date on
which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not
entered into in anticipation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary
and any such encumbrance or restriction does not extend to any assets or property of the
Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property of such
Subsidiary;
(n) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred
subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under
Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred
Stock; provided that, in the judgment of the Issuer, such incurrence will not materially
impair the Issuers ability to make payments under the Notes when due;
(o) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3)
above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases,
supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or
obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (n) above; provided that such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive in any
material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole
than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement,
refunding, replacement or refinancing;
(p) any encumbrance or restriction imposed by the CVR Documents or the Merger Agreement.
Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
The Issuer will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted
Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee
other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor), other than a
Subsidiary Guarantor or a Securitization Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness
of the Issuer or any other Guarantor or become a borrower under the ABL Facility unless:
104
(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers (x) a supplemental
indenture to the Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that
with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if such
Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such
Subsidiary Guarantors Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect
to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially
to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes and (y) supplements to the
applicable Collateral Documents in order to grant a Lien in the Collateral owned by such
Restricted Subsidiary and takes all actions required by such Collateral Documents to perfect the
Liens created thereunder; and
(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take
the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other
rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such
Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee.
The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise
required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary shall not be
required to comply with the 30 day period described in clause (1) above.
After-Acquired Property
Promptly following the acquisition by the Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of any
After-Acquired Property (but subject to the limitations, if applicable, described under Security
for the NotesNotes Collateral, Security for the NotesABL Collateral, Security for the
NotesExcluded Assets and Security for the NotesLimitations on Stock Collateral) the
Issuer or such Subsidiary Guarantor shall execute and deliver such mortgages, deeds of trust,
security instruments, financing statements and, in the case of interests in real property,
certificates and opinions of counsel, as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Notes
Collateral Agent a perfected security interest in such After-Acquired Property and to have such
After-Acquired Property added to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral, as applicable, and
thereupon all provisions of the Indenture relating to the Notes Collateral or the ABL Collateral,
as applicable, shall be deemed to relate to such After-Acquired Property to the same extent and
with the same force and effect.
Payments for Consent
The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes
for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of
the indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all
Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the
solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Reports and Other Information
Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13
or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided
for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC,
the Indenture requires the Issuer to file with the SEC (and make available to the Trustee and
Holders of the Notes (without exhibits), without costs to any Holder, within 15 days after it files
them with the SEC) from and after the Issue Date,
(1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 10-K, or any
successor or comparable form, containing the information required to be contained therein, or
required in such successor or comparable form;
(2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal
year, reports on Form 10-Q containing all quarterly information that would be required to be
contained in Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form; and
(3) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein
reported, such other reports on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form.
In each case, in a manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in
such form; provided that the Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC (i)
if the SEC does not permit such filing or (ii) prior to consummation of an exchange offer or
effectiveness of a shelf registration statement, in which event the Issuer will make available such
information to prospective purchasers of Notes, in addition to providing such information (subject,
in the case of required financial information, to exceptions consistent with the presentation of
financial information in this prospectus, to the extent filed within the times specified
above) to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, in each case within 15 days after the
applicable time the Issuer would be required to file such information pursuant to the immediately
preceding sentence. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer will
agree that, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, it will furnish to Holders and to securities
analysts and
105
prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered
pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
The Indenture permits the Issuer to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to
financial information relating to the Issuer by furnishing financial information relating to any
parent entity of the Issuer as long as such parent entity of the Issuer provides a Guarantee of the
Notes; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in
reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent entity, on the
one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
standalone basis, on the other hand.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports
referred to above to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes if it has filed such report with the
SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor thereto) and such reports are publicly available.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the
commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement by (1)
the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration
statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such
financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, subject to exceptions
consistent with the presentation of financial information in this
prospectus, to the
extent filed within the time specified above or (2) by posting on its website or providing to the
Trustee by the applicable date the Issuer would be required to file such information as specified
above, the financial information (including a Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations section) that would be required to be included in such
reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in this
prospectus, to the extent posted within the times specified above.
Events of Default and Remedies
The Indenture provides that each of the following is an Event of Default:
(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of
principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest or Additional Interest
on or with respect to the Notes;
(3) failure by the Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice
given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a
default referred to in clause (1) or (2) above) contained in the Indenture, the Notes or the
Collateral Documents;
(4) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by
which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary,
whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes,
if both:
(a) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such
Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace
periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such
Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such
Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and
(b) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any
other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity
(after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so
accelerated, aggregate $15.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;
(5) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements
of the Issuer for a fiscal quarter end provided as required under Reports and Other
Information) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in
excess of $15.0 million (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable
insurance companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a
period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is
covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such
judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;
106
(6) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuer or any
Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of
the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for a fiscal quarter end
provided as required under Reports and Other Information) would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary);
(7) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries
that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Issuer
for a fiscal quarter end provided as required under Reports and Other Information) would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect
or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant
Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together
(as of the most recent consolidated financial statement of the Issuer for a fiscal quarter end)
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies in writing that it has
any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by
reason of the termination of the Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance
with the Indenture; or
(8) with respect to any Collateral, individually or in the aggregate, having a fair market
value in excess of $15.0 million, any of the Collateral Documents ceases to be in full force and
effect, or any of the Collateral Documents ceases to give the holders of the Notes the Liens in
such Collateral purported to be created thereby, or any of the Collateral Documents is declared
null and void or the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary denies in writing that it has any
further liability under any Collateral Document or gives written notice to such effect (in each
case (i) other than in accordance with the terms of the indenture or the terms of the ABL
Facility or the Collateral Documents or (ii) unless waived by the requisite lenders under the
ABL Facility if, after that waiver, the Issuer is in compliance with the covenant described
under Security for the Notes), except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or
priority results from the failure of the Trustee to maintain possession of certificates actually
delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents; provided that if
a failure of the sort described in this clause (8) is susceptible of cure, no Event of Default
shall arise under this clause (8) with respect thereto until 30 days after notice of such
failure shall have been given to the Issuer by the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes issued under the Indenture.
If any Event of Default (other than of a type specified in clause (6) above) occurs and is
continuing under the Indenture, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the then total outstanding Notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other
monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately.
Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and
interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an
Event of Default arising under clause (6) of the first paragraph of this
section, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice.
The Indenture provides that the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing
Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest.
The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes
waive any existing Default and its consequences under the Indenture (except a continuing Default in
the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting
Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences (except if such
rescission would conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). In the event of
any Event of Default specified in clause (4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences
thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the
Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee
or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:
(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been
discharged; or
(2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the
case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or
(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder,
in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to
exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the
Holders of the Notes unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or
security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to
receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue
any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless:
(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is
continuing;
107
(2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have
requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee security or indemnity against any loss,
liability or expense reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;
(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof
and the offer of security or indemnity; and
(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the total outstanding Notes have not given
the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.
Subject to certain restrictions, under the Indenture the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the total outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the
rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
The Indenture provides that the Issuer is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a
statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Issuer is required to deliver to the
Trustee a statement specifying any Default within five Business Days after becoming aware of such
Default.
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or
stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their direct or indirect parent companies
(other than the Issuer and the Guarantors) shall have any liability, for any obligations of the
Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting
Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal
securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under the Indenture and the Collateral
Documents will terminate (other than certain obligations) and will be released upon payment in full
of all of the Notes. The Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its
obligations discharged with respect to the Notes and have each Guarantors obligation discharged
with respect to its Guarantee (Legal Defeasance), the Collateral released and cure all then
existing Events of Default except for:
(1) the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust
created pursuant to the Indenture;
(2) the Issuers obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes,
registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an
office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers
obligations in connection therewith; and
(4) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture.
In addition, the Issuer may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and
those of each Guarantor released with respect to substantially all of the restrictive covenants
that are described in the Indenture (Covenant Defeasance) and thereafter any omission to comply
with such obligations shall not constitute a Default with respect to the Notes. In the event
Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation
and insolvency events pertaining to the Issuer) described under Events of Default and Remedies
will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes.
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:
(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a
combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
108
interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the Redemption Date, as the case may
be, of such principal, premium, if any, or interest on such Notes and the Issuer must specify
whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;
(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,
(a) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States
Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or
(b) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S.
federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that,
subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders and beneficial owners of the Notes
will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as
a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal
Defeasance had not occurred;
(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders
and beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on
the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such
deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each
case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on
the date of such deposit;
(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation
of, or constitute a default under the ABL Facility, or any other material agreement or
instrument (other than the Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by
which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of
funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each
case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);
(6) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions
following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title
11 of the United States Code;
(7) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate stating that
the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and
(8) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions)
each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or
the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Satisfaction and Discharge
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when
either:
(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed
Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been
deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(2) (a) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due
and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and
payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name,
and at the expense, of the Issuer and the Issuer or any Guarantor have irrevocably deposited or
caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the
Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a
combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any
reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not
theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and
accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
109
(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such
deposit or any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and the granting
of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred
and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and
such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the ABL
Facility, or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the
Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than
resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and
simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in
connection therewith);
(c) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture;
and
(d) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited
money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.
In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Amendment, Supplement and Waiver
Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture, any Guarantee, the
Notes and the Collateral Documents may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders
of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including consents
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and any
existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or any Collateral
Document issued thereunder may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of
or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer
or its Affiliates.
The Indenture provides that, without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an
amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:
(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or
waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (for the avoidance of doubt,
the provisions relating to the covenants described above under Repurchase at the Option of
Holders are not redemptions of the Notes);
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;
(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from
such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in the Indenture or any
Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders;
(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;
(6) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults
or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on
the Notes;
(7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions;
(8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or premium, if any,
or interest on such Holders Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for
the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holders Notes;
(9) make any change to, or modify, the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the
Holders; or
(10) except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any
Significant Subsidiary in any manner materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
In addition, without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in principal amount of
Notes then outstanding, no amendment, supplement or waiver may (1) modify any Collateral Document,
the Intercreditor Agreement or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the
Collateral Documents that would release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens
of the
110
Collateral Documents (except as permitted by the terms of the Indenture, the Collateral
Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement) or change or alter the priority of the security
interests in the Collateral, (2) make any change in any Collateral Document, any Intercreditor
Agreement or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the Collateral or the Collateral
Documents or the application of trust proceeds of the Collateral that would adversely affect the
Holders in any material respect or (3) modify the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner adverse to
the Holders in any material respect other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer or any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or the
Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture, the
Collateral Documents and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in place of
certificated Notes;
(3) to comply with the covenant relating to mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and
sales of assets;
(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers or any Guarantors obligations to the
Holders;
(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders
or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder;
(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power
conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification
of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Indenture of a
successor Trustee thereunder pursuant to the requirements thereof;
(9) to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, which are
identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable;
(10) to add a Guarantor under the Indenture or Collateral under the Collateral Documents;
(11) to release any Collateral as permitted by the Indenture;
(12) to add any Additional Parity Debt as permitted by the Indenture and the Collateral
Documents;
(13) to conform the text of the Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of this
Description of Notes to the extent that such provision in this Description of Notes was
intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Guarantee or Notes, as
certified to the Trustee in an officers certificate from the Issuer; or
(14) to make any amendment to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and
legending of Notes as permitted by the Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate
the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (a) compliance with the Indenture as
so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any
applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the
rights of Holders to transfer Notes.
The consent of the Holders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form
of any proposed amendment. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed
amendment.
Insurance
The Indenture provides that the Issuer and the Guarantors will, and will cause each Restricted
Subsidiary to, maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies (a) insurance in
such amounts and against such risks, as are customarily maintained by similarly situated companies
engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations (after giving
effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated companies) and (b) all
insurance required pursuant to the Collateral Documents (and shall cause the Notes Collateral Agent
to be listed as a lenders loss payee (together with any other lenders loss payee in accordance
with the Intercreditor Agreement) on property and casualty policies covering loss or damage to
111
Collateral and as an additional insured on liability policies). The Issuer will furnish to the
Notes Collateral Agent, upon request, information in reasonable detail as to the insurance so
maintained.
The Indenture requires that the Issuer and each Guarantor name the Trustee and the Notes
Collateral Agent as a co-loss payee on property and casualty policies and as an additional insured
as its interests may appear on the liability policies listed above. The Issuer shall provide
evidence of such fact to the Trustee.
Notices
Notices given by publication or electronic delivery will be deemed given on the first date on
which publication is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed
given five calendar days after mailing.
Concerning the Trustee
The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee thereunder, should it
become a creditor of the Issuer, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on
certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will
be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it
must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.
The Indenture provides that the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes (excluding any Notes directly or indirectly held by the Issuer or its Affiliates) will have
the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any
remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case
an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the
exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his own
affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its
rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of the Notes, unless such Holder
shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense.
Governing Law
The Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee are governed by and construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of New York.
Certain Definitions
Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. For purposes of the
Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term consolidated with respect to any
Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such
consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate
of such Person.
280G Escrow Account means that certain escrow account in the amount of $3,000,000
established under the CVR Escrow Agreement to fund certain reimbursement obligations to Richard J.
Surratt with a portion of the balance, if any, to be distributed to the Issuer and, to the extent
sufficient funds are available, holders of the CVRs, as such escrow account is defined under the
CVR Escrow Agreement, which as of the Issue Date $3,000,000 (plus accrued interest, if any) was
then held in such escrow account.
ABL Credit Parties means Cambium Learning, Inc. and its subsidiaries that guarantee the ABL
Lenders Debt.
ABL Facility means the certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and
among Cambium Learning, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer,
as a borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as
lenders thereunder and Harris N.A., as agent and Barclays Bank PLC, as collateral agent, including
any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees, instruments and
agreements executed in connection therewith, and any appendices, exhibits or schedules to any of
the foregoing (as the same may be in effect from time to time), and any amendments, supplements,
modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof (whether with
the original agents and lenders or other agents or lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under
the original credit agreement or other credit agreements or otherwise) and any indenture,
guarantees, credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional
lenders or investors that replace, refund, exchange or refinance any part of the loans, notes,
guarantees, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement,
refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or
alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under
Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
and Preferred Stock above).
ABL Lenders Debt means (i) any Indebtedness outstanding from time to time under the ABL
Facility, (ii) any Indebtedness which has a senior priority security interest relative to the Notes
in the ABL Collateral, (iii) all obligations with respect to such Indebtedness and any Hedging
Obligations entered into with any agent, arranger or lender (or their affiliates) under the ABL
Facility
112
(or any Person that was an arranger, agent or lender or an Affiliate of an arranger, agent
or lender at the time the applicable agreements pursuant to which such Hedging Obligations are
provided or were entered into) and (iv) all Bank Products entered into with any agent, arranger or
lender (or their affiliates) under the ABL Facility (or any Person that was an arranger, agent or
lender or an Affiliate of an arranger, agent or lender at the time the applicable agreements
pursuant to which such Bank Products are provided or were entered into).
Acquired Indebtedness means, with respect to any specified Person,
(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged or
consolidated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging or
consolidating with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and
(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.
Additional Interest means all additional interest then owing pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement.
Additional Parity Debt means the Additional Notes and any additional Secured Indebtedness
that is ranked pari passu with the Notes and is permitted to be incurred pursuant to the first
paragraph of the covenant described under Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of
Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock; provided that (i) the
representative of such Additional Parity Debt executes a joinder agreement to the Collateral Agency
Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and, if applicable, to the other Collateral Documents, in
each case in the form attached thereto, agreeing to be bound thereby and (ii) the Issuer has
designated such Indebtedness as Additional Parity Debt thereunder.
Affiliate of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, control (including, with correlative meanings, the terms
controlling, controlled by and under common control with), as used with respect to any
Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by agreement or otherwise.
After-Acquired Property means any and all assets or property (other than Excluded Assets)
acquired after the Issue Date, including any property or assets acquired by the Issuer or a
Guarantor from another Subsidiary, which in each case constitutes Collateral or would have
constituted Collateral had such assets and property been owned by the Issuer or Guarantor on the
Issue Date.
Amendment No. 1 to the Merger Agreement means that certain Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and
Plan of Mergers made as of September 20, 2010 referred to in the definition of Merger Agreement.
Applicable Premium means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:
(1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note, and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the present value
at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at February 15, 2014 (such
redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above under Optional Redemption), plus
(ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through February 15, 2014
(excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date), in each case computed using a
discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b)
the principal amount of such Note.
Asset Sale means:
(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or
a series of related transactions (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of
property or assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this
definition as a disposition); or
(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described
under Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock), whether in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions; in each case, other than:
(a) any disposition of Cash Equivalents or obsolete or worn out property or equipment in
the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets)
held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;
(b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner
permitted pursuant to the provisions described above under Certain CovenantsMerger,
Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets or any disposition that constitutes
a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture;
113
(c) the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made,
under the covenant described above under Certain CovenantsLimitation on Restricted
Payments including the making of any Permitted Investment;
(d) any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted
Subsidiary in any transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate fair market
value of less than $2.5 million;
(e) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted
Subsidiary;
(f) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any
exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;
(g) the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal
property in the ordinary course of business;
(h) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of,
an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(i) foreclosures, condemnation, casualty, expropriation or any similar action with
respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by the Indenture;
(j) sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, or Securitization Assets
(other than royalties or other revenues (except accounts receivable)) or related assets in
connection with any Qualified Securitization Facility;
(k) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer
or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
and asset securitizations permitted by the Indenture;
(1) the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the
ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;
(m) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles
in the ordinary course of business;
(n) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender
of contract rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;
(o) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;
(p) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the
extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint
venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(q) the abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business,
which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the
conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and
(r) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock
that is permitted by the covenant described under Certain CovenantsLimitation on
Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.
Bank Products means any facilities or services related to cash management, including
treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, purchase card, electronic funds transfer and
other cash management arrangements and commercial credit card and merchant card services.
Borrowing Base means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of:
(1) 85% of the aggregate book value of all accounts receivable of the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; and
(2) 65% of the aggregate book value of all inventory owned by the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries,
all calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. Business Day means each day which
is not a Legal Holiday.
Calculation Date means the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio shall occur.
114
Capitalized Lease Obligation means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the
amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be
capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto)
prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Capitalized Software Expenditures shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all
expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally
developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to
be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
Capital Stock means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership
interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a
share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person but
excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether
or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.
Cash Equivalents means:
(1) United States dollars;
(2) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by
the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with
maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of
12 months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers acceptances with maturities not
exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign
commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S.
banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the
case of non-U.S. banks;
(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2),
(3) and (7) entered into with any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting
the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;
(5) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moodys or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any
time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another
Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof and
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of A or higher from S&P or
A-2 or higher from Moodys with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;
(6) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or
A-2 from either Moodys or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall
be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency);
(7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of
the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment
Grade Rating from either Moodys or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be
rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) with maturities of 24
months or less from the date of acquisition;
(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political
subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, in each case having an Investment Grade Rating
from either Moodys or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be rating such
obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) with maturities of 24 months or
less from the date of acquisition;
115
(9) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition
in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the
equivalent thereof) or better by Moodys (or, if at any time neither Moodys nor S&P shall be
rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency); and
(10) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types
described in clauses (1) through (9) above.
In the case of Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash
Equivalents shall also include investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1)
through (7) and clauses (9) and (10) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or
the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from
comparable foreign rating agencies.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in
currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are
converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any
event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.
Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:
(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any
Person other than a Permitted Holder; or
(2) the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section
13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any
Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act,
or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or
disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other
than one or more Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of
transactions, by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or
purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or
any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the
Issuer; or
(3) the Issuer liquidates or dissolves or the stockholders of the Issuer adopt a plan of
liquidation or dissolution.
Collateral means the Notes Collateral and the ABL Collateral.
Collateral Agency Agreement means the Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated
as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, each Guarantor, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Notes Collateral
Agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Trustee, and as it may be amended from time to time in
accordance with the Indenture.
Collateral Documents means, collectively, the security agreements, pledge agreements,
mortgages, collateral assignments, deeds of trust and all other pledges, agreements, financing
statements, patent, trademark or copyright filings, mortgages or other filings or documents that
create or purport to create a Lien in the Collateral in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent and/or
the Trustee
(for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes), the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral
Agency Agreement, in each case as they may be amended from time to time, and any instruments of
assignment, control agreements, lockbox letters or other instruments or agreements executed
pursuant to the foregoing.
Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense means with respect to any Person for any
period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person, including the
amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses,
curriculum development expenses and fixed asset purchases and Capitalized Software Expenditures of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise
determined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Interest Expense means, with respect to any Person for any period, without
duplication, the sum of:
(1) consolidated interest expense in respect of Indebtedness of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added
back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue
discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions,
discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers
acceptances, (c) non-cash interest charges (but excluding any non-cash interest expense
attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other
derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease
Obligations, (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to
interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (u) any expense
resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of
recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in connection with the any
acquisition, (v) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (w) any
116
Additional Interest and any
additional interest or liquidated damages with respect to other securities for failure to
timely comply with registration rights obligations, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees,
debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and discounted liabilities, (y) commissions,
discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any
Qualified Securitization Facility and (z) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted
liabilities); plus
(2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, whether paid or accrued; less
(3) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.
For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to
accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit
in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of
the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated
basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,
(1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains, losses or
charges (including all fees and expenses relating thereto), including, without limitation, any
expenses relating to severance, relocation costs, integration costs, transition costs,
pre-opening, opening, consolidation and closing costs for facilities, costs incurred in
connection with any strategic initiatives, other business optimization expenses (including costs
and expenses relating to business optimization programs and new systems design and
implementation costs), restructuring costs and curtailments or modifications to pension and
post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded;
(2) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses attributable to asset dispositions or
abandonments (including any disposal of abandoned or discontinued operations) or the sale or
other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of
business as determined in good faith by the Issuer shall be excluded;
(3) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any
Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting
shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the
amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in Cash
Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period and the net losses of any such Person shall only be
included to the extent funded with cash from the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(4) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments
under clause (3)(a) of the first paragraph of Certain CovenantsLimitation on Restricted
Payments, the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any
Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of
determination permitted in whole without any prior governmental approval (which has not been
obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation
applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with
respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been
legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by
the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to
the extent converted into cash) to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of
such period, to the extent not already included therein;
(5) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in the inventory, property and equipment, software,
goodwill, other intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue, debt
line items and other noncash charges in such Persons consolidated financial statements pursuant
to GAAP resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable,
purchase accounting in relation to any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off
of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;
(6) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion
of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be
excluded;
(7) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or
asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in
debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case,
pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be
excluded;
(8) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense
arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock
or other rights or equity incentive programs shall be excluded;
117
(9) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof
for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, disposition,
incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the
offering of the Notes and the ABL Facility), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing
transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or
other modification of the Notes and the ABL Facility) and including, in each case, any such
transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not
completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result
of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, shall be excluded;
(10) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from
Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification 815 shall be
excluded;
(11) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from
currency translation and transaction gains or losses including those related to currency
remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from Hedging
Obligations for currency exchange risk) and any other monetary assets and liabilities shall be
excluded; and
(12) gains and losses recorded in accordance with changes in the fair value of contingent
value rights.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of the covenant described under Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments only (other than clause (3)(d) of the first paragraph
thereof), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or
other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any
repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary
or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent
such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to
clause (3)(d) thereof.
Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a)
all Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by a Lien on any
assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (b) EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for the most recent four fiscal quarter period ending prior to such date for which the
Issuer has consolidated financial statements available, in each case with such pro forma
adjustments to EBITDA as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the
definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
Consolidated Total Assets means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of the
Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as assets on a consolidated
balance sheet of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.
Contingent Obligations means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person
guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness
(primary obligations) of any other Person (the primary obligor) in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not
contingent:
(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect
security therefor;
(2) to advance or supply funds
(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or
(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to
maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or
(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the
owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of
such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.
Credit Facilities means, with respect to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
one or more debt facilities, including the ABL Facility, or other financing arrangements
(including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving
credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes,
mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection
therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or
refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that
replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments
thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that
increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided
that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock) or adds Restricted
Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other
agent, lender or group of lenders.
118
CVR means each contingent value right originally issued by the Issuer pursuant to the
CVR Agreement to holders of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Voyager Learning Company,
immediately prior to the effective time (the Effective Time) of the merger pursuant to the Merger
Agreement on December 8, 2009, following the Effective Time as part of the merger consideration
paid to such holders in such merger, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time in a manner not materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
CVR Agreement means that certain Contingent Value Rights Agreement, dated as of December 8,
2009, by and among the Issuer, Vowel Representative, LLC, as stockholders representative, and
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as rights agent and initial CVR agent, as the same may be
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a manner not materially adverse to
the Holders of the Notes.
CVR Documents means each of the CVRs, the CVR Agreement, the CVR Escrow Agreement and the
CVR Security Documents.
CVR Escrow Account means that certain escrow account established under the CVR Escrow
Agreement for the purpose of funding certain payments under the CVR Agreement, as such escrow
account is defined in the CVR Escrow Agreement.
CVR Escrow Agreement means that certain Escrow Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2009, by
and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as escrow agent, Vowel Representative, LLC, as
stockholders representative, the Issuer, Voyager Learning Company and Richard J. Surratt, as
amended by Amendment No. 1 to the CVR Escrow Agreement, dated as of September 20, 2010, as the same
may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a manner not materially
adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
CVR Obligations means, collectively, (i) the obligation of the Issuer to deposit and, to
cause certain of the Issuers subsidiaries to deposit, certain tax refunds relating to Voyager
Learning Company and its subsidiaries in the CVR Escrow Account, pursuant to Sections 5.22(b),
5.22(c) and 5.22(d) of the Merger Agreement, and (ii) the obligation of the Issuer to deposit, and
to cause certain of the Issuers subsidiaries to deposit, generally, an amount equal to 50% of the
cash amount realized from any refunds, credits or reductions in taxes by VLCY or its subsidiaries
from the payment of certain agreed contingencies pursuant to the Merger Agreement and (iii) the
obligation to make or permit any payments or other distributions or withdrawals to be made from the
280G Escrow Account, the CVR Escrow Account or the Excess Employee Payment Escrow Account, in each
case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the CVR Escrow Agreement.
CVR Security Documents means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2009,
by and among the Issuer, Voyager Learning Company and Vowel Representative, LLC, as agent for the
benefit of the stockholders of Voyager Learning Company immediately prior to the effective time of
the merger on December 8, 2009 of Vowel Acquisition Corp. with and into Voyager Learning Company
with Voyager Learning Company as the surviving corporation, and each other security agreement,
document, financing statement or other instrument executed or delivered in connection therewith, in
each case, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a
manner not materially adverse to the Holders of the Notes.
Default means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both
would be, an Event of Default.
Designated Non-cash Consideration means the fair market value, as set forth in an Officers
Certificate, of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in connection with an Asset Sale.
Designated Preferred Stock means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect
parent company thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other
than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to
an Officers Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or the
applicable parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash
proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph
of Certain CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments.
Disqualified Stock means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person
which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily
redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other
than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case
prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes
are no longer outstanding; provided that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former
employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (excluding Veronis Suhler Stevenson (but not
excluding any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant))), of
the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other
entity in which the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good
faith as an affiliate by the board of directors of the
119
Issuer (or the compensation committee
thereof), in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders agreement,
management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan
or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be
repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or in order to satisfy applicable statutory or
regulatory obligations.
EBITDA means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period
(1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than clause (j))
the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(a) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without
limitation, federal, state, provincial, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign
withholding taxes (including any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended
to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising
from tax examinations) and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant
to clauses (1) through (12) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income; plus
(b) Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses or Hedging
Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest
rate risk, net of interest income and gains with respect to such obligations, (y) costs of
surety bonds in connection with financing activities, and (z) amounts excluded from
Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in clauses (1)(u) through (z) in the definition
thereof); plus
(c) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period;
plus
(d) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals or reserves; plus
(e) any other non-cash charges (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an
accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect
thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding
amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus
(f) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income
attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned
Subsidiary; plus
(g) the amount of loss on sale of receivables, Securitization Assets and related assets
to any Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Facility; plus
(h) any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to
any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit
plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such
cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or
net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified
Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set
forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under Certain CovenantsLimitation on
Restricted Payments; plus
(i) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures)
not representing EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains
relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clause (2)
below for any previous period and not added back; plus
(j) any net loss from disposed or discontinued operations;
(2) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included
in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(a) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period,
excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve
for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; plus
(b) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period unless such
cash did not increase EBITDA in such prior period; plus
(c) any net income from disposed or discontinued operations; plus
(d) extraordinary gains and unusual or non-recurring gains (less all fees and expenses
relating thereto); and
120
(3) increased or decreased (without duplication) by, as applicable, any adjustments
resulting from the application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 460, Guarantees.
EMU means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
Equity Interests means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock.
Equity Offering means any public or private sale solely for cash of common stock or
Preferred Stock of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
(1) public offerings with respect to the Issuers common stock registered on Form S-4 or
Form S-8;
(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and
(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.
euro means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
Excess Employee Payment Escrow Account means that certain unfunded escrow account
established under the CVR Escrow Agreement as defined as the Excess Employee Payment Account
under the CVR Escrow Agreement.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
Excluded Capital Stock shall mean (a) any Capital Stock with respect to which the Issuer has
reasonably determined in good faith in writing to the Notes Collateral Agent that the costs
(including any costs resulting from material adverse tax consequences) of pledging such Equity
Interests shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Holders therefrom, (b)
solely in the case of any pledge of Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary to secure the
Obligations under the Notes, any Capital Stock that are voting Capital Stock of such Foreign
Subsidiary in excess of 65% of the outstanding voting Capital Stock of such class, (c) any Capital
Stock to the extent the pledge thereof would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or
regulation, (d) the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary that is not wholly owned by the Issuer and its
Subsidiaries at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary (for so long as such Subsidiary
remains a non-wholly owned Subsidiary to the extent that the governing documents of such non-wholly
owned Subsidiary prevents the grant of a security interest therein), (e) the Capital Stock of any
Subsidiary whose assets, as reflected on their most recent balance sheet prepared in accordance
with GAAP, and revenues for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the most recent
fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, do not exceed $1.0 million, (f) the
Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary and (g) the Capital Stock of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary, including, without limitation, VLCY.
Excluded Contract means at any date any rights or interest of the Issuer or any Guarantor
under any agreement, contract, license, lease, instrument, document or other general intangible
(referred to solely for purposes of this definition as a Contract) to the extent that such
Contract by the terms of a restriction in favor of a Person who is not the Issuer or any Guarantor,
or any requirement of law, prohibits, or requires any consent or establishes any other condition
for or could or would be terminated, abandoned, invalidated, rendered unenforceable, or would be
breached or defaulted under because of an assignment thereof or a grant of a security interest
therein by the Issuer or a Guarantor (after giving effect to Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409
of the UCC or principles of equity); provided that: (i) rights to payment under any such Contract
otherwise constituting an Excluded Contract by virtue of this definition shall be included in the
Collateral to the extent permitted thereby or by Section 9-406 or Section 9-408 of the Uniform
Commercial Code and (ii) all proceeds paid or payable to any of the Issuer or any Guarantor from
any sale, transfer or assignment of such contract and all rights to receive such proceeds shall be
included in the Collateral.
Excluded Contribution means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds
received by the Issuer from
(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and
(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or
stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer)
of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer;
in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers Certificate executed by
the principal financial officer of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or
the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the
calculation set forth in clause (3) of the first paragraph under Certain CovenantsLimitation
on Restricted Payments.
121
fair market value means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of
such asset or liability as determined by the Issuer in good faith.
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of
EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the
event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays,
retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any
revolving credit facility) unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been
replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement
of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or
simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made
(the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption,
repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in
accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to
or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a
pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers,
amalgamations, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed
charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of
the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that
subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment,
acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation that would
have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition,
disposition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or discontinued operation had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an Investment,
acquisition, disposition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation, the pro forma calculations shall
be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may
include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions
resulting from such Investment, acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation which is being
given pro forma effect that have been or are reasonably expected to be realized) provided that any
pro forma adjustments shall be limited to those that (a) are reasonably identifiable and factually
supportable as of the date of such calculation and (b) have occurred or are reasonably expected to
occur in the twelve months following the applicable date of such calculation, in the reasonable
judgment of the responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer and, the chief financial
officer of the Issuer shall certify the foregoing pursuant to a duly completed certificate signed
and delivered to the Trustee. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being
given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in
effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the
entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness).
Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of
interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of
making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit
facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of
such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this
definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based
upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate,
shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such
optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.
Fixed Charges means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without
duplication:
(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;
(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and
(3) all dividends or other distributions paid or accrued (excluding items eliminated in
consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.
Foreign Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such
Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof,
the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign
Subsidiary.
122
GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which
are in effect from time to time.
Government Securities means securities that are:
(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its
full faith and credit is pledged; or
(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally
guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America,
which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and
shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the
Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment
of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the
account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such
custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such
depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government
Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities
evidenced by such depository receipt.
Governmental Authority means any nation or government, any state or other political
subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank
or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative
functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory
organization established to perform such functions.
guarantee means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including
letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness or other obligations.
Guarantee means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers Obligations under the
Indenture and the Notes.
Hedging Obligations means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under
any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement,
commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement (including equity derivative agreements)
providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, currency, commodity risks or equity
risks either generally or under specific contingencies.
Holder means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrars books.
Indebtedness means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not
contingent:
(a) in respect of borrowed money;
(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or
bankers acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);
(c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property
(including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is
acquired, except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial
letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case
accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such
obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and
if not paid after becoming due and payable; or
(d) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations;
if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and
Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes
thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any
direct or indirect parent of the Issuer appearing upon the balance sheet of the Issuer solely by
reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded;
(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for,
or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in
clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon
123
the balance sheet of the such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of
negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and
(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause
(1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not
such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person, but limited to the fair market value of the
assets subject to such Lien;
provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (a)
Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) (except for purposes of
calculating a Persons Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio) obligations under or in respect of
Qualified Securitization Facilities, (c) any operating lease rental expense to the extent that such
rental expense is required to be recognized as a deferred liability on any Persons balance sheet
in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 13 or (d) any of the CVR
Obligations.
Independent Financial Advisor means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or
consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in
the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
Intercreditor Agreement means the Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as
of the Issue Date, among the ABL Collateral Agent, the Notes Collateral Agent, the Issuer and each
Guarantor, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the Indenture.
Initial Purchasers Barclays Capital Inc. and BMO Capital Markets Corp.
Investment Grade Rating means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by
Moodys and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or if the Notes are not then rated by Moodys or S&P,
an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.
Investment Grade Securities means:
(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);
(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any
debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its
Subsidiaries;
(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described
in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or
distribution; and
(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily
utilized for high quality investments.
Investments means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other
Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital
contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers and distributors,
commission, travel and similar advances to employees, directors, officers, managers, distributors
and consultants in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other
acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any
other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet
(excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in
this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For
purposes of the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary and the covenant described under Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments:
(1) Investments shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuers equity interest
in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at
the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a
redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to
continue to have a permanent Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if
positive) equal to:
(a) the Issuers Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less
(b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuers Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of
the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation;
and
(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its
fair market value at the time of such transfer.
124
The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such
Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment
or other amount received in cash by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such
Investment.
Investors means Veronis Suhler Stevenson and, if applicable, each of its Affiliates and
funds or partnerships managed by it or its Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio
companies of any of the foregoing.
Issue Date means February 17, 2011.
Issuer has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph under General.
Legal Holiday means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions
are not required to be open in the State of New York or place of payment.
Lien means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge,
hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in
respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law,
including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof,
any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement
to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
Management Advisory Agreement means the agreement made in respect of certain advisory
services between certain of one or more of the management companies associated with the Investors
or their advisors, if applicable, and the Issuer, in effect on the Issue Date.
Management Stockholders means the members of management of the Issuer (or its direct parent)
who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent companies of the
Issuer on the Issue Date.
Merger Agreement means that certain Agreement and Plan of Mergers, dated as of June 20,
2009, by and among the Issuer (f/k/a Cambium Holdings, Inc.), Voyager Learning Company, VSS-Cambium
Holdings II Corp., Vowel Acquisition Corp., Consonant Acquisition Corp. and Vowel Representative,
LLC, as amendment by Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Mergers made as of September 20,
2010, by and between the Issuer and Vowel Representative, LLC, as the same may be amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a manner not materially adverse to the
Holders of the Notes.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency
business.
Net Income means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person,
determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock
dividends.
Net Proceeds means the aggregate cash or Cash Equivalents proceeds received by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash or Cash
Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration
received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or
disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment
banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law,
and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, other
fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result
thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien
(other than Liens on the Collateral securing the ABL Facility) on such assets and required (other
than required by clause (1) of the second paragraph of Repurchase at the Option of
HoldersAsset Sales) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate
amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in
accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such
transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or
other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and
liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated
with such transaction.
Notes Collateral Agent means Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Collateral Agent
under the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agency Agreement, and the other
Collateral Documents, and any successor thereto in such capacity.
Obligations means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent
to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate
provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed
claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
125
reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and
bankers acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal,
interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable
under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
Officer means, with respect to a Person, the Chairman of the board of directors, the Chief
Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior
Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of such Person.
Officers Certificate means a certificate signed on behalf of a Person by an Officer of such
Person, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer
or the principal accounting officer of such Person that meets the requirements set forth in the
Indenture.
Opinion of Counsel means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the
Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee.
Permitted Additional Parity Debt means obligations under any Additional Parity Debt;
provided that after giving effect to the Incurrence of any such Indebtedness the Consolidated
Secured Leverage Ratio of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be less than or equal to
4.0:1.0.
Permitted Asset Swap means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of
Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and Cash Equivalents between
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any Cash
Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with the covenant described under Repurchase
at the Option of HoldersAsset Sales; provided further that the assets received are pledged as
Collateral to the extent required by the Collateral Documents (except to the extent the Lien
thereon is released by the lenders under the ABL Facility) to the extent that the assets disposed
of constituted Collateral.
Permitted Holders means each of (i) the Investors, (ii) Management Stockholders and (iii)
any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any
successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members (a Permitted Holder Group);
provided that, in the case of such group (x) each member of such Permitted Holder Group has voting
rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interest held or acquired by such member and (y)
no Person or other group (other than Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above)
beneficially owns a greater percentage (on a fully diluted basis) of the total voting power of the
Voting Stock of the Issuer than is held, in the aggregate, by the Permitted Holders specified in
clauses (i) and (ii) above in such Permitted Holder Group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of
beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer
is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture will thereafter, together with its
Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.
Permitted Investments means:
(1) any Investment in the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;
(3) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person
(including, to the extent constituting an Investment, in assets of a Person that represent
substantially all of its assets or a division, business unit or product line, including research
and development and related assets in respect of any product) that is engaged directly or
through entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business if as a result of
such Investment:
(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or
(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated,
merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets
(or a division, business unit or product line, including any research and development and
related assets in respect of any product), or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary,
and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not
acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation,
consolidation or transfer;
(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or
Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the
first paragraph under Repurchase at the Option of HoldersAsset Sales or any other
disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;
126
(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in
effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal
of any such Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the
amount of any such Investment may be increased in such extension, modification or renewal only
(a) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the
Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue
discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (b) as otherwise permitted under the
Indenture;
(6) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries:
(a) consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes
receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;
(b) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or
any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout,
reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts
receivable (including any trade creditor or customer); or
(c) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons; or
(d) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured
Investment in default;
(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (10) of the covenant described in Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock;
(8) any Investment in a Similar Business taken together with all other Investments made
pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a)
$30.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets;
(9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Issuer, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided that such
Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (3)
of the first paragraph under the covenant described in Certain CovenantsLimitations on
Restricted Payments;
(10) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described in Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock;
(11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and
made in accordance with the provisions of the second paragraph of the covenant described under
Certain CovenantsTransactions with Affiliates (except transactions described in clauses
(2) and (5) of such paragraph);
(12) Investments consisting of purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, supplies,
material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to
joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;
(13) additional Investments, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to
this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or have
not been subsequently sold or transferred for cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the
greater of (a) $10.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets;
(14) Investments in or relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith
determination of the Issuer are necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization
Facility or any repurchase obligation in connection therewith;
(15) advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of $1.5 million
outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;
(16) loans and advances to employees, directors, officers, managers, distributors and
consultants for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses or
payroll advances, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with
past practices or to fund such Persons purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct
or indirect parent company thereof;
(17) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by
the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
127
(18) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany
cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;
(19) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the
ordinary course of business;
(20) Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining,
maintaining or renewing client contacts and loans or advances made to distributors in the
ordinary course of business;
(21) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease,
utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of
the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;
(22) repurchases of Notes; and
(23) investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code
Article 3 endorsements for collection of deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with
customers consistent with past practices; and
(24) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers in the ordinary course of
business received upon foreclosure or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or liquidation or
similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers.
Permitted Liens means, with respect to any Person:
(1) pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmens compensation laws,
unemployment insurance, employers health tax, and other social security laws or similar
legislation or other insurance related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of
deductibles, self insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or
indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank
guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability
insurance, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for
the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure
public or statutory or similar obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government
bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security
for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the
ordinary course of business;
(2) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords, carriers, warehousemens, materialmens,
repairmens, mechanics and similar Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of
more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising
out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be
proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect
thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period
of more than 30 days or not yet payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are
being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves
with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;
(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release,
appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or
bankers acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case, issued
pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its
business or consistent with past practice prior to the Issue Date;
(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations
of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines,
drains, telegraph, telephone and cable television lines and other similar purposes, or zoning,
building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects and irregularities in title and
similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of
the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in
connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in,
the operation of the business of such Person;
(6) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred
pursuant to clause (4), (12) or (13) of the second paragraph under Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock; provided that (a) Liens securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (13) relate
only to Obligations relating to Refinancing Indebtedness that (x) is secured by Liens on the
same assets as the assets securing the Refinancing Indebtedness (other than after-acquired
property that is (A) affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, (B)
after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which
Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property (it being understood that
128
such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement
would not have applied but for such acquisition) and (C) the proceeds and products thereof) or
(y) extends, replaces, refunds, refinances, renews or defeases Indebtedness incurred or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued under clause (4) or (12) of the second paragraph
under Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock, and (b) Liens securing Obligations relating to any
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to be incurred pursuant to clause (4) of the
second paragraph under Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and
Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock extend only to the assets so purchased,
leased or improved and any accessions or extensions thereof;
(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date or pursuant to agreements in existence on the Issue
Date (which may include Liens on after-acquired property that is (A) affixed or incorporated
into the property covered by such Lien, (B) after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing
such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired
property (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any
property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition) and (C) the
proceeds and products thereof);
(8) Liens on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such
Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection
with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further,
that such Liens may not extend to any other property or other assets owned by the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than after-acquired property that is (A) affixed or
incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, (B) after-acquired property subject to a
Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of
after-acquired property (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to
apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition)
and (C) the proceeds and products thereof);
(9) Liens on property or other assets at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary
acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger,
amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of,
such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation; provided, further, that the Liens may
not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(10) Liens or deposits securing Obligations relating to any Indebtedness or other
obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary
permitted to be incurred in accordance with the covenant described under Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and
Preferred Stock;
(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations; provided that, with respect to Hedging Obligations
relating to Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under the Indenture,
secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;
(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person
securing such Persons accounts payable or similar trade obligations in respect of bankers
acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to
facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(13) leases, sub-leases, licenses or sub-licenses granted to others in the ordinary course
of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any Indebtedness;
(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute), financing
statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(15) Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;
(16) Liens created in favor of any vendor to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that
encumber all or any part of such vendors inventory and any books and records, documents and
instruments, letter of credit rights and supporting obligations and any proceeds or products
relating to such inventory, in each case existing on the Issue Date or hereafter created and
existing;
(17) Liens on accounts receivable, Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in
connection with a Qualified Securitization Facility;
(18) Liens to secure any modification, refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or
replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a
whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses
(7), (8) and (9); provided that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same
property that secured the original Lien (plus accessions, additions and improvements on such
property (other than after-acquired property that is
129
(A) affixed or incorporated into the
property covered by such Lien, (B) after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing such
Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired
property (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any
property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition) and (C) the
proceeds and products thereof)), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is
not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount of the
Indebtedness described under clauses (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a
Permitted Lien under the Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses,
including premiums and accrued and unpaid interest, related to such modification, refinancing,
refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;
(19) other Liens securing obligations in an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding
not to exceed $20 million;
(20) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default
under clause (5) under Certain CovenantsEvents of Default and Remedies so long as such
Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly
initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within
which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;
(21) Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial
Code on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other
commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (c) in favor of
banking institutions arising as a matter of law or under general terms and conditions
encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general
parameters customary in the banking industry;
(22) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements
permitted under Certain CovenantsLimitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets
other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;
(23) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (a) relating to the establishment of
depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (b)
relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of
business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) relating to purchase orders and
other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in the ordinary course of business;
(24) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to
capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or
similar agreement;
(25) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar
arrangements with vendors for the sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;
(26) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted
under the Indenture;
(27) Liens on Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other
obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;
(28) Liens on the assets of non-guarantor Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness of such
Subsidiaries that were permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred;
(29) Liens securing Permitted Additional Parity Debt; and
(30) Liens on or securing: (x) the proceeds, if any, from the proceeding in the Michigan
Court of Claims referred to in Amendment No. 1 to the Merger Agreement; (y) the CVR Obligations;
and (z) the 280G Escrow Account, the CVR Escrow Account and the Excess Employee Payment Escrow
Account (and the funds comprising each of the foregoing) pursuant to the terms and conditions of
the CVR Security Documents and the Merger Agreement.
For purposes of this definition, the term Indebtedness shall be deemed to include interest
on such Indebtedness.
Person means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental
Authority or any other entity.
Preferred Stock means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends
or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.
130
Purchase Money Obligations mean Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition by the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of such asset, including additions and improvements or the
installation, construction, improvement or restoration of such asset; provided that any Lien
arising in connection with any such Indebtedness shall be limited to the specified asset being
financed or, in the case of real property or fixtures, including additions and improvements, the
real property on which such asset is attached; provided further that such Indebtedness is incurred
within 180 days after such acquisition of, or the completion of construction of, such asset by the
Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary.
Qualified Proceeds means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or
Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.
Qualified Securitization Facility means any Securitization Facility that meets the following
conditions: (a) the board of directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such
Securitization Facility (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other
provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the applicable
Securitization Subsidiary, (b) all sales and/or contributions of Securitization Assets and related
assets to the applicable Securitization Subsidiary are made at fair market value (as determined in
good faith by the Issuer) and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other
provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer).
Rating Agencies means Moodys and S&P or if Moodys or S&P or both shall not make a rating
on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as
the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moodys or S&P or both, as
the case may be.
Registration Rights Agreement means a registration rights agreement with respect to the
Notes dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial
Purchasers.
Related Business Assets means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a
Similar Business, provided that any assets received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in
exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be
Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the
securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.
Requirement of Law means, as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or
other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation
or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case
applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of
its property is subject.
Restricted Investment means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.
Restricted Subsidiary means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer
that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing
to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of
Restricted Subsidiary.
S&P means Standard & Poors, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any
successor to its rating agency business.
Sale and Lease-Back Transaction means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which
property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to a
third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
SEC means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
Secured Indebtedness means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations
of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
Securitization Assets means the accounts receivable, royalty or other revenue and other
rights to payment and any other assets related thereto subject to a Qualified Securitization
Facility and the proceeds thereof.
Securitization Facility means any of one or more receivables securitization financing
facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to
time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties,
covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or grants a
131
security interest in its accounts receivable or assets related thereto to either (a) a Person
that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells its
accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary.
Securitization Fees means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts
with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid
to a Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified
Securitization Facility.
Securitization Subsidiary means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of, and that solely
engages only in one or more Qualified Securitization Facilities and other activities reasonably
related thereto.
Senior Indebtedness means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor unless the instrument
under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is or subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee.
Significant Subsidiary means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a significant
subsidiary as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the
Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.
Similar Business means (I) any business engaged in by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, and (2) any business or other activities that are reasonably
similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or
expansion of, the businesses in which the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the
Issue Date.
Subordinated Indebtedness means, with respect to the Notes,
(1) any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment
to the Notes, and
(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of
payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person:
(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint
venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50.0% of the total
voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time
of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of
the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and
(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which
(a) more than 50.0% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and
voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries
of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special
or limited partnership or otherwise, and
(b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general
partner or otherwise controls such entity.
Subsidiary Guarantor means each Subsidiary of the Issuer, if any, that Guarantees the Notes
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.
Treasury Rate means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption
Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in
the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at
least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period
from the Redemption Date to February 15, 2014; provided that if the period from the Redemption Date
to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States
Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.
Trust Indenture Act means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§
77aaa-77bbbb).
Unrestricted Subsidiary means:
(1) VLCY (until such time as either may be designated a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture);
132
(2) any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (as designated by the Issuer, as provided below); and
(3) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and
any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such
Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or
holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than solely
any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:
(1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to
cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary
voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned,
directly or indirectly, by the Issuer;
(2) such designation complies with the covenants described under Certain
CovenantsLimitation on Restricted Payments; and
(3) each of (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (b) its Subsidiaries has not, at the
time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to
which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.
The Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that, immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing and either:
(1) the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed
Charge Coverage Test; or
(2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer would be greater than such ratio for the
Issuer immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into
account such designation.
Any such designation by the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly
filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Issuer or any
committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that
such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.
Voting Stock of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at
the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.
Weighted Average Life to Maturity means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the
date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or
similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the
amount of such payment; by
(2) the sum of all such payments.
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100.0% of the
outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors qualifying shares and shares issued to
foreign nationals as required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or
by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
133
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a general discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences
of the exchange of old notes for exchange notes and ownership and disposition of the exchange
notes. This discussion is a summary for general information purposes only and does not consider all
aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular investor in light of
his or her personal circumstances. This discussion is generally limited to the tax consequences to
holders of exchange notes that are beneficial owners of the notes, that hold the notes as capital
assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code)) (i.e., generally, property held for investment), and that acquired the notes at the
original issue price.
The discussion is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury Regulations issued thereunder, rulings and
pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) and judicial decisions in effect or in
existence as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change at any time or to different
interpretations. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely
affect a holder and the continued validity of this summary. We have not requested a ruling from the
IRS on the tax consequences of owning the notes. As a result, the IRS could disagree with portions
of this discussion. This discussion generally does not describe the treatment of partnerships,
pass-through entities and investors in pass-through entities that hold the notes. In addition,
certain other holders (including banks, thrifts, insurance companies, regulated investment
companies, real estate investment trusts, other financial institutions and broker-dealers, traders
in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities
holdings, tax exempt organizations, persons who hold the notes as part of a straddle, hedge,
conversion transaction or other integrated transaction, persons that have a functional currency
other than the U.S. dollar or certain expatriates or former long-term residents of the United
States) may be subject to special rules not discussed below. This discussion does not address the
U.S. alternative minimum tax law or any aspect of state, local or foreign law or the estate or gift
tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the notes (except with respect to
estate tax consequences to the extent described below under Non-U.S. Holders).
If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds
notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of
the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding notes and partners in
such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax
consequences of holding and disposing of the notes.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal
income tax consequences of exchanging, holding and disposing of the notes, as well as any tax
consequences that may arise under the laws of any foreign, state, local or other taxing
jurisdiction.
Exchange of Old Notes for Exchange Notes
The exchange notes do not differ materially in kind or extent from the old notes and, as a
result, the exchange of old notes for exchange notes will not constitute a taxable disposition of
the old notes for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, holders of old notes will not
recognize taxable income, gain, or loss on such exchange, the holding period for the exchange notes
generally will include the holding period for the old notes so exchanged, and the adjusted tax
basis in the exchange notes generally will be the same as the adjusted tax basis in the old notes
so exchanged.
134
Tax Consequences of Holding Notes to U.S. Holders
For purposes of this discussion, a U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of a note that is
(i) an individual who is a citizen or a resident alien of the United States; (ii) a corporation (or
an entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in
the United States or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia; (iii) an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax
purposes regardless of its source; or (iv) a trust, if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary
supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to
control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) such trust was in existence on August 1, 1996
and has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S.
person.
The term U.S. Holder also includes certain former citizens and residents of the United
States.
Interest on Notes. Stated interest paid on a note will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary
interest income at the time it either accrues or is received in accordance with the U.S. Holders
method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts will be subject to a newly enacted additional
3.8% tax on payments of stated interest and any original issue discount on the notes.
Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Retirement of the Notes
Unless a nonrecognition provision applies, upon the sale, exchange, redemption or retirement
of a note, a U.S. Holder will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the
amount realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or retirement and the holders adjusted tax basis
in the note. For these purposes, the amount realized does not include any amount attributable to
accrued interest. Amounts attributable to accrued interest are treated as interest as described
under Interest on Notes above. A U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the note generally will
equal the cost of the note (net of accrued interest).
Gain or loss realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or retirement of a note will generally
be capital gain or loss and will be long term capital gain or loss if at the time of sale,
exchange, redemption or retirement the note has been held for more than one year. The deductibility
of capital losses is subject to limitations. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors
regarding the potential applicability of these limitations to them. Beginning after December 31,
2012, certain U.S. Holders who are individuals, estates or trusts will be subject to a newly
enacted additional 3.8% tax on capital gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of the
notes.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments on the notes, OID
accruals and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of the notes. A U.S. Holder will be
subject to U.S. backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) on these payments if the holder
fails to provide its taxpayer identification number to the paying agent and comply with certain
certification procedures or otherwise establish an exemption from backup withholding. The amount of
any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the
holders U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that
the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
135
Tax Consequences of Holding Notes to Non-U.S. Holders
As used herein, the term Non-U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of a note that is an
individual, corporation, estate or trust that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a person subject to
rules applicable to former citizens and long-term residents of the United States.
Non-U.S. Holder does not include a holder who is a nonresident alien individual present in
the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition. Such a holder is urged
to consult his or her own tax adviser regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the
sale, exchange or other disposition of a note.
For purposes of the discussion below, interest and gain on the sale, exchange, redemption or
repayment of the notes will be considered to be U.S. trade or business income if such income or
gain is (i) effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business and (ii) in the case
of a treaty resident, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment (or, in the case of an
individual, a fixed base) in the United States.
Interest on Notes
Generally, interest paid by us, including any additional interest for failure to timely
register the notes, and any accrued but unpaid interest at the time of disposition (as described
below) of a note, to a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding
tax if such interest is not U.S. trade or business income and qualifies as portfolio interest.
Generally, interest on the notes will qualify as portfolio interest if the Non-U.S. Holder (i) does
not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
our stock entitled to vote, (ii) is not a controlled foreign corporation with respect to which the
company is a related person within the meaning of the Code, (iii) is not a bank that is receiving
the interest on a loan made in the ordinary course of its trade or business and (iv) certifies,
under penalties of perjury on a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN (or such successor form as the
IRS designates), prior to the payments that such holder is not a U.S. person.
The gross amount of payments of interest that do not qualify for the portfolio interest
exception and that are not U.S. trade or business income will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at
a rate of 30%, unless a treaty applies to reduce or eliminate withholding. U.S. trade or business
income will be taxed at regular, graduated U.S. federal income tax rates rather than the 30% gross
rate. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation, such U.S. trade or business income
also may be subject to the branch profits tax. To claim exemption from withholding or to claim the
benefits of a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (claiming
treaty benefits) or IRS Form W-8ECI (claiming exemption from withholding because income is U.S.
trade or business income) (or such successor forms as the IRS designates), as applicable, prior to
the payment of interest. These forms must be periodically updated. A Non-U.S. Holder who is
claiming the benefits of a treaty may be required in certain instances to obtain and to provide a
U.S. taxpayer identification number or to provide certain documentary evidence issued by foreign
governmental authorities to prove residence in the foreign country. Also, under applicable Treasury
Regulations, special procedures are provided for payments through qualified intermediaries or
certain financial institutions that hold customers securities in the ordinary course of their
trade or business.
Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Retirement of a Note
Subject to the discussion below concerning backup withholding, a Non-U.S. Holder generally
will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized on a sale, exchange, redemption
or retirement of a note unless (i) the gain is U.S. trade or business income (in which case the
branch profits tax also may apply to a corporate Non-U.S. Holder) or (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is an
individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the
disposition and certain other requirements are met.
136
Federal Estate Taxes
Notes held (or treated as held) by an individual who is a Non-U.S. Holder at the time of his
or her death will not be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, provided that the interest on such
notes would be exempt as portfolio interest when received by the Non-U.S. Holder at the time of his
or her death without regard to whether the Non-U.S. Holder has completed an IRS Form W-8BEN and
further provided that income on the notes was not U.S. trade or business income.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any interest that is paid to
the Non-U.S. Holder. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the
provisions of a specific treaty or other agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which
the Non-U.S. Holder resides.
Treasury Regulations provide that the backup withholding tax (currently at a rate of 28%) and
certain information reporting will not apply to such payments of interest with respect to which
either the requisite certification, as described above, has been received or an exemption has
otherwise been established; provided that neither we nor our payment agent has actual knowledge, or
reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are
not in fact satisfied. The payment of the gross proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or
repayment of the notes to or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, will be
subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless the owner certifies as to
its non-U.S. status under penalty of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that
the broker does not have actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person or
that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The payment of the gross
proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or repayment of the notes to or through a non-U.S.
office of a non-U.S. broker will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding
unless the non-U.S. broker has certain types of relationships with the United States (a U.S.
Related Person).
In the case of the payment of gross proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or repayment
of the notes to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is either a U.S. person or a U.S.
Related Person, applicable Treasury Regulations require information reporting (but not backup
withholding) on the payment unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner
is a Non-U.S. Holder and the broker has no knowledge, or reason to know, to the contrary.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup
withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be refunded or credited against the
Non-U.S. Holders U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the requisite information is
timely furnished to the IRS.
137
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange
offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be
used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for the
old notes where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading
activities. To the extent any such brokerdealer participates in the exchange offer, we have
agreed that, for a period of up to 180 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will
make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to such brokerdealer for use in
connection with any such resale, and will deliver as many additional copies of this prospectus and
each amendment or supplement to this prospectus and any documents incorporated by reference in this
prospectus as such broker-dealer may reasonably request. In addition, until ______________, 2011,
all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange
notes received by broker-dealers for their own accounts pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold
from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these
methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such
prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers
or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any
broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to
the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange
notes may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit
on any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such
persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of
transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
brokerdealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the
Securities Act.
Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of the old notes directly from us:
|
|
|
may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the staff of the SECs position
contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988),
Morgan, Stanley and Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman &
Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1993); and |
|
|
|
|
must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. |
We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer and will indemnify the
holders of outstanding notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the exchange notes offered by this
prospectus will be passed upon for us by Lowenstein Sandler PC, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The
consolidated financial statements of Cambium Learning Group, Inc., as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010
and 2009, included in this Amendment No.1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4, and the effectiveness of Cambium Learning Group,
Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, have been audited by Whitley Penn
LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their reports included herein. Such consolidated
financial statements are included herein in reliance upon such reports given upon the authority of said firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.
The consolidated financial statements of VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC,
as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008, included in this
Amendment No.1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 have been so included in reliance upon the report of
Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said report.
138
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549, a registration statement on Form S-4 under
the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes offered hereby. This prospectus does not
contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto. For further information with respect to our company and the Exchange Notes,
reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules field therewith.
Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document
referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is
filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an
exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such
reference.
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and in accordance
therewith we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information
with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SECs Public Reference Room at 100
F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. These SEC filings are also available to
the public from the SECs Web site at http://www.sec.gov.
139
CAMBIUM
LEARNING GROUP, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
Index to Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Interim
Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2 |
|
|
|
|
F-3 |
|
|
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
|
Year end
Consolidated Financial Statements: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18 |
|
|
|
|
F-21 |
|
|
|
|
F-22 |
|
|
|
|
F-24 |
|
|
|
|
F-25 |
|
|
|
|
F-26 |
|
F-1
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Net revenues |
|
$ |
30,695 |
|
|
$ |
28,222 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenues |
|
|
10,967 |
|
|
|
11,312 |
|
Amortization expense |
|
|
6,618 |
|
|
|
6,742 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
17,585 |
|
|
|
18,054 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense |
|
|
2,379 |
|
|
|
3,010 |
|
Sales and marketing expense |
|
|
10,903 |
|
|
|
11,057 |
|
General and administrative expense |
|
|
5,812 |
|
|
|
7,938 |
|
Shipping and handling costs |
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
544 |
|
Depreciation and amortization expense |
|
|
1,736 |
|
|
|
2,577 |
|
Embezzlement and related expense (recoveries) |
|
|
(2,436 |
) |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses |
|
|
36,313 |
|
|
|
43,199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before interest, other
income (expense) and income taxes |
|
|
(5,618 |
) |
|
|
(14,977 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest expense |
|
|
(4,405 |
) |
|
|
(4,368 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net |
|
|
363 |
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes |
|
|
(9,660 |
) |
|
|
(19,355 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
(85 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(9,757 |
) |
|
$ |
(19,440 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net loss per common share |
|
$ |
(0.22 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.44 |
) |
Diluted net loss per common share |
|
$ |
(0.22 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.44 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average number of common shares and equivalents outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
44,353 |
|
|
|
44,318 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
44,353 |
|
|
|
44,318 |
|
The accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.
F-2
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
19,494 |
|
|
$ |
11,831 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
14,122 |
|
|
|
31,627 |
|
Inventory |
|
|
26,465 |
|
|
|
22,015 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
3,703 |
|
|
|
3,703 |
|
Restricted assets, current |
|
|
2,523 |
|
|
|
3,064 |
|
Assets held for sale |
|
|
2,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other current assets |
|
|
4,804 |
|
|
|
3,937 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
73,760 |
|
|
|
76,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, equipment and software at cost |
|
|
35,056 |
|
|
|
32,944 |
|
Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(8,834 |
) |
|
|
(7,838 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, equipment and software, net |
|
|
26,222 |
|
|
|
25,106 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
151,915 |
|
|
|
151,915 |
|
Acquired curriculum and technology intangibles, net |
|
|
30,554 |
|
|
|
33,063 |
|
Acquired publishing rights, net |
|
|
35,745 |
|
|
|
38,707 |
|
Other intangible assets, net |
|
|
21,058 |
|
|
|
22,132 |
|
Pre-publication costs, net |
|
|
8,263 |
|
|
|
7,834 |
|
Restricted assets, less current portion |
|
|
12,005 |
|
|
|
12,641 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
22,454 |
|
|
|
15,487 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
381,976 |
|
|
$ |
383,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.
F-3
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,280 |
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations |
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
378 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
4,723 |
|
|
|
6,465 |
|
Contingent value rights, current |
|
|
1,931 |
|
|
|
1,623 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
18,161 |
|
|
|
22,888 |
|
Deferred revenue, current |
|
|
27,723 |
|
|
|
34,140 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
52,938 |
|
|
|
66,774 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, less current portion |
|
|
174,043 |
|
|
|
150,850 |
|
Capital lease obligations, less current portion |
|
|
12,202 |
|
|
|
12,317 |
|
Deferred revenue, less current portion |
|
|
3,056 |
|
|
|
3,416 |
|
Contingent value rights, less current portion |
|
|
5,746 |
|
|
|
5,746 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
19,433 |
|
|
|
19,947 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities |
|
|
214,480 |
|
|
|
192,276 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 14) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock ($.001 par value, 15,000 shares authorized, zero shares
issued and outstanding at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock ($.001 par value, 150,000 shares authorized,
43,913 and 43,869 shares issued and outstanding at
March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010) |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
Capital surplus |
|
|
260,190 |
|
|
|
259,887 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(144,975 |
) |
|
|
(135,218 |
) |
Other comprehensive income (loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and postretirement plans |
|
|
(702 |
) |
|
|
(702 |
) |
Net unrealized gain on securities |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
|
|
(701 |
) |
|
|
(701 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity |
|
|
114,558 |
|
|
|
124,012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
|
$ |
381,976 |
|
|
$ |
383,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.
F-4
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended |
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
$ |
(9,757 |
) |
|
$ |
(19,440 |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss
to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense |
|
|
8,354 |
|
|
|
9,319 |
|
Gain from recovery of property held for sale |
|
|
(2,649 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Non-cash interest expense |
|
|
203 |
|
|
|
530 |
|
Gain on derivative instruments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(494 |
) |
Change in fair value of contingent value rights obligation |
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
Stock-based compensation and expense |
|
|
290 |
|
|
|
234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
17,505 |
|
|
|
6,273 |
|
Inventory |
|
|
(4,450 |
) |
|
|
(1,383 |
) |
Other current assets |
|
|
(867 |
) |
|
|
1,969 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
189 |
|
|
|
(258 |
) |
Restricted assets |
|
|
1,177 |
|
|
|
(917 |
) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
(1,742 |
) |
|
|
2,500 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
(4,727 |
) |
|
|
(2,452 |
) |
Deferred revenue |
|
|
(6,777 |
) |
|
|
(2,339 |
) |
Other long-term liabilities |
|
|
(501 |
) |
|
|
(562 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
|
(3,444 |
) |
|
|
(6,982 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenditures for property, equipment, software
and pre-publication costs |
|
|
(3,354 |
) |
|
|
(2,101 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(3,354 |
) |
|
|
(2,101 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from debt |
|
|
174,024 |
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of debt |
|
|
(152,130 |
) |
|
|
(320 |
) |
Deferred financing costs |
|
|
(7,340 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Principal payments under capital lease obligations |
|
|
(93 |
) |
|
|
(115 |
) |
Borrowings under revolving credit agreement |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
Payment of revolving credit facility |
|
|
(10,000 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Return of pre-merger member contributions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
14,461 |
|
|
|
4,535 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
7,663 |
|
|
|
(4,548 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
|
|
11,831 |
|
|
|
13,345 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
|
$ |
19,494 |
|
|
$ |
8,797 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these statements.
F-5
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note 1 Basis of Presentation
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. Cambium Learning Group, Inc. (the Company) was
incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in June 2009. On December 8, 2009, the
Company completed the mergers of Voyager Learning Company (VLCY) and VSS-Cambium Holdings II
Corp. (Cambium) into two of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, resulting in VLCY and Cambium
becoming wholly-owned subsidiaries. Following the completion of the mergers, all of the
outstanding capital stock of VLCYs operating subsidiaries, Voyager Expanded Learning, Inc. and
LAZEL, Inc., was transferred to Cambium Learning, Inc., Cambiums operating subsidiary (Cambium
Learning).
The transaction was accounted for as an acquisition of VLCY by Cambium, as that term is
used under U.S. GAAP, for accounting and financial reporting purposes under the applicable
accounting guidance for business combinations. In making this determination, management
considered that (a) the newly developed entity did not have any significant pre-combination
activity and, therefore, did not qualify to be the accounting acquirer and (b) the former sole
stockholder of Cambium is the majority holder of the combined entity, while the prior owners of
VLCY became minority holders in the combined entity. As a result, the historical financial
statements of Cambium have become the historical financial statements of the Company.
Presentation. The Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts
of the Company and are unaudited. The condensed balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 has been
derived from audited financial statements. All intercompany transactions are eliminated.
As permitted under the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requirements for interim
reporting, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements
prepared in accordance with GAAP have been omitted. The Company believes that these financial
statements include all necessary and recurring adjustments for the fair presentation of the
interim period results. These financial statements should be read in conjunction with the
Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included in the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Due to seasonality, the results of
operations for the three months ended March 31, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Subsequent actual results
may differ from those estimates.
Nature of Operations. The Company operates in three business segments: Voyager, a
comprehensive intervention business; Sopris, a supplemental solutions education business; and
Cambium Learning Technologies, a technology-based education product business.
Note 2 Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are stated net of allowances for doubtful accounts and estimated sales
returns. The allowance for doubtful accounts and estimated sales returns totaled $0.8 million at
March 31, 2011, compared to $0.6 million at December 31, 2010. The allowance for doubtful
accounts is based on a review of the outstanding balances and historical collection experience.
The reserve for sales returns is based on historical rates of return as well as other factors
that in the Companys judgment could reasonably be expected to cause sales returns to differ from
historical experience.
F-6
Note 3 Stock-Based Compensation and Expense
The total amount of pre-tax expense for stock-based compensation recognized in the three
months ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 was $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The stock-based compensation expense recorded was allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Cost of revenues |
|
$ |
15 |
|
|
$ |
9 |
|
Research and development expense |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
Sales and marketing expense |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
General and administrative expense |
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
186 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
290 |
|
|
$ |
234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On February 1, 2011, the Company granted 212,500 options under the Cambium Learning
Group, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan) with a total grant date fair value, net of
forecasted forfeitures, of $0.2 million. Seventy-five percent of these options have a per-share
exercise price equal to $4.50 and twenty-five percent of these options have an exercise price
equal to $6.50. These options vest equally over a four year service period and the term of the
options is ten years from the date of grant. The following assumptions were used in the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of these awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected stock volatility |
|
|
35.00 |
% |
|
|
35.00 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
2.50 |
% |
|
|
2.87 |
% |
Expected years until exercise |
|
|
6.25 |
|
|
|
6.25 |
|
Dividend yield |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
Due to a lack of exercise history or other means to reasonably estimate future exercise
behavior, the Company used the simplified method as described in applicable accounting guidance
for stock-based compensation to estimate the expected years until exercise on new awards.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, 22,306 of the options granted on January 27, 2010
and 1,507 of the options granted on May 25, 2010 were forfeited. The impact to expense during the
period as a result of these forfeitures was zero.
Restricted common stock awards of 43,855 shares were issued during the quarter ended March 31, 2011, in connection
with the Companys Board of Directors compensation program. The restrictions on the common stock
awards will lapse on the one-year anniversary of the grant date or upon a change in control of
the Company. These awards were valued based on the Companys closing stock price on the date of
grant, February 1, 2011.
During 2010, 10,000 shares of the Companys stock were issued as restricted stock awards.
F-7
Note 4 Net Loss per Common Share
Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average
number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share is
computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during
the period, including the potential dilution that could occur if all of the Companys outstanding
stock awards that are in-the-money were exercised, using the treasury stock method. A
reconciliation of the weighted-average number of common shares and equivalents outstanding used
in the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per common share is shown in the table below for
the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
44,353 |
|
|
|
44,318 |
|
Dilutive effect of awards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
44,353 |
|
|
|
44,318 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Antidilutive securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options |
|
|
3,946 |
|
|
|
3,780 |
|
Warrants |
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
Subscription rights |
|
|
6,419 |
|
|
|
5,818 |
|
Note 5 Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to
transfer a liability (exit price), in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.
Valuation techniques are based on observable or unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect
market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Companys
market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy:
|
|
|
Level 1 Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets. |
|
|
|
|
Level 2 Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices
for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived
valuations in which significant value drivers are observable. |
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which significant value
drivers are unobservable. |
Applicable guidance requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize
the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
As of March 31, 2011, financial instruments include $19.5 million of cash and cash
equivalents, restricted assets of $14.5 million, collateral investments of $2.0 million,
$174.0 million of senior secured notes, $0.5 million of warrants, assets held for sale of $2.6
million, and $7.7 million in contingent value rights (or CVRs) issued as part of the VLCY merger consideration. As of December 31, 2010, financial instruments included $11.8
million of cash and cash equivalents, restricted assets of $15.7 million, collateral investments
of $2.0 million, the $95.4 million senior secured credit facility, $56.7 million in senior
unsecured notes, $0.4 million of warrants, and $7.4 million in CVRs. The fair market values of
cash equivalents and restricted assets are equal to their carrying value, as these investments
are recorded based on quoted market prices and/or other market data for the same or comparable
instruments and transactions as of the end of the reporting period. The fair value of the senior
secured notes is equal to its carrying value as they were issued during the quarter at market
rates and there have been no factors that would indicate a change in value through the end of the
quarter. The fair values of the properties held for sale were determined by an independent
appraisal conducted by a licensed realtor based on the values of similar properties in the area. These properties were acquired by the Company as a result of its recovery efforts in connection with the employee embezzlement matter described in Note 17 below.
F-8
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value at Reporting Date Using |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Significant |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active Markets for |
|
|
Significant Other |
|
|
Unobservable |
|
|
Total |
|
(in thousands) |
|
As of March 31, |
|
|
Identical Assets |
|
|
Observable Inputs |
|
|
Inputs |
|
|
Gains |
|
Description |
|
2011 |
|
|
(Level 1) |
|
|
(Level 2) |
|
|
(Level 3) |
|
|
(Losses) |
|
Restricted Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money Market |
|
$ |
14,528 |
|
|
$ |
14,528 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Collateral Investments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money Market |
|
|
901 |
|
|
|
901 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate of
Deposit |
|
|
1,064 |
|
|
|
1,064 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrant |
|
|
480 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
480 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Assets held for sale |
|
|
2,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,649 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CVRs |
|
|
7,677 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,677 |
|
|
|
(308 |
) |
The warrant was valued using the Black-Scholes pricing model. Due to the low exercise
price of the warrants, the model assumptions do not significantly impact the valuation.
In accordance with the provisions in the accounting guidance for intangibles goodwill and
other, the Companys goodwill balance of $151.9 million was tested for impairment in 2010. In
the first step of the annual impairment test for fiscal 2010, the fair market value of each
reporting unit was determined using an income approach and was dependent on multiple assumptions
and estimates, including future cash flow projections with a terminal value multiple and the
discount rate used to determine the expected present value of the estimated future cash flows.
Future cash flow projections were based on managements best estimates of economic and market
conditions over the projected period, including industry fundamentals such as the state of
education funding, revenue growth rates, future costs and operating margins, working capital
needs, capital and other expenditures, and tax rates. The discount rate applied to the future
cash flows was a weighted-average cost of capital and took into consideration market and industry
conditions, returns for comparable companies, the rate of return an outside investor would expect
to earn, and other relevant factors. Based on the significant unobservable inputs used in this
analysis, this valuation was considered a Level 3 valuation based on the fair value hierarchy
described above. The first step of impairment testing for fiscal 2010 showed that the fair value
of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by at least 10%; therefore, no second step of
testing was required and no impairment was indicated. As the Company determined that no
impairment indicators were present in the quarter ended March 31, 2011, no impairment analysis
was conducted during the period.
The fair value of the liability for the CVRs is determined using a probability weighted cash
flow analysis which takes into consideration the likelihood, amount and timing of cash flows of
each element of the pool of assets and liabilities included in the CVR. The determination of fair
value of the CVRs involves significant assumptions and estimates, which are reviewed at each
quarterly reporting date. As of March 31, 2011, a fair value of $7.7 million has been recorded as
a liability for the remaining CVR payments. During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, a loss of
$0.3 million was recorded in general and administrative expense to reflect an increase in the
estimated fair value of the CVR liability. The ultimate value of the CVRs is not known at this
time; however, it is not expected to be more than $11 million and could be as low as the $1.1
million already distributed. Future changes in the estimate of the fair value of the CVRs will
impact results of operations and could be material.
The first CVR payment date was in September 2010 and $1.1 million was distributed to the
escrow agent at that time for distribution to holders of the CVRs. A second CVR distribution will
be made in June 2011 and the distribution, if any, with respect to a potential tax indemnity
obligation will be in October 2013. Additionally, as described in Note 14 below, any amounts due
to CVR holders as a result of refunds received related to the Michigan tax payment will be
distributed upon the final resolution of this agreed contingency.
F-9
A detail of the elements included in the CVR is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
|
|
|
CVRs |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
Estimated Fair Value |
|
|
Loss (Gain) for Changes |
|
|
Estimated Fair Value |
|
|
|
as of December 31, 2010 |
|
|
in Estimated CVR Liability |
|
|
as of March 31, 2011 |
|
Components of CVR Liability: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax refunds received before closing of the merger |
|
$ |
1,583 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,583 |
|
Other specified tax refunds |
|
|
4,501 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
4,749 |
|
Tax indemnity obligation |
|
|
1,717 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,717 |
|
Legal receivable |
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
Michigan state tax liability |
|
|
(1,040 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,040 |
) |
Other specified tax related liabilities |
|
|
(132 |
) |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
(72 |
) |
Costs incurred to collect tax refunds and by
stockholders representative |
|
|
(554 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(554 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated fair value of CVR liability |
|
|
8,475 |
|
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
8,783 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments to holders of CVRs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,106 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining estimated CVR liability |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,677 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2011, restricted assets in an escrow account for the benefit of the
CVRs were $4.1 million, with activity as follows. The escrow account includes $3.0 million for a
potential tax indemnity obligation, which, if such obligation is not triggered, will benefit the
CVRs by $1.9 million with the remainder reverting back to general cash of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CVR Escrow Trust |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
4,179 |
|
Costs incurred to collect tax refunds and
by
stockholders representative |
|
|
(47 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Balance as of March 31, 2011 |
|
|
4,132 |
|
|
|
|
|
Note 6 Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The Company recorded other comprehensive income or loss of zero for the three month periods
ended March 31, 2011 and 2010. Therefore, comprehensive income (loss) is equal to the net income
(loss) for these periods.
Note 7 Other Current Assets
Other current assets at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses |
|
$ |
1,796 |
|
|
$ |
1,463 |
|
Deferred costs |
|
|
1,788 |
|
|
|
2,163 |
|
Income taxes receivable |
|
|
1,158 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
Other current assets |
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
4,804 |
|
|
$ |
3,937 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-10
Note 8 Other Assets
Other assets at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax receivables |
|
$ |
10,438 |
|
|
$ |
11,168 |
|
Deferred financing costs |
|
|
8,778 |
|
|
|
1,542 |
|
Collateral investments |
|
|
1,965 |
|
|
|
1,964 |
|
Other |
|
|
1,273 |
|
|
|
813 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
22,454 |
|
|
$ |
15,487 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 9 Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Salaries, bonuses and benefits |
|
$ |
5,639 |
|
|
$ |
10,183 |
|
Accrued royalties |
|
|
3,283 |
|
|
|
3,220 |
|
Accrued interest |
|
|
2,010 |
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and post-retirement medical benefits |
|
|
1,209 |
|
|
|
1,209 |
|
Deferred compensation |
|
|
204 |
|
|
|
525 |
|
Other |
|
|
5,816 |
|
|
|
7,751 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
18,161 |
|
|
$ |
22,888 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 10 Other Liabilities
Other liabilities at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
Pension and post-retirement medical benefits,
long-term portion |
|
$ |
10,687 |
|
|
$ |
10,847 |
|
Long-term deferred tax liability |
|
|
4,529 |
|
|
|
4,529 |
|
Long-term income tax payable |
|
|
795 |
|
|
|
847 |
|
Long-term deferred compensation |
|
|
530 |
|
|
|
613 |
|
Other |
|
|
2,892 |
|
|
|
3,111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
19,433 |
|
|
$ |
19,947 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 11 Pension Plan
The net pension costs of the Companys defined benefit pension plan for the three months
ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 were comprised solely of interest costs and totaled $0.1 million in
each period.
F-11
Note 12 Restructuring
As a result of the merger with VLCY on December 8, 2009, the Company has acted upon plans to
reduce its combined work force and has closed its Dallas, Texas distribution facility and
transferred all inventory to its distribution facility in Frederick, Colorado. The following
table summarizes the amounts incurred in connection with the restructuring plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
Incurred in |
|
|
Incurred in |
|
|
|
Total Amount |
|
|
Incurred as |
|
|
Three Months |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
|
Expected to |
|
|
of March 31, |
|
|
Ended March |
|
|
December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
be Incurred |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
31, 2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One-time
termination
benefits |
|
$ |
1,260 |
|
|
$ |
1,260 |
|
|
$ |
(26 |
) |
|
$ |
743 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warehouse move costs |
|
|
570 |
|
|
|
570 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
570 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,830 |
|
|
$ |
1,830 |
|
|
$ |
(26 |
) |
|
$ |
1,313 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The change in the accrual for one-time termination benefits, which does not impact a
segment and so is included in unallocated shared services, for the three months ended March 31,
2011 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One-Time |
|
|
|
Termination |
|
(in thousands) |
|
Benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010 |
|
$ |
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrual changes |
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Payments made |
|
|
(59 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of March 31, 2011 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 13 Uncertain Tax Positions
The Company recognizes the financial statement impacts of a tax return position when it is
more likely than not, based on technical merits, that the position will ultimately be sustained.
For tax positions that meet this recognition threshold, the Company applies judgment, taking into
account applicable tax laws, experience managing tax audits and relevant GAAP, to determine the
amount of tax benefits to recognize in our financial statements. For each position, the
difference between the benefit realized on the Companys tax return and the benefit reflected in
our financial statements is recorded on our condensed consolidated balance sheet as an
unrecognized tax benefit (UTB). The Company updates its UTBs at each financial statement date
to reflect the impacts of audit settlements and other resolution of audit issues, expiration of
statutes of limitation, developments in tax law and ongoing discussions with tax authorities. The
balance of UTBs was $7.1 million and $7.2 million at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010,
respectively. The decrease this quarter was due primarily to the expiration of statutes of
limitation.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state
jurisdictions. All U.S. tax years prior to 2008 related to the VLCY-acquired entities have been
audited by the Internal Revenue Service. Cambium and its subsidiaries have been examined by the
Internal Revenue Service through the end of 2006. Various state tax authorities are in the
process of examining income tax returns for various tax years through 2007.
F-12
Note 14 Commitments and Contingencies
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings incidental to its business. Management
believes that the outcome of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect upon the
Companys consolidated operations or financial condition and the Company has recognized
appropriate liabilities as necessary based on facts and circumstances known to management. The
Company expenses legal costs related to legal contingencies as incurred.
As previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2010, the Company is involved in a tax litigation matter related to a Michigan state tax issue.
The final resolution of the tax litigation or potential settlement could result in a refund
ranging from zero to approximately $10.4 million of which fifty percent (50%), net of expenses
incurred, would be payable to the holders of the CVRs. If the Companys position is not
ultimately upheld, the Company could incur up to $10.4 million of indemnification expense in
future periods on its Statements of Operations, partially offset by any reduction to the CVRs
liability. Management believes it is more likely than not that the Companys position will be
upheld and a $10.4 million tax receivable for the expected refund is recorded in other assets on
the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2011.
From time to time, the Company may enter into firm purchase commitments for printed
materials included in inventory which the Company expects to use in the ordinary course of
business. These commitments are typically for terms less than one year and require the Company to
buy minimum quantities of materials with specific delivery dates at a fixed price over the term.
As of March 31, 2011, these open purchase commitments totaled $3.7 million.
The Company has letters of credit outstanding as of March 31, 2011 in the amount of $2.9
million to support workers compensation insurance coverage, certain credit card programs, the
build-to-suit lease, and performance bonds for certain contracts. The Company maintains a $1.1
million certificate of deposit as collateral for the workers compensation insurance and credit
card program letters of credit and for Automated Clearinghouse (ACH) programs. The Company also
maintains a $0.9 million money market fund investment as collateral for a travel card program.
The certificate of deposit and money market fund investment are recorded in other assets.
Note 15 Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consists the following at March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
(in thousands) |
|
2011 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$175.0 million of 9.75% senior secured notes due
February 15, 2017, interest payable semiannually |
|
$ |
175,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Less: Unamortized discount |
|
|
(957 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total 9.75% senior secured notes |
|
|
174,043 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$128.0 million of floating rate senior secured notes
due April 11, 2013, interest payable quarterly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
95,408 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$64.2 million of 13.75% senior unsecured notes due
April 11, 2014, interest payable quarterly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
56,722 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
174,043 |
|
|
|
152,130 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,280 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt |
|
$ |
174,043 |
|
|
$ |
150,850 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On February 17, 2011, the Company closed an offering of $175 million aggregate
principal amount of 9.75% senior secured notes due 2017 (the Notes) and entered into a new
asset-based revolving credit facility with potential for up to $40 million in borrowing capacity.
The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to repay in full outstanding
indebtedness under the Companys senior facility and senior unsecured notes that existed as of yearend 2010
and to pay related fees and expenses. Total fees incurred in the closing of the Notes and
revolving credit facility are expected to total $9.1 million, including $1.75 million paid to an
affiliate of Veronis Suhler Stevenson (VSS) pursuant to the consulting fee agreement between the Company and VSS. Deferred
financing costs are capitalized in other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets, net
of accumulated amortization, and are to be amortized over the term of the related debt using the
effective interest method. Unamortized capitalized deferred financing costs at March 31, 2011
were $8.8 million.
F-13
The Offering was a private placement exempt from the registration requirements under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the Securities Act). Interest on the Notes will accrue at a rate of
9.75% per annum from the date of original issuance and will be payable semi-annually in arrears
on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15, 2011, to the holders of record of the
Notes on the immediately preceding February 1 and August 1. No principal repayments are due
until the maturity date of the Notes.
The Notes are secured by (i) a first priority lien on substantially all of the Companys
assets (other than inventory and accounts receivable and related assets of the ABL Credit Parties
in connection with the ABL Facility (each as defined and discussed below) and subject to certain
exceptions), including capital stock of the guarantors (which are certain of the Companys
subsidiaries), and (ii) a second-priority lien on substantially all of the inventory and accounts
receivable and related assets of the ABL Credit Parties, in each case, subject to certain
permitted liens. The Notes also contain customary covenants, including limitations on the
Companys ability to incur debt, and events of default as defined by the agreement. The Company
may, at its option, redeem the Notes prior to their maturity based on the terms included in the
agreement.
Registration Rights Agreement. In connection with the Offering, the Company entered into a
Registration Rights Agreement that requires that the Company (i) file with the SEC within 180
days after the issue date of the Notes (or February 17, 2011), a registration statement under the
Securities Act (the Exchange Offer Registration Statement), relating to an offer to exchange
the Notes (the Exchange Offer) for new notes
(the Exchange Notes) on terms substantially identical to the Notes, except that the
Exchange Notes will not be subject to the same restrictions on transfer; (ii) use commercially
reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective within
270 days after the date of the Notes; and (iii) within 60 days of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement becoming effective, complete the Exchange Offer and issue the Exchange Notes in
exchange for all Notes validly tendered in the Exchange Offer.
In May 2011, the Company filed the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the SEC and
anticipates the Exchange Offer Registration Statement becoming effective and the Exchange Notes
being issued within the prescribed deadlines set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
New Credit Facility (ABL Facility). On February 17, 2011, the Companys wholly owned
subsidiary, Cambium Learning, Inc. (together with its wholly owned subsidiaries, the ABL Credit
Parties), entered into the New Credit Facility (the ABL Facility) pursuant to a Loan and
Security Agreement (the ABL Loan Agreement), by and among the ABL Credit Parties, Harris N.A.,
individually and as Agent for any ABL Lender (as hereinafter defined) which is or becomes a party
to said ABL Loan Agreement, certain other lenders party thereto (together with Harris N. A. in
its capacity as a lender, the ABL Lenders), Barclays Bank PLC, individually and as Collateral
Agent, and BMO Capital Markets and Barclays Capital, as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book
Runners. The ABL Facility consists of a four-year $40.0 million revolving credit facility, which
includes a $5.0 million subfacility for swing line loans and a $5.0 million subfacility for
letters of credit. In addition, the ABL Facility provides that the ABL Credit Parties may
increase the aggregate principal amount of the ABL Facility by up to an additional $20.0 million,
subject to the consent of the Agent (whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and
subject to the satisfaction of certain other conditions.
The interest rate for the ABL Facility will be, at the ABL Credit Parties option, either an
amount to be determined (ranging from 2.75% to 3.25%, depending upon the ABL Credit Parties
fixed charge coverage ratio at the time) above the London Interbank Offered Rate or at an amount
to be determined (ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%, depending upon the ABL Credit Parties fixed
charge coverage ratio at the time) above the base rate. On any day, the base rate will be the
greatest of (i) the Agents then-effective prime commercial rate, (ii) an average federal funds
rate plus 0.50% and (iii) the LIBOR quoted rate plus 1.00%. The ABL Facility will, subject to
certain exceptions, be secured by a first-priority lien on the ABL Credit Parties inventory and
accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien (junior to the lien securing
the ABL Credit Parties obligations with respect to the Notes) on substantially all of the ABL
Credit Parties other assets.
As of March 31, 2011, the balances of accounts receivable and inventory collateralizing the
ABL Facility were $14.1 million and $26.5 million, respectively. This resulted in a borrowing
base under the ABL Loan Agreement of up to $20.1 million.
Revolving loans under the ABL Facility may be used solely for (i) the satisfaction of
existing indebtedness of the ABL Credit Parties under their prior senior secured credit facility
and outstanding pursuant to their prior existing senior unsecured notes, (ii) general operating
capital needs of the ABL Credit Parties in a manner consistent with the provisions of the ABL
Facility and all applicable laws, (iii) working capital and other general corporate purposes in a
manner consistent with the provisions of the ABL Facility and all applicable laws, (iv) the
payment of certain fees and expenses incurred in connection with the ABL Facility and/or the
Notes, and (v) other purposes permitted under the ABL Loan Agreement.
F-14
The ABL Facility contains a financial covenant that generally requires the ABL Credit
Parties to maintain, on a consolidated basis, either (i) excess availability of at least the
greater of $8 million and 15% of the revolver commitment or (ii) a fixed charge coverage ratio of
1.1 to 1.0. The ABL Credit Parties will be required to pay, quarterly in arrears, an unused line
fee equal to the product of (x) either 0.375% or 0.50% (depending upon the ABL Credit Parties
fixed charge coverage ratio at the time) and (y) the average daily unused amount of the revolver.
Note 16 Segment Reporting
The Company has three reportable segments with separate management teams and infrastructures
that offer various products and services, as follows:
Voyager:
Voyager offers reading, math and professional development programs targeted towards the
at-risk and special education student populations. Voyager materials, offered online and via
print, are tailored to meet the needs of these students and differ considerably from traditional
instructional materials in design, approach and intensity. Lessons are based on scientific
research and are carefully designed to effectively and efficiently address each of the strategies
and skills necessary to improve the abilities of struggling students.
Sopris:
Sopris focuses on providing a diverse, yet comprehensive, collection of printed and
electronic supplemental education materials to complement core programs and to provide intense
remediation aimed at specific skill deficits. When compared to products offered by the Companys
other business units, Sopris products tend to be more narrowly-tailored and target a smaller,
more specific audience.
Cambium Learning Technologies:
Cambium Learning Technologies leverages technology to deliver subscription-based websites,
online libraries, software and equipment designed to help students reach their potential in
grades Pre-K through 12 and beyond. Cambium Learning Technologies products are offered under four
different industry leading brands: Learning A-Z, ExploreLearning, Kurzweil Educational Systems
and IntelliTools.
Other:
This consists of unallocated shared services, such as accounting, legal, human resources and
corporate related items. Depreciation and amortization expense, goodwill impairment, interest
income and expense, other income and expense, and income taxes are also included in other, as the
Company and its chief operating decision maker evaluate the performance of operating segments
excluding these captions.
F-15
The following table represents the revenue, operating expenses and income (loss) from
operations which are used by the Companys chief operating decision maker to measure the
segments operating performance. The Company does not track assets directly by segment and the
chief operating decision maker does not use assets or capital expenditures to measure a segments
operating performance, and therefore this information is not presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cambium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Learning |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voyager |
|
|
Sopris |
|
|
Technologies |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Consolidated |
|
Quarter Ended March 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues |
|
$ |
14,692 |
|
|
$ |
4,185 |
|
|
$ |
11,818 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
30,695 |
|
Cost of revenues |
|
|
7,993 |
|
|
|
1,670 |
|
|
|
1,223 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
10,967 |
|
Amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,618 |
|
|
|
6,618 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
7,993 |
|
|
|
1,670 |
|
|
|
1,223 |
|
|
|
6,699 |
|
|
|
17,585 |
|
Other operating expenses |
|
|
7,593 |
|
|
|
2,316 |
|
|
|
5,161 |
|
|
|
4,358 |
|
|
|
19,428 |
|
Embezzlement and related expense (recoveries) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,436 |
) |
|
|
(2,436 |
) |
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,736 |
|
|
|
1,736 |
|
Net interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,405 |
|
|
|
4,405 |
|
Other income, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(363 |
) |
|
|
(363 |
) |
Income tax expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(894 |
) |
|
$ |
199 |
|
|
$ |
5,434 |
|
|
$ |
(14,496 |
) |
|
$ |
(9,757 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended March 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues |
|
$ |
15,872 |
|
|
$ |
3,903 |
|
|
$ |
8,447 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
28,222 |
|
Cost of revenues |
|
|
7,070 |
|
|
|
1,587 |
|
|
|
1,496 |
|
|
|
1,159 |
|
|
|
11,312 |
|
Amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,742 |
|
|
|
6,742 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues |
|
|
7,070 |
|
|
|
1,587 |
|
|
|
1,496 |
|
|
|
7,901 |
|
|
|
18,054 |
|
Other operating expenses |
|
|
9,108 |
|
|
|
1,986 |
|
|
|
4,378 |
|
|
|
7,077 |
|
|
|
22,549 |
|
Embezzlement and related expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,577 |
|
|
|
2,577 |
|
Net interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,368 |
|
|
|
4,368 |
|
Other income, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
85 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(306 |
) |
|
$ |
330 |
|
|
$ |
2,573 |
|
|
$ |
(22,037 |
) |
|
$ |
(19,440 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 17 Embezzlement
On April 26, 2008, the Company began an internal investigation that revealed irregularities
over the control and use of cash and certain other general ledger accounts of the Company,
revealing a misappropriation of assets. These irregularities were perpetrated by a former
employee over more than a three-year period beginning in 2004 and continuing through April 2008
and the losses incurred by the Company totaled $14.0 million. Charges included in the condensed
consolidated statement of operations after April 2008 represent expenses incurred by the Company
to recover property purchased by the former employee using the embezzled funds, net of any
recoveries.
During the three months ended March 31, 2011, the Company received cash recoveries of $0.5
million and title to two properties purchased by the former employee with embezzled funds that
have an appraised fair value of approximately $2.6 million, net of estimated selling costs, as of
March 31, 2011. These recoveries were recorded as reductions to Embezzlement and related expense
(recoveries) in the condensed consolidated statements of operations and the properties are
recorded in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as Assets Held for Sale. Ongoing expenses
incurred related to the Companys recovery efforts totaled $0.1 million during the quarter.
Warrants to purchase 36,531 shares of the Companys stock were issued to VSS-Cambium
Holdings III, LLC as a result of the cash recoveries during the quarter. Upon the sale of the
recovered properties the Company will be required to issue additional warrants based on the
amount of cash received, net of related expenses. The number of warrants to be issued will equal
0.45 multiplied by the quotient of the net cash recovery divided by $6.50. The Company will be
obligated to issue these warrants upon the sale of the properties; therefore an estimated
liability of $0.6 million has been recorded as Embezzlement and related expense (recoveries) in
the condensed consolidated statements of operations and Accrued expenses in the condensed
consolidated balance sheets.
The charges incurred in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 relate solely to the Companys
ongoing recovery efforts.
F-16
Note 18 Subsequent Events
During May 2011, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-4 to register the
Exchange Notes described in Note 15. The terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical
to the terms of the Notes in all material respects, including interest rates and maturity, except
that the Exchange Notes: (i) will not contain transfer restrictions and registration rights that
relate to the Notes, and (ii) will not contain provisions relating to the payment of the
additional interest to be paid to the holders of the Notes under circumstances related to the
registration of the Notes, as set forth in the related Registration Rights Agreement. The Company will
not receive any additional proceeds from the Exchange Offer.
During May 2011, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-3 to register
24,934,692 shares of common stock (including 596,668 shares of common stock underlying warrants) beneficially held by its majority shareholder. After the
effective date of the registration statement, these shares may be sold on the principal market on
which the stock is traded at the prevailing market price or in negotiated transactions. The
Company will not receive proceeds from the stockholder as a result of the registration of these
shares. The Company may receive proceeds from the issuance of the shares of common stock being
registered pursuant to the registration statement in connection with the exercise of the
warrants, if and when they are exercised, unless such warrants are exercised on a cashless basis.
F-17
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data.
|
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cambium Learning
Group, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the
Company), as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and
the related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders equity and comprehensive income (loss), and
cash flows for the years then ended. The Companys
management is responsible for these financial statements. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. Our audits of the financial
statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the
years then ended in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission, and our report dated March 10, 2011 expressed
an unqualified opinion.
/s/ Whitley Penn LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 10, 2011
F-18
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cambium Learning
Group, Inc.
We have audited Cambium Learning Group, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Companys
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting
included in the accompanying Managements Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness
exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.
Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our
audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material
respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders equity and
comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the years then
ended, and our report dated March 10, 2011, expressed an
unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ Whitley Penn LLP
Dallas, Texas
March 10, 2011
F-19
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Managers and Members of VSS-Cambium Holdings,
LLC:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of
VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company)
and subsidiaries (the Company) as of
December 31, 2008, and the related consolidated statements
of operations, members equity, and cash flows for the year
then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audit included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2008, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
October 8, 2009 except for
Note 21, as to which the date
is October 29, 2009 and except for
Note 1 (Segments), as to which the date is March 26,
2010
F-20
Cambium
Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product revenues
|
|
$
|
160,778
|
|
|
$
|
90,385
|
|
|
$
|
89,207
|
|
Service revenues
|
|
|
20,482
|
|
|
|
10,663
|
|
|
|
10,524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
181,260
|
|
|
|
101,048
|
|
|
|
99,731
|
|
Cost of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of product revenues
|
|
|
41,583
|
|
|
|
19,591
|
|
|
|
20,246
|
|
Cost of service revenues
|
|
|
18,308
|
|
|
|
7,257
|
|
|
|
7,463
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
28,511
|
|
|
|
17,527
|
|
|
|
15,966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
88,402
|
|
|
|
44,375
|
|
|
|
43,675
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
10,558
|
|
|
|
5,611
|
|
|
|
6,416
|
|
Sales and marketing expense
|
|
|
45,987
|
|
|
|
23,368
|
|
|
|
24,600
|
|
General and administrative expense
|
|
|
23,857
|
|
|
|
30,519
|
|
|
|
16,156
|
|
Shipping and handling costs
|
|
|
3,570
|
|
|
|
1,512
|
|
|
|
2,348
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
9,154
|
|
|
|
9,723
|
|
|
|
11,453
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,105
|
|
|
|
75,966
|
|
Embezzlement and related expense (recoveries)
|
|
|
(353
|
)
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
7,254
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
181,175
|
|
|
|
124,342
|
|
|
|
187,868
|
|
Income (loss) before interest, other income (expense) and income
taxes
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
(23,294
|
)
|
|
|
(88,137
|
)
|
Net interest income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(17,311
|
)
|
|
|
(19,487
|
)
|
|
|
(18,520
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net interest income (expense)
|
|
|
(17,292
|
)
|
|
|
(19,477
|
)
|
|
|
(18,434
|
)
|
Gain from settlement with previous stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,202
|
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,632
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
(698
|
)
|
|
|
(981
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(16,533
|
)
|
|
|
(43,469
|
)
|
|
|
(82,982
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
583
|
|
|
|
7,704
|
|
|
|
13,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(15,950
|
)
|
|
$
|
(35,765
|
)
|
|
$
|
(69,560
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic net loss per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.39
|
)
|
Diluted net loss per common share
|
|
$
|
(0.36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3.39
|
)
|
Average number of common shares and equivalents outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
44,322
|
|
|
|
21,994
|
|
|
|
20,493
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
44,322
|
|
|
|
21,994
|
|
|
|
20,493
|
|
The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
are an integral part of these statements.
F-21
Cambium
Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
11,831
|
|
|
$
|
13,345
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
31,627
|
|
|
|
19,127
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
22,015
|
|
|
|
19,812
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
3,703
|
|
|
|
6,267
|
|
Restricted assets, current
|
|
|
3,064
|
|
|
|
9,755
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
3,937
|
|
|
|
6,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
76,177
|
|
|
|
74,316
|
|
Property, equipment and software at cost
|
|
|
32,944
|
|
|
|
24,951
|
|
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(7,838
|
)
|
|
|
(4,294
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, equipment and software, net
|
|
|
25,106
|
|
|
|
20,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
151,915
|
|
|
|
151,915
|
|
Acquired curriculum and technology intangibles, net
|
|
|
33,063
|
|
|
|
44,695
|
|
Acquired publishing rights, net
|
|
|
38,707
|
|
|
|
52,312
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
22,132
|
|
|
|
28,133
|
|
Pre-publication costs, net
|
|
|
7,834
|
|
|
|
5,464
|
|
Restricted assets, less current portion
|
|
|
12,641
|
|
|
|
14,930
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
15,487
|
|
|
|
1,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
383,062
|
|
|
$
|
393,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
are an integral part of these statements.
F-22
Cambium
Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable line of credit
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,000
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
Current portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
6,465
|
|
|
|
2,308
|
|
Contingent value rights, current
|
|
|
1,623
|
|
|
|
3,950
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
22,888
|
|
|
|
23,920
|
|
Deferred revenue, current
|
|
|
34,140
|
|
|
|
21,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
66,774
|
|
|
|
58,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
150,850
|
|
|
|
150,487
|
|
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
|
|
|
12,317
|
|
|
|
12,695
|
|
Deferred revenue, less current portion
|
|
|
3,416
|
|
|
|
2,716
|
|
Contingent value rights, less current portion
|
|
|
5,746
|
|
|
|
5,649
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
19,947
|
|
|
|
24,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term liabilities
|
|
|
192,276
|
|
|
|
195,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 19)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock ($.001 par value, 15,000 shares
authorized, zero shares issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2010 and 2009)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock ($.001 par value, 150,000 shares
authorized, 43,869 and 43,859 shares issued and outstanding
at December 31, 2010 and 2009)
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Capital surplus
|
|
|
259,887
|
|
|
|
258,789
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(135,218
|
)
|
|
|
(119,268
|
)
|
Other comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and postretirement plans
|
|
|
(702
|
)
|
|
|
206
|
|
Net unrealized gain on securities
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(701
|
)
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
124,012
|
|
|
|
139,772
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
383,062
|
|
|
$
|
393,841
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
are an integral part of these statements.
F-23
Cambium
Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(15,950
|
)
|
|
$
|
(35,765
|
)
|
|
$
|
(69,560
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used
in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
37,665
|
|
|
|
27,250
|
|
|
|
27,419
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,105
|
|
|
|
75,966
|
|
Gain from settlement with previous stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,202
|
)
|
Gain from recovery of property held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,578
|
)
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt unamortized debt
issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,594
|
|
Non-cash interest expense
|
|
|
2,124
|
|
|
|
2,309
|
|
|
|
1,701
|
|
Amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
604
|
|
Loss (gain) on derivative instruments
|
|
|
(992
|
)
|
|
|
(1,390
|
)
|
|
|
848
|
|
Change in fair value of contingent value rights obligation
|
|
|
(1,124
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of assets
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation and expense
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
(618
|
)
|
Issuance of subscription rights
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(1,063
|
)
|
|
|
(7,975
|
)
|
|
|
(13,526
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
(12,500
|
)
|
|
|
2,306
|
|
|
|
(1,041
|
)
|
Inventory
|
|
|
(2,203
|
)
|
|
|
4,725
|
|
|
|
(3,152
|
)
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
2,073
|
|
|
|
3,022
|
|
|
|
(355
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(14,068
|
)
|
|
|
1,579
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Restricted assets
|
|
|
8,980
|
|
|
|
(7,948
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
4,157
|
|
|
|
(1,812
|
)
|
|
|
(2,941
|
)
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
4,980
|
|
|
|
(2,651
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
13,375
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
480
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
(1,447
|
)
|
|
|
(1,115
|
)
|
|
|
172
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
20,161
|
|
|
|
1,934
|
|
|
|
(13,855
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(1,106
|
)
|
|
|
(9,697
|
)
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
Expenditures for property, equipment, software and
pre-publication costs
|
|
|
(13,335
|
)
|
|
|
(3,395
|
)
|
|
|
(3,201
|
)
|
Settlement proceeds from previous stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
(14,441
|
)
|
|
|
(13,092
|
)
|
|
|
26,889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of debt
|
|
|
(1,761
|
)
|
|
|
(5,585
|
)
|
|
|
(24,280
|
)
|
Principal payments under capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(443
|
)
|
|
|
(289
|
)
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
Borrowings under revolving credit agreement
|
|
|
19,000
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
Payment of revolving credit facility
|
|
|
(24,000
|
)
|
|
|
(10,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from capital contributions
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
2,959
|
|
|
|
684
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with the
merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings from affiliates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
(7,234
|
)
|
|
|
22,085
|
|
|
|
(11,822
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(1,514
|
)
|
|
|
10,927
|
|
|
|
1,212
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
13,345
|
|
|
|
2,418
|
|
|
|
1,206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
11,831
|
|
|
$
|
13,345
|
|
|
$
|
2,418
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid (refunded)
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
(3,080
|
)
|
|
$
|
742
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
|
12,002
|
|
|
|
16,936
|
|
|
|
16,215
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing
activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash acquisition costs paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86,546
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of unsecured notes payable affiliates
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
Assets received in settlement property held for sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
are an integral part of these statements.
F-24
Cambium
Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders
and Members Equity and Comprehensive Income
(Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
|
Members
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Par Value
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(Dollars and shares in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
144,023
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(13,943
|
)
|
|
$
|
130,080
|
|
Capital contribution by members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,684
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,684
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(69,560
|
)
|
|
|
(69,560
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(83,503
|
)
|
|
|
68,204
|
|
Capital contribution by members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,959
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,959
|
|
Conversion of members interests to common shares in
connection with the merger(a)
|
|
|
20,493
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
154,646
|
|
|
|
(154,666
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock to members in exchange for a
$25 million capital contribution in connection with the
merger
|
|
|
3,846
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
24,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Issuance of common stock to Voyager stockholders in connection
with the merger
|
|
|
19,520
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
76,888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,908
|
|
Issuance of subscription rights in connection with the merger
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,222
|
|
Stock-based compensation and expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35,765
|
)
|
|
|
(35,765
|
)
|
Pension plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
Unrealized gain on securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(35,558
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
43,859
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
258,789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
|
(119,268
|
)
|
|
|
139,772
|
|
Issuance of restricted stock
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Stock-based compensation and expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
Distribution of former members interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
Comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,950
|
)
|
|
|
(15,950
|
)
|
Pension plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(908
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(908
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,858
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
43,869
|
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
|
$
|
259,887
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(701
|
)
|
|
$
|
(135,218
|
)
|
|
$
|
124,012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
As the previous members are also majority stockholders in
Cambium Learning Group, Inc., the common shares issued on
December 8, 2009 in connection with the merger will be
considered outstanding for all periods presented for purposes of
calculating earnings per share. |
The accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
are an integral part of these statements.
F-25
Cambium
Learning Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Notes to
the Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
Note 1
|
Basis of
Presentation
|
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. Cambium
Learning Group, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated
under the laws of the State of Delaware in June 2009. On
December 8, 2009, the Company completed the mergers of
Voyager Learning Company (VLCY) and VSS-Cambium
Holdings II Corp. (Cambium) into two of its
wholly-owned subsidiaries, resulting in VLCY and Cambium
becoming wholly-owned subsidiaries. Following the completion of
the mergers, all of the outstanding capital stock of VLCYs
operating subsidiaries, Voyager Expanded Learning, Inc. and
LAZEL, Inc., was transferred to Cambium Learning, Inc.,
Cambiums operating subsidiary (Cambium
Learning).
The results of VLCY are included in the Companys
operations beginning with the December 8, 2009 merger date;
therefore the 2009 financials include VLCY for the last
23 days of 2009 and the results of the Company for that
full year. The transaction was accounted for as an
acquisition of VLCY by Cambium, as that term is used
under U.S. GAAP, for accounting and financial reporting
purposes under the applicable accounting guidance for business
combinations. In making this determination, management
considered that (a) the newly developed entity did not have
any significant pre-combination activity and, therefore, did not
qualify to be the accounting acquirer and (b) the former
sole stockholder of Cambium is the majority holder of the
combined entity, while the prior owners of VLCY became minority
holders in the combined entity. As a result, the historical
financial statements of Cambium have become the historical
financial statements of the Company.
Fiscal Year. The consolidated financial
statements present the Company as of a calendar year ending on
December 31.
Nature of Operations. The Company
operates in three business segments: Voyager, a comprehensive
intervention business; Sopris, a supplemental solutions
education business; and Cambium Learning Technologies, a
technology-based education product business.
Voyager offers reading, math and professional development
programs targeted towards the at-risk and special education
student populations. Voyager materials, offered online and via
print, are tailored to meet the needs of these students and
differ considerably from traditional instructional materials in
design, approach and intensity. Lessons are based on scientific
research and are carefully designed to effectively and
efficiently address each of the strategies and skills necessary
to improve the abilities of struggling students.
Sopris focuses on providing a diverse, yet comprehensive
collection of printed and electronic supplemental education
materials to complement core programs and to provide intense
remediation aimed at specific skill deficits. When compared to
products offered by the Companys other business units,
Sopris products tend to be more narrowly-tailored and target a
smaller, more specific audience.
Cambium Learning Technologies leverages technology to deliver
subscription-based websites, online libraries, software and
equipment designed to help students reach their potential in
grades K through 12 and beyond. Cambium Learning Technologies
products are offered under four different industry leading
brands: Learning
A-Z,
ExploreLearning, Kurzweil Educational Systems and IntelliTools.
Segments. The Company operates as three
reportable segments with separate management teams and
infrastructures that offer various products and services:
Voyager, the Companys comprehensive intervention business;
Sopris, the Companys supplemental solutions education
business; and Cambium Learning Technologies, the Companys
technology-based education product business. Prior to the merger
transaction completed on December 8, 2009, the Company had
two reportable segments: Published Products and Learning
Technologies. See Note 21 for further information on the
Companys reportable segments.
|
|
Note 2
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Use of Estimates. The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
F-26
liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
periods. Subsequent actual results may differ from those
estimates.
Principles of Consolidation. The
consolidated financial statements of the Company include the
accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries:
Voyager Learning Company, Cambium Education, Inc., LAZEL, Inc.,
Cambium Learning, Inc., and Kurzweil/IntelliTools, Inc. All
inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated in
consolidation.
Revenue Recognition. In October 2009,
new guidance was issued regarding multiple-deliverable revenue
arrangements and certain arrangements that include software
elements. This guidance requires entities to allocate revenue in
an arrangement using estimated selling prices of the delivered
goods and services based on a selling price hierarchy. The
guidance eliminates the residual method of revenue allocation
and requires revenue to be allocated using the relative selling
price method. In addition to requiring that arrangement
consideration be allocated at the inception of an arrangement to
all deliverables using the relative selling price method, the
guidance establishes a selling price hierarchy for determining
the selling price of a deliverable, which includes
(1) vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE),
if available, (2) third party evidence (TPE),
if vendor-specific objective evidence is not available, and
(3) best estimate of selling price (BESP), if
neither VSOE nor TPE is available. The objective of BESP is to
determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale
if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. It
also removes tangible products from the scope of software
revenue guidance and provides guidance on determining whether
software deliverables in an arrangement that includes a tangible
product are covered by the scope of the software revenue
guidance. This guidance must be applied on a prospective basis
for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in
fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with
early adoption permitted. Effective January 1, 2010, the
Company adopted this guidance on a prospective basis for all new
or materially modified arrangements entered into after the
adoption date. As a result of this change in methodology,
revenues were approximately $0.5 million higher than they
would have been under the prior guidance.
Revenues are derived from sales of reading, math and science,
and professional development solutions to school districts
primarily in the United States. Sales include printed materials
and often online access to educational materials for individual
students, teachers, and classrooms. Revenue from the sale of
printed materials for reading and math products is recognized
when the product is shipped to or received by the customer,
depending on the shipping terms of the arrangement. Revenue for
product support, training and implementation services, and
online subscriptions is recognized over the period services are
delivered. Revenue for the online content sold separately or
included with certain curriculum materials is recognized ratably
over the subscription period, typically a school year. Revenue
for the Companys professional development courses, which
can include an Internet delivery component, is recognized over
the contractual delivery period. ExploreLearning and Learning
A-Z derive
revenue exclusively from sales of online subscriptions to their
reading, math and science teaching websites and related training
and professional development. Typically, the subscriptions are
for a twelve- to twenty-four-month period and the revenue is
recognized ratably over the period the online access is
available to the customer.
The division of revenue between shipped materials, online
materials, and ongoing support and services was determined in
accordance with the new accounting guidance for revenue
arrangements with multiple deliverables. The Company is not able
to establish VSOE for each deliverable. Whenever VSOE cannot be
established, the Company reviews the offerings of competitors to
determine whether TPE can be established. TPE is determined
based on the prices charged by the Companys competitors
for a similar deliverable when sold separately. It may be
difficult to obtain sufficient information on competitor pricing
to substantiate TPE and therefore the Company may not always be
able to use TPE.
The Company also uses BESP to determine the selling price of
certain deliverables. BESP was primarily used for the printed
materials for product lines acquired in the VLCY acquisition,
which have historically been priced on a bundled basis with the
related online materials. The determination of BESP considers
the anticipated margin on that deliverable, the selling price
and profit margin for similar parts or services, and the
Companys ongoing pricing strategy and policies.
F-27
The Company plans to analyze the selling prices used in the
allocation of arrangement consideration at least annually.
Selling prices will be analyzed on a more frequent basis if a
significant change in the business necessitates a more timely
analysis or if the Company experiences significant variances in
selling prices.
The Companys software products often include maintenance,
support or on-line services. Maintenance and support services
include telephone support, bug fixes, and, for certain products,
rights to upgrades and enhancements on a
when-and-if
available basis. On-line services include storage, assignment,
scoring and reporting. These services are recognized on a
straight-line basis over the period they are provided. Revenues
under multiple-element software license arrangements, which may
include several different software products and services sold
together, are allocated to each element based on the residual
method in accordance with accounting guidance for software
revenue recognition. In certain instances, telephone support and
software repairs are provided for free within the first year of
licensing the software. The cost of providing this service is
insignificant, and is accrued at the time of revenue recognition.
The Company enters into agreements to license certain publishing
rights and content. The Company recognizes the revenue from
these agreements when the license amount is fixed and
determinable, collection is reasonably assured, and the license
period has commenced. For those license agreements that require
delivery of additional materials as part of the license
agreement, the revenue is recognized when the product is
received by the customer. Shipments to school book depositories
are on consignment and revenue is recognized based on shipments
from the depositories to the schools.
Accounts Receivable. Accounts
receivable are stated net of allowances for doubtful accounts
and estimated sales returns. The allowance for doubtful accounts
and estimated sales returns totaled $0.6 million at yearend
2010 and $0.3 million at yearend 2009. The allowance for
doubtful accounts is based on a review of the outstanding
balances and historical collection experience. The reserve for
sales returns is based on historical rates of returns as well as
other factors that in the Companys judgment could
reasonably be expected to cause sales returns to differ from
historical experience. A reconciliation of the accounts
receivable reserve is shown in the table below for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Beginning accounts receivable reserve
|
|
$
|
695
|
|
|
$
|
706
|
|
|
$
|
316
|
|
Charged to costs and expenses
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Charged to other accounts(1)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Recoveries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(418
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending accounts receivable reserve
|
|
$
|
706
|
|
|
$
|
316
|
|
|
$
|
557
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Charges to other accounts include sales returns |
Net Earnings (Loss) per Common
Share. Basic net earnings (loss) per common
share is computed by dividing net earnings (loss) by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the
period. Diluted net earnings (loss) per common share is computed
by dividing net earnings (loss) by the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding during the period, including the
potential dilution that could occur if all of the Companys
outstanding stock awards that are
in-the-money
were exercised, using the treasury stock method. A
reconciliation of the weighted average number of common shares
and equivalents outstanding used in the
F-28
calculation of basic and diluted net earnings per common share
are shown in the table below for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
44,322
|
|
|
|
21,994
|
|
|
|
20,493
|
|
Dilutive effect of awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
44,322
|
|
|
|
21,994
|
|
|
|
20,493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Antidilutive securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subscription rights
|
|
|
6,509
|
|
|
|
4,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
As the previous members of VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC are also
majority stockholders in Cambium Learning Group, Inc.,
20.5 million of common shares issued on December 8,
2009 in connection with the merger were considered outstanding
for the periods from January 1, 2009 to the merger date and
the year ended December 31, 2008. The 20.5 million
shares reflect the number of shares issued to the sole
stockholder of Cambium at the merger date in consideration of
its pre-merger equity interest. The weighted-average shares
outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2009 includes
an additional 3.8 million shares issued to the sole
stockholder in exchange for a $25 million contribution made
at the time of the merger and 19.5 million shares issued to
VLCY stockholders, as well as 0.4 million shares related to
a warrant issued to the sole stockholder for which all
contingencies have been resolved and that requires little
consideration to exercise. The weighted-average shares
outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes
an additional 10 thousand shares of restricted stock. See
Note 17 for further information on these awards.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Company
considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three
months or less (when purchased) to be cash equivalents. The
carrying amount reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
approximates fair value.
Inventory. Inventory is stated at the
lower of cost, determined using the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method, or market, and consists of finished
goods. The Company reduces slow-moving or obsolete inventory to
net realizable value.
Restricted Assets. Restricted assets
consist of funds placed in a rabbi trust pursuant to the merger
agreement for the purpose of funding certain obligations
acquired in the VLCY merger, mostly deferred compensation,
pension, and severance obligations, and an escrow of funds
subject to the Contingent Value Rights (CVRs)
described in Note 4.
Property and Equipment. Property and
equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
amortization. Depreciation is computed over the assets
estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Estimated
lives are as follows.
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Useful Life
|
|
Building
|
|
35 years
|
Land improvements
|
|
19 years
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
8 15 years
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
8 years
|
Computer equipment and software
|
|
3 5 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Lesser of useful life or lease term
|
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, as well as minor
renewals, are charged to operations as incurred, while
improvements and major renewals are capitalized.
F-29
Purchased and Developed
Software. Purchased and developed software
includes the costs to purchase third party software and to
develop internal-use software. The Company follows applicable
guidance for the costs of computer software developed or
obtained for internal use for capitalizing software projects.
Software costs are amortized over the expected economic life of
the product, generally three to five years. At December 31,
2010 and 2009, unamortized capitalized software was
$7.3 million and $3.4 million, respectively, which
included amounts of software under development of
$1.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Acquired Curriculum and
Technology. Acquired curriculum and
technology represents curriculum and developed technology
acquired in the acquisitions of VLCY in 2009, certain assets of
Tobii Assistive Technology, Inc. in 2008 and Cambium Learning in
2007 and is the initial purchase accounting value placed on the
past development and refinement of the core methodologies,
processes, measurement techniques, and technologies by which the
Company structures curriculum. Acquired curriculum and
technology is being amortized using an accelerated method over
six to seven years, as it has an economic benefit declining over
the estimated useful life. Acquired curriculum and technology is
presented net of accumulated amortization of $16.0 million
and $4.3 million as of yearend 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Acquired Publishing Rights. A
publishing right allows the Company to publish and republish
existing and future works, as well as transform, adapt, or
create new works based on previously published materials. The
Company determines the fair market value of the publishing
rights arising from business combinations by discounting the
after-tax cash flows projected to be derived from the publishing
rights and titles to their net present value using a rate of
return that accounts for the time value of money and the
appropriate degree of risk. The useful life of the publishing
rights is based on the lives of the various titles involved,
which is generally ten years. The Company calculates
amortization using either the straight-line method or the
percentage of the projected discounted cash flows derived from
the titles in the current year as a percentage of the total
estimated discounted cash flows over the remaining useful life.
The Company periodically reviews the recoverability of the
publishing rights based on expected net realizable value, and
generally retires the assets once fully depreciated. Acquired
publishing rights are presented net of accumulated amortization
of $51.6 million and $38.0 million as of yearend 2010
and 2009, respectively.
Pre-Publication Costs. The Company
capitalizes certain pre-publication costs of its curriculum
including art, prepress, editorial, and other costs incurred in
the creation of the master copy of its curriculum products.
Pre-publication costs are amortized over the expected life of
the education program, generally on an accelerated basis over a
period of five years. The amortization methods and periods
chosen reflect the expected sales generated by the education
programs. The Company periodically reviews the recoverability of
the capitalized costs based on expected net realizable value,
and generally retires the assets once fully depreciated.
Pre-publication costs are presented net of accumulated
amortization of $5.3 million and $2.9 million as of
yearend 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets
are related to the acquisitions of VLCY in 2009, certain assets
of Tobii Assistive Technology, Inc. in 2008 and Cambium Learning
in 2007. Other intangible assets include tradenames/trademarks,
reseller networks, customer relationships/lists, and conference
attendee relationships, which are being amortized on a
straight-line basis over estimated lives ranging from six to
sixteen years. Other intangible assets are presented net of
accumulated amortization of $27.5 million and
$26.2 million as of yearend 2010 and 2009, respectively.
See Note 7 herein for further discussion of the
Companys review of goodwill and the related impairment
charge recognized in the year ended December 31, 2009.
F-30
Depreciation and
Amortization. Depreciation and amortization
for the years ended December 31, 2010, December 31,
2009, and December 31, 2008 was broken out as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Acquired publishing rights
|
|
$
|
13,605
|
|
|
$
|
13,949
|
|
|
$
|
13,566
|
|
Acquired curriculum and technology
|
|
|
11,632
|
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
|
1,328
|
|
Pre-publication costs
|
|
|
2,450
|
|
|
|
1,707
|
|
|
|
1,072
|
|
Internally developed software related to product
|
|
|
824
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total amortization included in cost of revenues
|
|
|
28,511
|
|
|
|
17,527
|
|
|
|
15,966
|
|
Tradenames and trademarks
|
|
|
1,467
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
|
1,330
|
|
Other intangible assets
|
|
|
4,534
|
|
|
|
6,555
|
|
|
|
8,650
|
|
Property, equipment and software
|
|
|
3,153
|
|
|
|
1,819
|
|
|
|
1,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total depreciation and amortization included in operating
expenses
|
|
|
9,154
|
|
|
|
9,723
|
|
|
|
11,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
37,665
|
|
|
$
|
27,250
|
|
|
$
|
27,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of Long Lived Assets. The
Company reviews the carrying value of long lived assets for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
net book value may not be recoverable from the estimated
undiscounted future cash flows. If the review indicates any
assets are impaired, the impairment of those assets is measured
as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair
value as estimated by either quoted market prices or discounted
cash flows. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower
of the carrying amount or fair value less cost of disposal. The
determination whether the Companys definite-lived
intangible assets are impaired involves significant assumptions
and estimates, including projections of future cash flows, the
percentage of future revenues and cash flows attributable to the
intangible assets, asset lives used to generate future cash
flows, and royalty relief savings attributable to trademarks.
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, no
impairment was indicated.
Deferred Costs. Certain up-front costs
associated with completing the sale of the Companys
products are deferred and recognized as the related revenue is
recognized.
Advertising Costs. The Company, from
time to time, ships products to prospective customers as
samples. Samples costs are expensed to sales and marketing
expense upon shipment and totaled $3.2 million, $1.5
million, and $1.6 million for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Other costs
of advertising, which include advertising, print, and
photography expenses, are expensed as incurred and totaled
$1.3 million, $2.9 million, and $4.5 million for
the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The Company recognizes catalog expense when the
catalog is mailed to potential customers. The cost to print the
catalog is recorded in prepaid expenses on the Consolidated
Balance Sheets until such time that the catalog is mailed.
Income Taxes. Provision is made for the
expense, or benefit, associated with taxes based on income. The
provision for income taxes is based on laws currently enacted in
every jurisdiction in which the Company does business and
considers laws mitigating the taxation of the same income by
more than one jurisdiction. Significant judgment is required in
determining income tax expense, current tax receivables and
payables, deferred tax assets and liabilities, and valuation
allowance recorded against the net deferred tax assets.
Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax
liabilities, projected future taxable income, taxable income in
prior carryback years, loss carryforward limitations, and tax
planning strategies in assessing whether deferred tax assets
will be realized in future periods. If, after consideration of
these factors, management believes it is more likely than not
that a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized,
a valuation allowance is established. The amount of the deferred
tax asset considered realizable could be reduced if estimates of
future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.
The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions
based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the
tax position for recognition by determining if available
evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the
position will be sustained on audit. The second step requires
the Company to estimate and measure the tax
F-31
benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be
realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company reevaluates its
uncertain tax positions on a periodic basis, based on factors
such as changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law,
effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity.
The Company accrues interest and penalties, if any, related to
unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.
Royalty Advances. Royalty advances to
authors are capitalized and represent amounts paid in advance of
the sale of an authors product. These costs are then
expensed as the related publication is sold. The Company
evaluates advances periodically to determine if they are
expected to be utilized and reserves any portion of a royalty
advance that is not expected to be recovered.
Sales Taxes. The Company reports sales
taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental
authorities on a net basis. Sales tax collected from customers
is excluded from revenues. Collected but unremitted sales tax is
included as part of accrued expenses in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Stock-Based Compensation. The Company
accounts for its stock-based compensation in accordance with
applicable accounting guidance for share-based payments. This
guidance requires all share-based payments to be recognized in
the Consolidated Statement of Operations based on their fair
values. Compensation costs for awards with graded vesting are
recognized on a straight-line basis over the anticipated vesting
period.
Recently Issued Financial Accounting Standards.
In October 2009, new guidance was issued regarding
multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and certain
arrangements that include software elements. See Revenue
Recognition above for disclosures related to the
Companys adoption of this guidance.
In January 2010, new guidance was issued regarding improving
disclosures about fair value measurements. This standard amends
the disclosure guidance with respect to fair value measurements
for both interim and annual reporting periods. Specifically,
this standard requires new disclosures for significant transfers
of assets or liabilities between Level 1 and Level 2
in the fair value hierarchy; separate disclosures for purchases,
sales, issuance and settlements of Level 3 fair value items
on a gross, rather than net, basis; and more robust disclosure
of the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure
Level 2 and Level 3 assets and liabilities. Except for
the detailed disclosures of changes in Level 3 items, which
will be effective for the Company as of January 1, 2011,
the remaining new disclosure requirements were effective for the
Company as of January 1, 2010. The Company has included
these new disclosures, as applicable, in Note 13 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
In December 2010, new guidance was issued regarding the
disclosure of supplementary pro forma information for business
combinations. This guidance specifies that if a public entity
presents comparative financial statements, the entity should
disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though
the business combination that occurred during the current year
had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual
reporting period only. The guidance also expands the
supplemental pro forma disclosures to include a description of
the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma
adjustments directly attributable to the business combination
included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. This
guidance is effective prospectively for business combinations
for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of
the first annual reporting period beginning on or after
December 15, 2010 with early adoption permitted. The
Company will make the required disclosures for any business
combination that closes on or after January 1, 2011.
On April 26, 2008, the Company began an internal
investigation that revealed irregularities over the control and
use of cash and certain other general ledger accounts of the
Company, revealing a misappropriation of assets (the
Embezzlement Matter). These irregularities were
perpetrated by a former employee over more than a three-
F-32
year period beginning in 2004 and continuing through April 2008.
The embezzlement loss incurred in each year, before the effect
of income taxes, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year/Period
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2007 and prior
|
|
|
12,196
|
|
2008
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Embezzlement Loss
|
|
$
|
13,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to these losses, the Company has incurred fees and
expenses as a result of the embezzlement totaling
$5.5 million in 2008, net of recoveries. In 2008, the
Company took possession of five boats which were purchased by
the former employee using the embezzled funds. As of
December 31, 2008, the boats had an appraised value of
$1.6 million and were netted against the fees and expenses
incurred as a result of the embezzlement. In the year ended
December 31, 2009, the Company incurred fees and expenses
as a result of the embezzlement totaling $0.1 million, net
of recoveries. In the year ended December 31, 2010, the
Company received net recoveries of ($0.4) million.
When the Company acquired Cambium Learning and its subsidiaries
on April 12, 2007, $20.0 million of the purchase price
was held in escrow. Pursuant to an agreement dated July 10,
2008 by and between the former stockholders of the predecessor
company and the members of the successor company, the remaining
escrow amount was distributed in its entirety to VSS-Cambium
Settlement Fund, LLC (Settlement Fund), acting as an agent for
Cambium Learning. Also, the former stockholders of the
predecessor company agreed to contribute an additional
$9.3 million to the Settlement Fund. The total settlement
of $30.2 million, including interest income of
$0.9 million, was distributed to Cambium Learning and used
to cover costs and pay down a portion of the senior credit
facility. Since the embezzlement was discovered after the
initial purchase allocation, the entire settlement amount was
recorded as a gain from settlement with previous stockholders on
the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. The
former stockholders also agreed to forego any claims or rights
to any amount held in escrow in exchange for which the members
of VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC indemnified the former stockholders
from any claims in connection with the Embezzlement Matter.
Acquisition
of VLCY
On December 8, 2009, the Company acquired VLCY and its
subsidiaries. The Company determined that the merger could
capitalize upon potential strategic, operational and financial
synergies to generate significant cash flow and strengthen the
leadership position of Cambium and VLCY in education solutions
for the pre-K-12 market. In reaching its decision to acquire
VLCY, which resulted in the recognition of $44.6 million of
goodwill, there were a number of reasons why the Company
believed the acquisition would be beneficial. These potential
benefits include:
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalizing on the complementary nature of the companies
products to enhance certain products with minimal development
costs, achieve critical mass in certain markets, facilitate the
cross-selling of each others products to established
customers, and expand sales and marketing reach.
|
|
|
|
Leveraging the companies combined implementation services
and robust technological capabilities.
|
|
|
|
Combining two experienced management teams to spread best
practices, attract leading authors and programs, and
acquire additional product lines and business as opportunities
arise.
|
|
|
|
Increasing sales into existing and new markets of certain
products through complementary sales channels.
|
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase transaction. The
consolidated financial statements of the Company include the
results of VLCY from December 8, 2009, the date of
acquisition. The purchase price was allocated among tangible and
intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on fair
values at the transaction date. The excess of the purchase price
over the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities
was recorded as goodwill. The Company acquired the stock of VLCY
and, therefore, the additional goodwill resulting
F-33
from this transaction is not expected to be tax deductible.
Acquisition costs of zero, $13.6 million, and $26,000 are
included in general and administrative expenses in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.
Consideration to the VLCY shareholders consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
at the election of the stockholder, either,
|
|
|
|
|
|
one share of Company common stock, or
|
|
|
|
$6.50 in cash, limited to a maximum of $67.5 million in the
aggregate and prorated in accordance with the merger agreement;
|
|
|
|
|
|
plus, regardless of the election made,
|
|
|
|
|
|
an amount in cash equal to the amount of certain tax refunds
specified in the merger agreement and received by VLCY prior to
the closing of the mergers (reduced by the amount of the VLCY
tax refunds contractually required to be placed in escrow at
closing), divided by the total number of shares of VLCY common
stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the
mergers; plus
|
|
|
|
a Contingent Value Right (CVR) to receive cash in an
amount equal to the aggregate amount of specified tax refunds
received after the closing of the mergers and various other
amounts deposited in escrow on or after the closing date,
reduced by any payments to be made under the escrow agreement
entered into in connection with the mergers, with respect to
agreed contingencies, a potential working capital adjustment and
allowed expenses, divided by the total number of shares of VLCY
common stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time
of the mergers.
|
Additionally, pursuant to the merger, a share-based award held
by the Chief Executive Officer of VLCY was required to be
converted into rights or options for shares of the Company with
the same terms and conditions that were applicable to the rights
or options for VLCY shares. Therefore, in accordance with
applicable accounting guidance for business combinations, the
fair value, prior to conversion, of replacement equity awards
issued for pre-combination services at the date of acquisition
is included in the calculation of the purchase price.
The following represents the components of the purchase price:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash paid to shareholders making the cash election
|
|
$
|
67,499
|
|
Cash paid to shareholders for specified tax refunds
|
|
|
15,523
|
|
Fair value of shares of Company issued to shareholders
|
|
|
76,907
|
|
Fair value of equity awards converted at acquisition
|
|
|
22
|
|
Fair value of the Contingent Value Rights
|
|
|
9,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total consideration
|
|
$
|
169,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of Company shares issued to VLCY shareholders of
$76.9 million was determined using a per share value of
$3.94 multiplied by the 19.5 million shares issued. The
$3.94 fair value per share was determined using a
volume-weighted average of the five days before and after the
end of a settling in period that the Company determined began as
of the date trading began on December 9, 2009 and continued
through December 31, 2009.
The first CVR payment date was in September 2010 and
$1.1 million was distributed to the escrow agent at that
time for distribution to holders of the CVRs. A second CVR
distribution will be made in June 2011 and the final
distribution, if any, with respect to a potential tax indemnity
obligation will be in October 2013. Additionally, as described
in Note 19, any amounts due to CVR holders as a result of
refunds received related to the Michigan tax payment will be
distributed upon the final resolution of this agreed contingency.
The fair value of the liability for the CVRs is determined using
a probability weighted cash flow analysis which takes into
consideration the likelihood, amount and timing of cash flows of
each element of the pool of assets and liabilities included in
the CVR. The determination of fair value of the CVRs involves
significant assumptions and estimates, which are reviewed at
each quarterly reporting date. As of December 31, 2010, a
fair value of $7.4 million
F-34
has been recorded as a liability for the remaining CVR payments.
During 2010, a gain of $1.1 million was recorded in general
and administrative expense to reflect a decrease in the
estimated fair value of the CVR liability. The ultimate value of
the CVRs is not known at this time; however, it is not expected
to be more than $11 million and could be as low as the
$1.1 million already distributed. Future changes in the
estimate of the fair value of the CVRs will impact results of
operations and could be material. As of December 31, 2010,
restricted assets in an escrow account for the benefit of the
CVRs were $4.2 million. See Note 13 for further
information on the fair value of the CVRs and related escrow
trust.
The following represents the allocation of the purchase price:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
73,325
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
10,883
|
|
Income tax receivable
|
|
|
4,713
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
11,687
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
11,919
|
|
Property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
3,216
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
50,249
|
|
Curriculum in development
|
|
|
909
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
11,891
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
(14,835
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(21,774
|
)
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(187
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(17,075
|
)
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
44,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
169,568
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other identified intangibles acquired consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cambium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Learning
|
|
|
|
|
Voyager
|
|
Technologies
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Curriculum and technology
|
|
$
|
23,700
|
|
|
$
|
19,000
|
|
|
7 years
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
3,880
|
|
|
|
1,500
|
|
|
7 years
|
Tradenames and trademarks
|
|
|
1,610
|
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
15 years
|
Goodwill purchased in the acquisition has been allocated to the
Companys Voyager and Cambium Learning Technologies
reporting units as $24.9 million and $19.7 million,
respectively. Valuations were established giving consideration
to the three basic approaches to value with the method or
methods applied for each asset depending on the nature of the
asset and the type and reliability of information available for
the analysis and were based upon the Companys projected
revenue growth assumptions through each assets estimated
useful life. Discounted cash flows were based upon the
Companys weighted-average cost of capital of 25% and an
estimated effective tax rate of 38% at the time of the mergers.
Curriculum and technology and customer relationships were valued
using a form of the income approach known as the excess earnings
method. Tradenames and trademarks were valued using a form of
the income approach known as the relief-from-royalty method.
Supplemental
Pro Forma Information
After the December 8, 2009 acquisition date, the VLCY
acquisition contributed $4.5 million of net revenues and a
pretax loss of $1.5 million to the Companys
consolidated 2009 results. The following unaudited supplemental
F-35
pro forma information presents the results of operations as if
the VLCY acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the
reporting period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
188,211
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(61,270
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(61,270
|
)
|
Net loss per share basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.38
|
)
|
The supplemental pro forma information has been adjusted to
include:
|
|
|
|
|
the pro forma impact of the amortization of intangible assets
and the reduction in deferred revenue and related deferred costs
based on the purchase price allocation;
|
|
|
|
the pro forma impact of reduced interest income lost as a result
of the $58.0 million of cash used in the purchase price
consideration (net of $25.0 million contributed by the sole
stockholder of the Company at the time of the merger);
|
|
|
|
the pro forma impact of certain employment agreements and stock
option grants entered into on the effective date of the merger,
as well as the impact of certain contractual obligations,
severance, retention, and other payments that became payable as
a result of the merger;
|
|
|
|
the elimination of merger transaction costs incurred by the
Company and VLCY; and
|
|
|
|
the pro forma tax effect of the merger, which was estimated
using a combined company effective tax rate of 0%.
|
Basic and diluted loss per share is calculated using share
equivalents outstanding at the merger date of 44.3 million.
The pro forma results are presented for illustrative purposes
only and do not reflect the realization of potential cost
savings, or any integration costs. These pro forma results do
not purport to be indicative of the results that would have
actually been obtained if the acquisition occurred at the
beginning of the respective reporting periods, nor is the pro
forma data intended to be a projection of future results.
Acquisition
of Certain Assets of Tobii Assistive Technology,
Inc.
On July 25, 2008, Cambium acquired certain intellectual
property rights and an inventory of titles with related author
agreements of Tobii Assistive Technology, Inc., a Massachusetts
corporation, for $112,003. The cash used to fund this
acquisition came from the Companys general working
capital. The purchase price was allocated as follows: $52,003 to
goodwill (deductible for tax purposes), $39,000 to customer
lists and $21,000 to developed technology. The customer lists
and developed technology are amortized on a straight-line basis
over their useful lives of two years and three years,
respectively.
Losses before income taxes for the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008 were all attributable to the United States.
F-36
Income tax benefit attributable to income included the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Current income tax expense (benefit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States federal
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
State and local
|
|
|
888
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current income tax expense
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
Deferred income tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States federal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,571
|
)
|
|
|
(11,951
|
)
|
State and local
|
|
|
(1,472
|
)
|
|
|
(2,405
|
)
|
|
|
(1,574
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax benefit
|
|
|
(1,472
|
)
|
|
|
(7,976
|
)
|
|
|
(13,525
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
(583
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,704
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,422
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of income tax benefit and the domestic federal
statutory income tax benefit is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Statutory federal income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
(5,787
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,214
|
)
|
|
$
|
(29,044
|
)
|
Increase (reduction) from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State taxes (net of federal benefit)
|
|
|
(584
|
)
|
|
|
(1,378
|
)
|
|
|
(1,057
|
)
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,187
|
|
|
|
26,588
|
|
Purchase price adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,244
|
)
|
Merger transaction expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,745
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
6,436
|
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(648
|
)
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
(583
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,704
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,422
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes are primarily provided for temporary
differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax
basis of the Companys assets and liabilities. The tax
effects of each type of temporary difference and
F-37
carryforward that give rise to a significant portion of deferred
tax assets (liabilities) at the end of fiscal 2010 and 2009 were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets are attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
18,682
|
|
|
$
|
25,916
|
|
Tax credit carryforwards
|
|
|
7,673
|
|
|
|
7,670
|
|
Reserves
|
|
|
4,940
|
|
|
|
7,164
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
5,697
|
|
|
|
4,435
|
|
Deferred financing costs
|
|
|
1,569
|
|
|
|
2,317
|
|
Embezzlement loss
|
|
|
1,404
|
|
|
|
1,528
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
1,472
|
|
|
|
1,039
|
|
Other
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
42,165
|
|
|
|
50,807
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(18,645
|
)
|
|
|
(14,312
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
23,520
|
|
|
|
36,495
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities are attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(24,308
|
)
|
|
|
(33,981
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(4,403
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(24,346
|
)
|
|
|
(38,384
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
(826
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,889
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The deferred tax asset (liability) is classified as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Short-term deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
3,703
|
|
|
$
|
6,267
|
|
Long-term deferred tax liability
|
|
|
(4,529
|
)
|
|
|
(8,156
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
|
|
$
|
(826
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,889
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The net increase in the valuation allowance in 2010 was
$4.3 million. The valuation allowance increased during 2010
primarily because it offset the increase in the deferred tax
asset derived from pre-tax losses. As of December 31, 2010,
there is no amount of the valuation allowance for which
subsequently recognized benefits will be allocated to reduce
goodwill.
The net increase in the valuation allowance in 2009 was
$11.5 million. The valuation allowance increased during
2009 primarily because of the acquisition of VLCY. VLCY had
established a valuation allowance of $12.1 million as of
the date of acquisition against all of its Federal and unitary
state net deferred tax assets. The inclusion of Cambiums
net deferred tax liabilities decreased VLCYs valuation
allowance approximately $1.8 million. Post acquisition,
increases in the Companys deferred tax assets were offset
by increases in the valuation allowance. As of December 31,
2009, there is not any amount of the valuation allowance for
which subsequently recognized benefits will be allocated to
reduce goodwill.
F-38
At December 31, 2010, the amounts and expiration dates of
loss and tax credit carryforwards were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount as of
|
|
|
Expire or start expiring
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
at the end of:
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
U.S. net operating loss(1)
|
|
$
|
49,908
|
|
|
2028
|
State net operating loss carryforward (net):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State tax net operating losses
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
2012 - 2028
|
Tax credits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum tax credit
|
|
|
7,254
|
|
|
Carry forward indefinitely
|
Research and development tax credit
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
2014 - 2021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total tax credits
|
|
|
7,673
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
$35.7 million of the U.S net operating loss (NOL) above is
related to the VLCY acquisition. The utilization of this NOL is
subject to an annual limitation of $7.1 million. |
Income taxes paid, net of tax refunds, were $15 thousand for
fiscal year 2010. Income taxes refunded, net of tax payments,
were $3.1 million for fiscal year 2009. $3.4 million
of the income taxes received during 2009 were deposited into
escrow pursuant to the CVR obligation in connection with the
merger agreement. Income taxes paid, net of refunds, for fiscal
year 2008 were $0.7 million.
VLCY was formerly known as ProQuest Company. Under sale
agreements with Snap-On Incorporated and Cambridge Scientific
Abstracts, LP (CSA), the Company is liable to
indemnify Snap-On Incorporated or CSA for any income taxes
assessed against ProQuest Business Solutions (PQBS)
or ProQuest Information and Learning (PQIL) for
periods prior to VLCYs sale of PQBS or PQIL in 2006 and
2007, respectively. The Company has established a contingent
liability for those matters where it is not probable that the
position will be sustained and a tax receivable for those
matters where it is deemed more likely than not that the
position will be sustained. The amounts of the liability and
receivable are based on managements best estimate given
the Companys history with similar matters and
interpretations of current laws and regulations in accordance
with applicable accounting guidance for income tax positions.
Uncertain
Tax Positions
The Company recognizes the financial statement impacts of a tax
return position when it is more likely than not, based on
technical merits, that the position will ultimately be
sustained. For tax positions that meet this recognition
threshold, the Company applies judgment, taking into account
applicable tax laws, experience managing tax audits and relevant
GAAP, to determine the amount of tax benefits to recognize in
the financial statements. For each position, the difference
between the benefit realized on the Companys tax return
and the benefit reflected in the financial statements is
recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as an unrecognized
tax benefit (UTB). The Company updates its UTBs at
each financial statement date to reflect the impacts of audit
settlements and other resolution of audit issues, expiration of
statutes of limitation, developments in tax law and ongoing
discussions with tax authorities. A reconciliation of the change
in the UTB balance from January 1, 2010 to
December 31, 2010, and January 1, 2009 to
December 31, 2009, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at the beginning of the year
|
|
$
|
15,437
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Increases for acquisitions during the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,685
|
|
Increases for tax positions taken during the period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
752
|
|
Decreases for expiration of the statute of limitations
|
|
|
(5,058
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Decreases relating to settlements
|
|
|
(3,181
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at the end of the year
|
|
$
|
7,198
|
|
|
$
|
15,437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
The Company estimates it is reasonably possible that
approximately $0.1 million in unrecognized tax benefits
will be recognized in 2011 due to the statute of limitations
expiring. Of this amount and included in the balance of
unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010 are
approximately $0.8 million of tax benefits that, if
recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. The recognition
of the remaining uncertain tax positions would not affect the
effective tax rate, but would instead increase or would have
increased available tax attributes. However, the recognition of
the tax attribute would be offset by an increase in the deferred
tax asset valuation allowance resulting in no net impact in the
effective tax rate.
The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized
tax benefits and penalties as income tax expense. Related to the
unrecognized tax benefits noted above, the Company recognized no
penalties and immaterial amounts for interest (gross) during
2010 and, as of December 31, 2010, has a liability for
interest (gross) of approximately $0.1 million.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal
jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. All U.S. tax
years prior to 2008 related to the VLCY acquired entities have
been audited by the Internal Revenue Service. Cambium and its
subsidiaries have been examined by the Internal Revenue Service
through the end of 2006. Various state tax authorities are in
the process of examining income tax returns for various tax
years through 2007.
|
|
Note 6
|
Property,
Equipment and Software
|
Balances of major classes of assets and accumulated depreciation
and amortization consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Land and building
|
|
$
|
13,360
|
|
|
$
|
13,360
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
1,187
|
|
|
|
775
|
|
Machinery, computers and equipment
|
|
|
6,947
|
|
|
|
5,867
|
|
Software
|
|
|
10,431
|
|
|
|
4,619
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
1,019
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
32,944
|
|
|
|
24,951
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7,838
|
|
|
|
4,294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property,equipment and software, net
|
|
$
|
25,106
|
|
|
$
|
20,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-40
|
|
Note 7
|
Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets
|
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years
ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Publishing
|
|
|
Voyager
|
|
|
Sopris
|
|
|
CLT
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
153,533
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
38,806
|
|
|
$
|
192,339
|
|
Accumulated impairment losses
|
|
|
(75,966
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75,966
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38,806
|
|
|
|
116,373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
(9,105
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,105
|
)
|
Allocation of Publishing goodwill among Voyager and Sopris
segments
|
|
|
(68,462
|
)
|
|
|
51,162
|
|
|
|
17,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill from acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,923
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,724
|
|
|
|
44,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,156
|
|
|
|
17,300
|
|
|
|
58,530
|
|
|
|
236,986
|
|
Accumulated impairment losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(85,071
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(85,071
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,085
|
|
|
|
17,300
|
|
|
|
58,530
|
|
|
|
151,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill from acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161,156
|
|
|
|
17,300
|
|
|
|
58,530
|
|
|
|
236,986
|
|
Accumulated impairment losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(85,071
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(85,071
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
76,085
|
|
|
$
|
17,300
|
|
|
$
|
58,530
|
|
|
$
|
151,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, goodwill and
other indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but
are instead reviewed for impairment at least annually and if a
triggering event is determined to have occurred in an interim
period. The Companys annual impairment testing is
performed as of December 1 of each year.
The Company performed the 2010 yearend impairment analysis
using four reporting units: Voyager; Sopris; the Learning
A-Z and
ExploreLearning subscription businesses from the Cambium
Learning Technologies segment; and the Kurzweil and IntelliTools
businesses from the Cambium Learning Technologies segment. As
noted in the table above, the goodwill balances reported by the
Voyager and Sopris reporting units at December 31, 2010
were $76.1 million and $17.3 million, respectively. Of
the December 31, 2010 goodwill balance recorded in the
Cambium Learning Technologies segment, $38.8 million is
attributable to the Kurzweil and Intellitools reporting unit and
$19.7 million is attributable to the Learning
A-Z and
Explore Learning reporting unit. In the first step of the
impairment test for fiscal year 2010, the fair market value of
each reporting unit was determined using an income approach and
was dependent on multiple assumptions and estimates, including
future cash flow projections with a terminal value multiple and
the discount rate used to determine the expected present value
of the estimated future cash flows. Future cash flow projections
were based on managements best estimates of economic and
market conditions over the projected period, including industry
fundamentals such as the state of educational funding, revenue
growth rates, future costs and operating margins, working
capital needs, capital and other expenditures, and tax rates.
The discount rate applied to the future cash flows was a
weighted-average cost of capital and took into consideration
market and industry conditions, returns for comparable
companies, the rate of return an outside investor would expect
to earn, and other relevant factors. The first step of
impairment testing for fiscal 2010 showed that the fair value of
each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by at least 10%;
therefore, no second step of testing was required.
F-41
In June 2009, the Company determined that the signing of the
merger agreement was a triggering event requiring it to review
goodwill for impairment. At the time of this review, the Company
had two reporting units: Published Products and Learning
Technologies. The first step of impairment testing as of
June 30, 2009 showed that the carrying value of the
Published Products unit exceeded its fair value and that the
second step of testing was required for this unit. The second
step requires the allocation of fair value of a reporting unit
to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit as
if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business
combination. The fair value was determined using an income
approach based on forecasted operating results. As a result of
the second step of the Companys second quarter 2009
impairment test, the goodwill balance for the reporting unit as
of the measurement date was determined to be partially impaired,
and an impairment charge of $9.1 million was recorded as of
June 30, 2009. As of the second quarter 2009, the estimated
fair market value of the reporting unit was estimated to have
fallen below the book value as a result of worsening and
prolonged adverse developments in the overall education funding
environment, including the reductions in Reading First funding
effective 2008 and the reductions in available state and local
funds.
In conducting the annual goodwill impairment testing for fiscal
2008, the Company compared the book value of goodwill attributed
to the Published Products and Learning Technologies segments
with the estimated fair market values of these segments. As of
yearend 2008, the estimated fair market value of the Published
Products segment was estimated to be less than the book value as
a result of lower future cash flow projections, driven by
adverse developments in the education funding environment at the
federal and local level. An impairment charge of
$76.0 million related to Published Products was recorded in
2008 as a result of these factors. These estimates of fair
market are dependent on multiple assumptions and inputs,
including industry fundamentals such as the state of educational
funding and the actual performance and future projections of the
Company.
The Companys definite lived intangible assets and related
accumulated amortization at the end of fiscal 2010 and 2009
consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
Disposals
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Other intangible assets gross book value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Publishing rights
|
|
$
|
90,300
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
90,300
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
90,300
|
|
Trademark
|
|
|
15,580
|
|
|
|
2,169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,749
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,749
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
13,739
|
|
|
|
5,380
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,119
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
19,080
|
|
Contracts
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired curriculum and technology
|
|
|
6,321
|
|
|
|
42,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,021
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,021
|
|
Reseller network
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,300
|
|
Conference attendees
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500
|
|
Non-compete
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,600
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other intangibles gross book value
|
|
|
143,440
|
|
|
|
50,249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,739
|
)
|
|
|
188,950
|
|
Other intangible assets accumulated amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Publishing rights
|
|
|
(24,039
|
)
|
|
|
(13,949
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(37,988
|
)
|
|
|
(13,605
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51,593
|
)
|
Trademark
|
|
|
(2,460
|
)
|
|
|
(1,349
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,809
|
)
|
|
|
(1,467
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,276
|
)
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
(7,175
|
)
|
|
|
(2,915
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10,090
|
)
|
|
|
(2,585
|
)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
(12,636
|
)
|
Contracts
|
|
|
(1,487
|
)
|
|
|
(555
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,042
|
)
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired curriculum and technology
|
|
|
(2,474
|
)
|
|
|
(1,852
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,326
|
)
|
|
|
(11,632
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,958
|
)
|
Reseller network
|
|
|
(5,426
|
)
|
|
|
(2,132
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,558
|
)
|
|
|
(1,595
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,153
|
)
|
Conference attendees
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(379
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(432
|
)
|
Non-compete
|
|
|
(1,490
|
)
|
|
|
(867
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,357
|
)
|
|
|
(243
|
)
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other intangibles accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(44,844
|
)
|
|
|
(23,705
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(68,549
|
)
|
|
|
(31,238
|
)
|
|
|
4,739
|
|
|
|
(95,048
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
$
|
98,596
|
|
|
$
|
26,544
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
125,140
|
|
|
$
|
(31,238
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
93,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-42
Estimated aggregate amortization expense expected for each of
the next five years related to intangibles subject to
amortization is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization -
|
|
|
Amortization -
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Cost of Revenues
|
|
|
Operating Expense
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
21,785
|
|
|
$
|
4,296
|
|
|
$
|
26,081
|
|
2012
|
|
|
17,519
|
|
|
|
3,440
|
|
|
|
20,959
|
|
2013
|
|
|
12,710
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
15,489
|
|
2014
|
|
|
8,978
|
|
|
|
2,436
|
|
|
|
11,414
|
|
2015
|
|
|
5,972
|
|
|
|
2,175
|
|
|
|
8,147
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
4,806
|
|
|
|
7,006
|
|
|
|
11,812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
71,770
|
|
|
$
|
22,132
|
|
|
$
|
93,902
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 8
|
Other
Current Assets
|
Other current assets at the end of fiscal 2010 and 2009 consist
of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred costs
|
|
$
|
2,163
|
|
|
$
|
269
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
1,463
|
|
|
|
2,019
|
|
Income taxes receivable
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
1,322
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlement receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,937
|
|
|
$
|
6,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The settlement receivable amount relates to an amount due from a
subsidiary sold by VLCY in the years prior to the merger with
Cambium. The receivable was allocated a portion of the purchase
price at the acquisition date and was also included in the CVRs
obligation created in the merger with VLCY, as described in
Note 4.
Other assets at the end of fiscal 2010 and 2009 consist of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Tax receivables
|
|
$
|
11,168
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Deferred financing costs
|
|
|
1,542
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collateral investments
|
|
|
1,964
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
Other
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
15,487
|
|
|
$
|
1,419
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax receivables include the $10.4 million receivable from
the state of Michigan as discussed in Note 19 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements. The deferred financing costs
represent costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the
$175 million aggregate principal amount of
9.75% senior secured notes as described in Note 23 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-43
|
|
Note 10
|
Accrued
Expenses
|
Accrued expenses at the end of fiscal 2010 and 2009 consist of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Salaries, bonuses and benefits
|
|
$
|
10,183
|
|
|
$
|
12,428
|
|
Accrued royalties
|
|
|
3,220
|
|
|
|
1,770
|
|
Pension and post-retirement medical benefits
|
|
|
1,209
|
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
Interest rate swap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
992
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7,751
|
|
|
|
6,804
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
22,888
|
|
|
$
|
23,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries, bonuses and benefits accrued as of December 31,
2009 include severance and other amounts owed to employees and
former employees that are related to the merger agreement
between the Company and VLCY. As of the merger date, funds
related to these obligations, as well as obligations related to
certain deferred compensation and pension liabilities, were
placed in a rabbi trust pursuant to the merger agreement. As of
December 31, 2010, the funds in this rabbi trust totaled
$11.5 million. See Note 15 for further description of
the Companys pension benefits.
|
|
Note 11
|
Other
Liabilities
|
Other liabilities at the end of fiscal 2010 and 2009 consist of
the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Pension and post-retirement medical benefits, long-term portion
|
|
$
|
10,847
|
|
|
$
|
10,509
|
|
Long-term deferred tax liability
|
|
|
4,529
|
|
|
|
8,156
|
|
Long-term income tax payable
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
|
1,255
|
|
Long-term deferred compensation
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
1,179
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3,111
|
|
|
|
3,057
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
19,947
|
|
|
$
|
24,156
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See Note 15 for further description of the Companys
pension benefits.
Capital
Lease Obligations
The Company leases a warehouse, office space and certain
administrative equipment under capital lease agreements with
original lease terms up to 10 years. Capital leases that
exist as of year-end 2010 expire no later than 2016.
The Company has a
build-to-suit
lease for warehouse and office space in Frederick, Colorado. The
lease requires minimum monthly rents that expire on
October 31, 2016. The lease is renewable at the
Companys option for two additional periods of five years
each. The Company has an outstanding letter of credit in the
amount of $1.0 million to secure the lease. The Company
evaluated the provisions of the accounting guidance relating to
the effect of a lessees involvement in an asset
construction and concluded that due to the Companys
collateral to the landlord, in the form of the $1.0 million
letter of credit, that it is deemed the owner of the land and
building for accounting purposes. As a result, the related
capitalized costs for the warehouse space in Frederick, Colorado
are classified as land and building and are included
in property, plant and equipment, net, in the accompanying
Consolidated Balance Sheets. A corresponding liability is
included in the current portion of capital lease obligations and
capital lease obligations, less current portion. Due to the
acquisition of Cambium, the Company recorded an increase of
$4.8 million in purchase accounting related to the fair
market value of land, land improvements, and building for the
warehouse space on the date of acquisition. The related
liability has been adjusted accordingly. The
F-44
cost of the building is being depreciated over a
35-year
useful life. The amount of the depreciation expense was
$0.4 million for each year presented. Additionally, the
obligation will be reduced over the life of the lease at an
interest rate of 5.54%. At the end of the original lease term,
the land and building, net of accumulated depreciation, and the
remaining liability will equal $9.8 million. The gross
value of assets leased under the
build-to-suit
lease was $13.4 million at December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009, which is included in the Land and
Building category in Property, Equipment and Software. The
accumulated amortization of these leased capital assets was
$1.4 million and $1.0 million at December 31,
2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
The gross value of other leased capital assets used for
administrative purposes was $0.1 million and
$0.4 million at December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009, respectively, which are included in the
Machinery, Computers and Equipment category in Property,
Equipment and Software. The accumulated amortization of leased
capital assets was $0.1 million and $0.1 million at
December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
Amortization of capital lease assets is recognized over the term
of the lease on a straight line basis and included in
depreciation and amortization expense.
Operating
Leases
The Company leases certain facilities and equipment for
production, selling and administrative purposes under agreements
with original lease periods up to 10 years. Leases
generally include provisions requiring payment of taxes,
insurance, and maintenance on the leased property. Some leases
include renewal options and rent escalation clauses, and certain
leases include options to purchase the leased property during or
at the end of the lease term.
Rent holidays and rent escalation provisions are considered in
determining straight-line rent expense to be recorded over the
lease term. The lease term begins on the date of initial term of
the lease. Lease renewal periods are considered on a
lease-by-lease
basis and are generally not included in the initial lease term.
Operating rent expense was $2.4 million, $1.1 million
and $1.2 million, for the years ended December 31,
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Future minimum
build-to-suit
and capital lease payments under long-term non-cancelable
leases, and the related present value of capital lease payments
at December 31, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
1,073
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,110
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,092
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,138
|
|
2015
|
|
|
1,160
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
|
6,540
|
|
Less: Amount representing interest
|
|
|
(3,692
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of net minimum lease payments
|
|
|
2,848
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
(378
|
)
|
Add: Remaining liability at end of
build-to-suit
lease
|
|
|
9,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
|
|
$
|
12,317
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-45
Future minimum payments under all remaining non-cancelable
operating leases are payable as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
1,460
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2,175
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,632
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
2015
|
|
|
774
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
2,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
9,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 13
|
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
|
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to
sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability (exit price), in
the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
on the measurement date. Valuation techniques are based on
observable or unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect
market data obtained from independent sources, while
unobservable inputs reflect the Companys market
assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the
following fair value hierarchy:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 Quoted prices for identical instruments
in active markets.
|
|
|
|
Level 2 Quoted prices for similar instruments
in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar
instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived
valuations in which significant value drivers are observable.
|
|
|
|
Level 3 Valuations derived from valuation
techniques in which significant value drivers are unobservable.
|
Applicable guidance requires an entity to maximize the use of
observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs
when measuring fair value.
As of December 31, 2010, financial instruments include
$11.8 million of cash and cash equivalents, restricted
assets of $15.7 million, collateral investments of
$2.0 million, the $95.4 million senior secured credit
facility, the $56.7 million senior unsecured notes,
$0.4 million of warrants, and $7.4 million in CVRs. As
of December 31, 2009, financial instruments include
$13.3 million of cash and cash equivalents, restricted
assets of $24.7 million, collateral investments of
$1.1 million, the $5.0 million revolver, the
$97.2 million senior secured credit facility, the
$54.6 million senior unsecured notes, $0.3 million of
warrants, $9.6 million in CVRs, and the $1.0 million
interest rate swap contract. The fair market values of cash
equivalents and the restricted assets are equal to their
carrying value as these investments are recorded based on quoted
market prices
and/or other
market data for the same or comparable instruments and
transactions as of the end of the reporting period. The fair
value of the revolver is equal to its carrying value due to the
short-term nature of the instrument and the interest rate being
variable. The fair market value of the senior credit facility
and senior unsecured notes are subject to market conditions;
however, a limited trading market restricts the ability to
freely trade the debt. The senior credit facility bears interest
at a variable rate and management believes that the carrying
value of the senior credit facility approximates its fair value.
F-46
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring
basis are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value at Reporting Date Using
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Active
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markets for
|
|
Other
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
Identical
|
|
Observable
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
Total
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Assets
|
|
Inputs
|
|
Inputs
|
|
Gains
|
Description
|
|
2010
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Restricted Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money Market
|
|
$
|
15,705
|
|
|
$
|
15,705
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Collateral Investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money Market
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Deposit
|
|
|
1,063
|
|
|
|
1,063
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrant
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Interest rate swap
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
992
|
|
CVRs
|
|
|
7,369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,369
|
|
|
|
1,124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value at Reporting Date Using
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in Active
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markets for
|
|
Other
|
|
Significant
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
Identical
|
|
Observable
|
|
Unobservable
|
|
Total
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Assets
|
|
Inputs
|
|
Inputs
|
|
Gains
|
Description
|
|
2009
|
|
(Level 1)
|
|
(Level 2)
|
|
(Level 3)
|
|
(Losses)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Restricted Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Money Market
|
|
$
|
24,686
|
|
|
$
|
24,686
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Collateral Investments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Deposit
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrant
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Interest rate swap
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,390
|
|
CVRs
|
|
|
9,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,617
|
|
|
|
|
|
The warrant was valued as described in Note 17 below.
In accordance with the provisions in the accounting guidance for
intangibles goodwill and other, for the year ended
December 31, 2009, goodwill with a carrying amount of
$161.0 million was written down to its implied fair value
of $151.9 million, resulting in an impairment charge of
$9.1 million, which was included in earnings for the
period. As described in Note 7 above, no goodwill
impairment was indicated upon completion of the Companys
2010 annual impairment analysis.
The fair value of the liability for the CVRs is determined using
a probability weighted cash flow analysis which takes into
consideration the likelihood, amount and timing of cash flows of
each element of the pool of assets and liabilities included in
the CVR. The determination of fair value of the CVRs involves
significant assumptions and estimates, which are reviewed at
each quarterly reporting date. As of December 31, 2010, a
fair value of $7.4 million has been recorded as a liability
for the remaining CVR payments. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, a gain of $1.1 million was recorded
in general and administrative expense to reflect a decrease in
the estimated fair value of the CVR liability. The ultimate
value of the CVRs is not known at this time; however, it is not
expected to be more than $11 million and could be as low as
the $1.1 million already distributed. Future changes in the
estimate of the
F-47
fair value of the CVRs will impact results of operations and
could be material. A detail of the elements included in the CVR
is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3) CVRs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
Loss (Gain) for Changes
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
in Estimated CVR Liability
|
|
|
as of
|
|
Components of CVR Liability:
|
|
as of Merger Date
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Tax refunds received before closing of the merger
|
|
$
|
1,583
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,583
|
|
Other specified tax refunds
|
|
|
5,932
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,431
|
)
|
|
|
4,501
|
|
Tax indemnity obligation
|
|
|
1,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,717
|
|
Legal receivable
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
Michigan state tax liability
|
|
|
(900
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
|
|
(1,040
|
)
|
Other specified tax related liabilities
|
|
|
(579
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
|
(132
|
)
|
Costs incurred to collect tax refunds and by stockholders
representative
|
|
|
(536
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(554
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated fair value of CVR liability
|
|
|
9,617
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(1,124
|
)
|
|
|
8,475
|
|
Payments to holders of CVRs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining estimated CVR liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,369
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, restricted assets in an escrow
account for the benefit of the CVRs were $4.2 million, with
activity as follows. The escrow account includes
$3.0 million for a potential tax indemnity obligation,
which, if such obligation is not triggered, will benefit the
CVRs by $1.9 million with the remainder reverting back to
general cash of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CVR Escrow Trust
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
Funding of potential tax indemnity obligation
|
|
|
3,000
|
|
Tax refunds received
|
|
|
4,964
|
|
Costs incurred to collect tax refunds and by stockholders
representative
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
7,946
|
|
Tax refunds received
|
|
|
370
|
|
Funds received for legal receivable
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
Payments of specified liabilities
|
|
|
(5,280
|
)
|
Payments to holders of CVRs
|
|
|
(1,106
|
)
|
Costs incurred to collect tax refunds and by stockholders
representative
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
4,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-48
Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31 2010 and
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
$128.0 million of floating rate senior secured notes due
April 11, 2013, interest payable quarterly
|
|
$
|
95,408
|
|
|
$
|
97,169
|
|
$64.2 million of 13.75% senior unsecured notes due
April 11, 2014, interest payable quarterly
|
|
|
56,722
|
|
|
|
54,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152,130
|
|
|
|
151,767
|
|
Less: Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
(1,280
|
)
|
|
|
(1,280
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$
|
150,850
|
|
|
$
|
150,487
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Permanent
Waiver
As a result of the Embezzlement Matter and the relevant
investigation, the Company was unable to issue its 2007
financial statements until after April 14, 2008, causing a
financial reporting default under the senior secured credit
facility (the Senior Facility) and Senior Unsecured
Notes Agreement. Pursuant to waivers entered into among the
Company, the administrative agent under the Senior Facility, and
the required lenders, and waivers entered into among the
Company, the administrative agent under the Senior Unsecured
Notes Agreement, and the required noteholders on May 20,
2008, the required lenders under the Senior Facility and the
required noteholders under the Senior Unsecured Note Agreement
each temporarily waived the financial reporting defaults, and
extended the date upon which the Company was required to deliver
the relevant financial reports until August 15, 2008.
During the period of temporary waiver, interest on the senior
secured loans made pursuant to the Senior Facility and Senior
Unsecured Notes was calculated at 2% higher than the original
rate, as called for in the agreements. The additional interest
for the Senior Unsecured Notes was added to the principal of the
notes and is payable at maturity.
While in default, including the period of temporary waiver, the
Company was prohibited from borrowing against the revolving
loans made pursuant to the Senior Facility. In order to assist
the Company in meeting its seasonal, short-term financing
requirements, three members of the Company made unsecured loans
to the Company totaling $7.0 million, payable
October 11, 2014, with interest at 14% per year, payable
quarterly beginning June 30, 2008.
On August 22, 2008, the Company entered into a Permanent
Waiver and Amendment (Permanent Waiver) with its
Senior Facility and Senior Unsecured Notes lenders. Under the
terms and conditions of the Permanent Waiver, the lenders waived
the default arising from the embezzlement and resulting
financial reporting default, and agreed to other terms and
conditions further described in this note.
The EBITDA definition in the credit agreement, as amended, was
modified to include adjustments related to losses and expenses
incurred as a result of the Embezzlement Matter.
The Permanent Waiver required the Company to pay an amendment
fee and increased the interest rate on the Senior Facility and
Senior Unsecured Notes.
In connection with the Permanent Waiver, the $7.0 million
in unsecured loans described above were converted to capital
stock on June 30, 2008.
Deferred financing costs were capitalized in other assets, net
of accumulated amortization, and were amortized over the term of
the related debt using the effective interest method. In
connection with the successor financings above, the Company
incurred $5.9 million in financing costs. Capitalized
deferred financing costs at August 22, 2008 (date of
Permanent Waiver) were $4.6 million.
In accordance with the accounting guidance for modifications or
exchanges of debt instruments, the modifications to the Senior
Facility and Senior Unsecured Notes resulting from the Permanent
Waiver were analyzed to determine whether the refinancing would
be recorded as an extinguishment of debt or a modification of
debt. Based
F-49
upon this analysis, it was determined that the modification
qualified as extinguishment of debt, with associated unamortized
deferred financing costs and amendment fees included in debt
extinguishment gain or loss. The Company recognized a total
pre-tax charge of $5.6 million consisting of deferred
financing costs of $4.6 million and amendment fees of
$1.0 million, recorded as loss on extinguishment of debt
during fiscal year 2008 in the accompanying Consolidated
Statement of Operations.
Senior
Secured Credit Facility
On April 12, 2007, Cambium Learning entered into a
$158 million credit agreement consisting of a
$30 million revolving credit facility and a
$128 million term loan facility. The credit agreement
requires quarterly principal payments of $0.3 million in
respect of the term loan facility. The senior notes are secured
by substantially all of Cambium Learnings personal
property. Under the original agreement, the interest rate on the
Senior Facility was based upon either the one-, three- or
six-month LIBOR rate plus 2.75%.
Due to the Permanent Waiver, the interest rate on the Senior
Facility is now based on one-, three- or six-month LIBOR or
Alternative Base Rate (ABR) plus a spread as determined by
Cambium Learnings credit ratings, subject to a floor on
each of the two rates. Based on ratings as of yearend 2010, the
spread is LIBOR plus 5.0%. The LIBOR rate cannot be less than
3.0%, and the ABR cannot be less than 4.0%. As of
December 31, 2010, the interest rate on the senior secured
notes and the revolving credit facility was 8.0%. As of
December 31, 2010, the Company had $95.4 million of
principal outstanding under the term loan facility and no
borrowings under the revolving credit facility, and subject to
certain borrowing base capacity limitations for outstanding
letters of credit, had $27.1 million available to borrow
under the revolving credit facility.
On August 27, 2008, in accordance with the terms of the
Permanent Waiver, $23.0 million was used to prepay the
Tranche B Loans of the Senior Facility. In addition,
proceeds from the recovery of the embezzled funds have been used
to make prepayments on the Senior Facility.
Senior
Unsecured Notes
On April 12, 2007, Cambium Learning entered into a Note
Purchase Agreement and sold 11.75% notes due April 11,
2014 (the Senior Unsecured Notes), generating gross
proceeds of $50 million, in a private placement. The Senior
Unsecured Notes are guaranteed by the Company and pay cash
interest equal to 10.0% on a quarterly basis. Any additional
interest beyond the 10% rate is added to the principal of the
notes and is not payable until April 11, 2014. The initial
interest rate on the senior unsecured notes was 11.75% per
annum. That rate was increased by 200 basis points in
connection with the negotiation of the Permanent Waiver and
credit agreement amendments in 2008 and was increased by an
additional 50 basis points as of March 31, 2009 by
virtue of Cambiums total leverage ratio (as defined under
the senior unsecured notes) exceeding 5.5 to 1 as of
March 31, 2009; however, as a result of the merger with
VLCY, the total leverage ratio fell below 5.5 to 1 and the rate
was decreased by 50 basis points. Thus, as of
December 31, 2009, the interest rate on the subordinated
notes became 13.75% per annum. Assuming the all-in interest rate
on the senior unsecured notes had remained at 13.75% until
April 11, 2010, the value of the notes, including accrued
interest, would have been $64.2 million.
Covenants
under the Senior Facility and Senior Unsecured
Notes
The Senior Facility includes a financial covenant which is a
total leverage ratio. The ratio is calculated quarterly using an
adjusted EBITDA, which is defined as earnings before interest
paid, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, and other
adjustments allowed under the terms of the agreement, on a
rolling
12-month
basis. It also contains customary covenants, including
limitations on Cambium Learnings ability to incur debt,
and events of default as defined by the agreement. The Senior
Facility also limits Cambium Learnings ability to pay
dividends, to make advances, and otherwise engage in
inter-company transactions. The Senior Facility required the
total leverage ratio to be no greater than 5.5:1 for fiscal 2010.
The Senior Unsecured Notes include a financial covenant which
requires that beginning with the quarter ended March 31,
2009, Cambium Learning maintains as of the end of each fiscal
quarter consolidated adjusted EBITDA of not less than
$25.0 million, which is defined as earnings before interest
paid, taxes, depreciation, and amortization,
F-50
and other adjustments allowed under the terms of the agreement,
on a rolling
12-month
basis. The Senior Unsecured Notes also contain customary
covenants, including limitations on Cambium Learnings
ability to incur debt.
In the event that Cambium Learning fails to comply with these
financial covenants, the Company has the right to make a cash
contribution to the capital of Cambium Learning, the aggregate
amount not to be in excess of the minimum amount necessary to
cure the relevant failure to comply with the financial covenant.
Upon receipt by Cambium Learning of such cash, the financial
covenant will be recalculated giving effect to the pro forma
adjustments. EBITDA shall be increased by the amount of cash
contributed, solely for the purpose of measuring the financial
covenant. This right to make a cash contribution is available
for no more than one fiscal quarter in a fiscal year. For the
fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2009, Cambium Learnings
total leverage ratio was greater than the maximum permitted
6.5:1, and Cambium Learnings adjusted EBITDA was less than
the minimum required $25 million. As of August 14,
2009, Cambium Learning was in non-compliance with these
covenants. On August 14, 2009, the Company notified both
its senior secured lenders and senior unsecured note holders
that VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC intended to cure the
non-compliance. On August 17, 2009, $3.0 million of
capital was contributed to Cambium Learning by its stockholder
to fund the cure. On August 20, 2009, the $3.0 million
was paid to the senior secured lenders and reduced the principal
amount outstanding on Cambium Learnings senior secured
credit agreement.
Amendments
to the Senior Facility and Senior Unsecured Notes
Cambium Learning entered into an amendment to each of its credit
agreements on October 29, 2009. Since the Senior Facility
and the Senior Unsecured Notes Agreement are substantially
similar agreements, each of the amendments is substantially
similar to the other. The amendments were permitted under the
terms of the merger agreement, and provide for the following
important modifications to the credit agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Control Definition. Prior to the
amendment, the original investors in Cambium Learning were
required to own or control a majority of the outstanding
economic or voting interests of Cambium Learning. This majority
threshold was reduced to 35%.
|
|
|
|
VSS Funds Ownership. VSS is not permitted to
sell or otherwise transfer any of the Companys common
stock that it directly or indirectly owns, unless it continues
to directly or indirectly own or control at least 35% of the
outstanding Company common stock, and it has not sold or
otherwise transferred, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its
Company common stock.
|
|
|
|
Increase in Material Indebtedness. An event of
default would occur if a change in control occurred
under any of Cambium Learnings other material
indebtedness. The term material indebtedness
includes the Senior Unsecured Notes, as well as any other debt,
the principal amount of which exceeds a specified threshold. The
$5 million threshold was increased under the amendment to
$7.5 million.
|
|
|
|
Exceptions to Restricted Payments. Cambium
Learning is prohibited from paying dividends, unless the
specific type of payment is permitted. Additional types of
payments were permitted to allow the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Up to $3.0 million to fund public company, administrative,
overhead, franchise tax and related costs incurred by the
Company; and
|
|
|
|
Up to $750,000 in annual board of director compensation and
expenses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The annual monitoring fee previously payable to VSS was
eliminated.
|
|
|
|
Permitted Acquisition Basket Reset. The amount
of consideration payable in an acquisition is limited under the
credit agreements, and the limitations were reset after giving
effect to the acquisition of Voyager Expanded Learning by
Cambium Learning in connection with the mergers. The limitation
was reset to a cumulative $150 million amount, but any
single acquisition is limited to $20 million until the
ratio of senior secured debt to EBITDA (as calculated under the
credit agreements) does not exceed 2.50 to 1.0, and the ratio of
total leverage to EBITDA (as calculated under the credit
agreements) does not exceed 3.50 to 1.0, at which time the
single acquisition limit will be increased to $100 million.
|
F-51
|
|
|
|
|
Definition of Consolidated EBITDA. The
definition of Consolidated EBITDA, which is used for calculating
leverage ratios under the senior secured credit agreement, and
the minimum EBITDA covenant under the Senior Unsecured Notes
Agreement was modified to allow additional add-backs for the
following items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue associated with a permitted acquisition;
|
|
|
|
Up to $24.0 million in M&A costs related to the
mergers;
|
|
|
|
Up to $2.0 million in costs incurred in closing of
locations or lease terminations in connection with the mergers;
|
|
|
|
Up to $5.0 million in severance costs incurred in
connection with the mergers;
|
|
|
|
Up to $3.0 million in integration costs incurred connection
with the mergers; and
|
|
|
|
Merger and acquisition costs for future transactions (whether or
not completed) of up to $5.0 million for closed
transactions and $0.5 million for failed transactions in
any calendar year, and $2.0 million in the aggregate.
|
In addition, the amendments ratified and approved the mergers
and the related transactions.
Each of the lenders who executed the amendment on or before
October 28, 2009 received a fee equal to 20 basis
points of the amount of its loans and commitments under the
credit agreements, for an aggregate fee payable to all lenders
equal to approximately $0.3 million, which is included in
other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
At December 31, 2010, the future minimum repayments under
long-term debt, including
paid-in-kind
interest of $7.5 million in 2014, were payable as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,280
|
|
2013
|
|
|
92,848
|
|
2014
|
|
|
64,223
|
|
2015
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt repayment
|
|
$
|
159,631
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As described in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements, during February 2011, Cambium Learning used a
portion of the net proceeds from the sale of $175 million
aggregate amount of 9.75% Senior Notes to repay in full its
existing Senior Facility and Senior Unsecured Notes. The Senior
Notes are due in 2017.
In June 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap
contract, with a notional amount of $39.0 million, which
expired in June 2010. Under the agreement, to the extent that
LIBOR exceeded a fixed maximum rate, the Company received
payments on the notional amount. The total fair value of this
financial instrument at December 31, 2009 amounted to a
liability of approximately $1.0 million and is included in
accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance
Sheets. The Company recognized a gain of $1.0 million, a
gain of $1.4 million, and a loss of $0.8 million for
the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively, on changes in fair market value of the interest
rate swap, which have been included in other income (expense) in
the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
|
|
Note 15
|
Profit-Sharing,
Pension, and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
|
Defined
Contribution Plans
On January 1, 2010, the Companys 401(k) plan was
consolidated with VLCYs plan. Under this plan, the Company
provides matching contributions of 50% of participant
contributions up to 4%. Additionally, the Company may make
discretionary contributions based upon exceeding company
performance targets of up to
F-52
2% of eligible earnings for all employees regardless of
participation. The 401(k) matching contribution expense was
$0.7 million in 2010.
Prior to 2010, Cambium had a defined contribution retirement
plan, the Cambium Learning 401(k) Savings Plan, which conformed
to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code and covered
substantially all of Cambiums eligible employees.
Participants elected to contribute a percentage of their
compensation subject to an annual limit. Cambium provided a
matching contribution in amounts up to 4.5% of employee
compensation. The 401(k) matching contribution expense was
$0.6 million and $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
As a result of the acquisition of VLCY, the Company also has
contractual obligations under a frozen replacement benefit plan
(RBP) for a small number of terminated and retired
executives and one current employee. Because the RBP is frozen,
no participant can make or is entitled to additional
contributions. Instead, the Company has accrued a liability
totaling $1.0 million as of yearend 2010 to reflect its
estimated future obligation for the RBP. The current portion of
the RBP liability, which was $0.4 million at yearend 2010,
is included on the line Deferred compensation in
Note 10 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The
long-term portion of the RBP liability, which was
$0.6 million at yearend 2010, is included on the line
Long-term deferred compensation in Note 11 of
the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Defined
Benefit Plan
As a result of the acquisition of VLCY, the Company also has a
frozen defined benefit pension plan covering certain terminated
and retired former domestic employees. The benefits are
primarily based on years of service
and/or
compensation during the years immediately preceding retirement.
The Company uses a measurement date of December 31 for its
pension plan.
Applicable accounting guidance for employers accounting
for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans
requires reporting of the funded status of defined benefit
postretirement plans as an asset or liability in the statement
of financial position, recognizing changes in the funded status
due to gains or losses, prior service costs, and net transition
assets or obligations in other comprehensive income in the year
the changes occur, adjusting other comprehensive income when the
gains or losses, prior service costs, and net transition assets
or obligations are recognized as components of net period
benefit cost through amortization, and measuring the funded
status of a plan as of the date of the statement of financial
position, with limited exceptions.
The net costs of the Companys defined benefit pension plan
for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Recognized net actuarial loss/(gain)
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net pension and other postretirement benefit cost (income)
|
|
$
|
1,492
|
|
|
$
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-53
Obligation
and Funded Status
The funded status of the Companys U.S. defined
benefit pension plan at the end of fiscal 2010 and 2009 is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Change in Benefit Obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
11,734
|
|
|
$
|
12,010
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
584
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Actuarial (gain)/loss
|
|
|
908
|
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1,212
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation, end of year
|
|
$
|
12,014
|
|
|
$
|
11,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Plan Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value, beginning of period
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Company contributions
|
|
|
1,212
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1,212
|
)
|
|
|
(106
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value, end of year
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded/(unfunded) status
|
|
$
|
(12,014
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,734
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued benefit cost
|
|
$
|
(12,014
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,734
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current accrued benefit liability
|
|
|
(1,182
|
)
|
|
|
(1,266
|
)
|
Non-current accrued benefit liability
|
|
|
(10,832
|
)
|
|
|
(10,468
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net amount recognized
|
|
$
|
(12,014
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,734
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2010, the Company had a net actuarial loss
of $0.9 million for its U.S. pension plan, compared to
a net actuarial gain of $0.2 million in 2009. These amounts
are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) in
the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Of this amount, the Company
expects immaterial amounts to be recognized as a component of
net pension cost (income) during 2011.
Plan
Assumptions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
4.75
|
%
|
|
|
5.25
|
%
|
The discount rate is determined by analyzing the average returns
of high-quality fixed income investments defined as AA-rated or
better. The Company also utilizes an interest rate yield curve
for instruments with maturities corresponding to the benefit
obligations.
Additional
Information
For the Companys U.S. defined benefit pension plan,
the projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit
obligation at the end of fiscal 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
Projected benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
12,014
|
|
|
$
|
11,734
|
|
Accumulated benefit obligation
|
|
|
12,014
|
|
|
|
11,734
|
|
F-54
Future
Contributions
Total contributions expected to be paid under the Companys
frozen U.S. retirement plans or to the beneficiaries
thereof during fiscal 2011 are $1.6 million, consisting of
$1.2 million to its U.S. defined benefit plan and
$0.4 million to the RBP.
Gross benefit payment obligations under the Companys
continuing defined benefit plans for the next ten years are
anticipated to be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Retirement Plans
|
|
|
(Pension Plan and RBP)
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
1,556
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,173
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
2015
|
|
|
1,066
|
|
2016 2020
|
|
|
4,733
|
|
|
|
Note 16
|
STOCKHOLDERS/MEMBERS
EQUITY
|
Common
Stock
Shares Authorized and
Outstanding. The Company is authorized to
issue 150,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001
per share. As of December 31, 2010, there were
43,868,676 shares of common stock outstanding and an
additional 5,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for
issuance pursuant to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
Shares of the Companys common stock are not convertible
into or exchangeable for shares of any other class of capital
stock. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to the common stock.
At the time of the merger between the Company and VLCY:
|
|
|
|
|
20.5 million shares were issued to the former sole
stockholder in consideration of its pre-merger interest;
|
|
|
|
3.8 million shares were issued to the former sole
stockholder as consideration for a $25.0 million capital
contribution made in conjunction with the merger; and
|
|
|
|
19.5 million shares were issued to the former VLCY
stockholders as part of the purchase price consideration for the
acquisition.
|
Voting Rights. Each holder of shares of
the Companys common stock is entitled to one vote for each
share held of record on the applicable record date on all
matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the
election of directors.
Dividend Rights. Holders of the
Companys common stock are entitled to receive dividends
when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds
legally available for payment, subject to the rights of holders
of the Companys preferred stock, if any. The Company does
not expect to pay dividends in the short term.
Rights Upon Liquidation. In the event
of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding up, the holders of the Companys common stock will
be entitled to share equally in any of the assets available for
distribution after payment in full of all debts and after the
holders of all series of the Companys outstanding
preferred stock, if any, have received their liquidation
preferences in full.
Preemptive Rights; Subscription
Rights. In general, holders of the
Companys common stock have no preemptive rights to
purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire any unissued or
treasury shares or its other securities. However, under the
terms of the stockholders agreement, entered into in connection
with the mergers (the Stockholders Agreement) except
with respect to specified exempt issuances, for so long as
VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC and funds managed or controlled by
VSS (collectively VSS) beneficially own in the
aggregate at least 25% of the outstanding shares of the
Companys common stock, VSS has preemptive rights to
purchase the
F-55
Companys common stock (or other securities that may be
approved by the audit committee of the board of directors), in
connection with any proposed securities offering by the Company.
These preemptive rights generally give VSS the opportunity to
purchase an amount of common stock (or such other securities as
may be approved by the audit committee) in the new issuance
sufficient to enable VSS to maintain their same collective
percentage ownership following the new issuance.
In addition, under the Stockholders Agreement, the Company
granted VSS a subscription right that would permit them to
purchase, at any time and from time to time until
December 8, 2011, a number of shares of the Companys
common stock up to the lesser of: (i) 7,500,000 shares
of common stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any
dividend, stock split, combination or similar recapitalization
event); or (ii) the number of shares of common stock that
VSS may purchase from time to time during the
24-month
subscription period for an aggregate purchase price of
$20 million. The purchase price per share in connection
with the subscription rights is equal to 90% of the volume
weighted average price of the Companys common stock
measured over the ten-trading-day period immediately preceding
the issuance and sale of the shares of the common stock.
Preferred
Stock
Shares Authorized and
Outstanding. The Company is authorized to
issue 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value
$0.001 per share. As of December 31, 2010, there are no
shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.
Blank Check Preferred Stock. Under the
certificate of incorporation, without further stockholder
action, the board of directors is authorized to provide for the
issuance of shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to
establish from time to time the number of shares to be included
in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers,
preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and any
qualifications, limitations or restrictions on such shares. The
board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock
with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of the
Companys common stock.
Members
Interest
VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC. VSS-Cambium
Holdings, LLC was formed on January 29, 2007, and on that
date entered into a stock purchase agreement that provided for
the purchase by VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC of all of the
outstanding stock of Cambium Learning. Each Investor and
Executive Member (Member) contributed capital which totaled
$144.0 million, including cash and carryover interest, and
was issued a membership interest in the Company. The capital
contributed was then used to purchase the outstanding stock of
Cambium Learning on April 12, 2007. On January 15,
2008, $0.8 million of capital was contributed by a new
investor for a membership interest in the Company.
$7 million in unsecured loans (see Note 14), were
converted to equity of the Companys sole stockholder in
late August 2008. A capital stock issuance fee of
$0.1 million was paid by the Company. In August 2009, the
Companys sole stockholder made a capital contribution of
$3.0 million to fund a cure for a debt covenant violation
(see Note 14). No future capital contribution is required
to the Company by its former Members. At the time of the merger
between the Company and VLCY, all membership interests were
converted to 20.5 million shares of common stock.
VSS-Cambium Management,
LLC. VSS-Cambium Management, LLC (Management
LLC) is a Delaware limited liability company formed on
February 7, 2007. Management LLC was a member and held up
to a $50,000 equity interest in VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC. Its
members were individuals admitted as Management Members
including some which were also Members of the Company.
Management Members could include employees of and consultants to
the Company. Management LLC was authorized to sell a total of
100,000 Management LLC units. As of December 8, 2009 and
December 31, 2008, 65,762 units for a total of $32,881
have been sold and distributed to certain employees of Cambium.
The units were valued at $0.50 per unit and reflect the fair
value at the date of purchase as determined by the
Companys Board of Managers. There are no further
obligations related to these units.
F-56
|
|
Note 17
|
Stock-Based
Compensation and Expense
|
The total amount of pre-tax expense for stock-based compensation
recognized in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008 was $1.1 million, $2.3 million, and zero,
respectively. The stock-based compensation expense was allocated
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing expense
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expense
|
|
|
768
|
|
|
|
2,259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,085
|
|
|
$
|
2,259
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, the Company has one stock-based
compensation plan, which is described below. The total income
tax expense recognized for book purposes in the consolidated
statement of operations related to stock-based compensation was
zero, zero and $0.2 million for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The total
tax benefit realized was zero for all years presented.
Stock
Option Plan
In fiscal 2009, the Company adopted the Cambium Learning Group,
Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (Incentive Plan).
Under the Incentive Plan, 5,000,000 shares of common stock
were reserved for issuance. The Incentive Plan is administered
by the board of directors which has the authority to establish
the terms and conditions of awards granted under the Incentive
Plan. Under the Incentive Plan, the Company can grant incentive
stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation
rights (SARs), restricted stock, restricted stock
units, conversion stock options, conversion SARs, and other
stock or cash awards.
Warrant
In connection with the completion of the merger with VLCY on
December 8, 2009, the Company issued to VSS-Cambium
Holdings III, LLC a warrant to purchase shares of the
Companys common stock (the Holdings Warrant).
As of December 31, 2010, the Holdings Warrant was
exercisable for 560,137 shares of the Companys common
stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. The Holdings
Warrant expires on December 8, 2014. The number of shares
of common stock issuable pursuant to the Holdings Warrant may
increase in the future upon the occurrence of certain events
described below. The number of shares of the Companys
common stock issuable under the Holdings Warrant is based upon
the calculation of three separate amounts, described herein as
the Cambium Specified Asset Recoupment Amount, the Additional
Share Amount and the Formula Amount. The 560,137 shares
that are exercisable, or will be exercisable upon issuance,
represent 104,907 shares originating from the Cambium
Specified Asset Recoupment Amount and 455,230 shares
originating from the Formula Amount, which are summarized as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
The Cambium Specified Asset Recoupment Amount is based
upon the net amount of recoveries that the Company receives or
received on and after June 1, 2009, including periods after
the effective time of the mergers, with respect to the
embezzlement matter that was discovered in April 2008. As of
December 31, 2010, the Company has received net recoveries
of approximately $1.5 million with respect to this matter,
although the actual amount of net recoveries that the Company
will ultimately receive is not known at this time. The Cambium
Specified Asset Recoupment Amount equals 0.45 multiplied by the
quotient of the aggregate net recoveries divided by $6.50.
Therefore as of December 31, 2010, 104,907 shares are
exercisable, or will be exercisable upon issuance, under the
Holdings Warrant related to the Cambium Specified Asset
Recoupment Amount. In accordance with applicable accounting
guidance for distinguishing liabilities from equity, this award
is recorded as a liability in the other liabilities line on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets and measured at fair value. The
initial recording and any subsequent increases in the value of
the award attributable to embezzlement recoveries is recorded to
embezzlement loss on the income statement. Subsequent changes in
fair value are recorded to general and administrative expense.
The
|
F-57
|
|
|
|
|
warrant was valued at $0.4 million on December 31,
2010 with the Black-Scholes pricing model. Due to the low
exercise price of the warrants, the model assumptions do not
significantly impact the valuation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Additional Share Amount is calculated over a period
commencing at the effective time of the mergers with VLCY and
Cambium and ending two years thereafter. The Additional Share
Amount will equal the number of shares of VLCY common stock, if
any, that are surrendered upon consummation of the VLCY merger
in excess of the sum of the 29,874,145 shares that were
known to be outstanding plus the number of shares of VLCY common
stock that are issued upon the exercise of options known to be
outstanding, provided that the maximum Additional Share Amount
is capped at a maximum of 145,000 shares and provided,
further, that an adjustment to the number of shares VSS-Cambium
Holdings III, LLC received in connection with the merger of
Cambium was not already made under the terms of the merger
agreement. Following completion of the merger with VLCY,
29,999 shares of VLCY common stock in excess of
29,874,145 shares were surrendered and, pursuant to the
merger agreement, the number of shares of the Companys
common stock issuable to VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC was
adjusted to increase the number of shares it received. At the
effective time of the merger with VLCY all outstanding stock
options were terminated. Thus, the Company does not believe that
the Holdings Warrant shall be issuable with respect to any
shares relating to the Additional Share Amount.
|
|
|
|
The Formula Amount adds shares to the Holdings Warrant
only if, prior to completion of the mergers with Cambium and
VLCY, equity cure payments were made under Cambiums
existing credit agreements, debt was retired under those
agreements or payments were made to obtain default-related
waivers under those agreements. The only applicable event was an
equity cure payment of $3.0 million made in August 2009
(see Note 14). The Formula Amount equals the equity cure
payment of $3.0 million divided by $6.50, or
455,230 shares. Thus, 455,230 shares of the
Companys common stock are currently exercisable under the
Holdings Warrant with respect to the Formula Amount. In
accordance with applicable accounting guidance for
distinguishing liabilities from equity, this award is recorded
to equity with the offset going against the capital contribution
made to affect the debt cure.
|
Subscription
Right
In connection with the merger with VLCY, the Company granted VSS
a subscription right that permits them to purchase, at any time
and from time to time until December 8, 2011, a number of
shares of common stock up to the lesser of:
|
|
|
|
|
7,500,000 shares of common stock (subject to adjustment in
the event of any dividend, stock split, combination or similar
recapitalization event); or
|
|
|
|
the number of shares of common stock that VSS may purchase from
time to time during the
24-month
subscription period for an aggregate purchase price of
$20.0 million (based upon the per share purchase price
described below).
|
The purchase price per share in connection with the subscription
rights is equal to 90% of the volume weighted average price of
the common stock measured over the ten-trading-day period
immediately preceding the issuance and sale of the shares of
common stock. These rights are accounted for as equity with the
offsetting grant date fair value of $2.2 million recorded
to general and administrative expense during 2009.
Fair
Value of Stock Option and SAR Grants
The fair value of each stock-based compensation award granted is
estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model.
In connection with the merger with VLCY, the Company issued
conversion stock options to purchase 105,910 shares and
conversion SARs with respect to 200,000 shares. These were
issued in replacement of share-based awards held by employees of
VLCY that were required to be converted into rights or options
for shares of the Company with the same terms and conditions
that were applicable to the rights or options for VLCY shares,
including exercise prices ranging from $8.55 to $36.00 per
share. The conversion SARs are recorded as a liability at
F-58
December 31, 2010 and 2009 in other liabilities on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. For more information see
Note 4. The following assumptions were used during 2009 to
estimate the fair value of conversion awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Expected stock volatility
|
|
|
35.00
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
1.02
|
%
|
Expected years until exercise
|
|
|
0.10 - 2.56
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
The following assumptions were used during 2009 to estimate the
fair value of other awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Expected stock volatility
|
|
|
35.00
|
%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.69
|
%
|
Expected years until exercise
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00
|
%
|
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company
granted 1,754,762 options under the Incentive Plan with a total
grant date fair value, net of forecasted forfeitures, of
$2.0 million. Of these options 82,500 have a per-share
exercise price equal to $4.81, 1,233,572 have a per-share
exercise price equal to $4.50 and 438,690 of these options have
an exercise price equal to $6.50. These options vest equally
over a four year service period and the term of the options is
ten years from the date of grant. The following assumptions were
used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the
fair value of these awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Expected stock volatility
|
|
|
35.00%
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.40% 2.87%
|
|
Expected years until exercise
|
|
|
6.25
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
Due to a lack of exercise history or other means to reasonably
estimate future exercise behavior, the Company used the
simplified method as described in applicable accounting guidance
for stock-based compensation to estimate the expected years
until exercise on new awards.
Restricted common stock awards of 6,000 and 4,000 shares
were issued during the first and second quarters of 2010,
respectively. The restrictions on the common stock awards will
lapse one year from the anniversary of the grant date or upon a
change in control of the Company for the 6,000 share grant
and equally over a four-year period on the anniversary of the
grant date or upon a change in control of the Company for the
4,000 share grant. These awards were valued based on the
Companys closing stock price on the date of grant. Expense
of $25 thousand was recorded to general and administrative
expense for the year ended December 31, 2010.
During 2010, 105,910 conversion stock options, which had been
issued in replacement of share-based awards held by employees of
VLCY, were cancelled. Additionally, 139,216 of the options
granted on January 27, 2010 and 8,493 of the options
granted on May 25, 2010 were forfeited during the year.
There was no impact to expense during the period as a result of
these forfeitures.
F-59
Summary
of Stock Option and SAR Activity
A summary of the stock option, stock appreciation right and
restricted stock transactions for the year ended
December 31, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Option Grantees
|
|
|
SAR Grantee
|
|
|
Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
(000s)
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
(000s)
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
(000s)
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Awards outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2,256
|
|
|
$
|
6.03
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
8.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,755
|
|
|
|
5.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
3.90
|
|
Exercised/Restricted Stock Vested
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
14.17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
3,757
|
|
|
$
|
5.01
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
8.55
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
3.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards exercisable at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
$
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
$
|
8.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average fair value of awards granted during the year
ended December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
1.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A summary of the nonvested stock option transactions for the
year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
(000s)
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Nonvested awards outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2,129
|
|
|
$
|
1.10
|
|
For the year ended December 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,755
|
|
|
|
1.15
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
916
|
|
|
|
1.11
|
|
Forfeited/cancelled
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
1.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested awards outstanding at December 31, 2010
|
|
|
2,820
|
|
|
$
|
1.21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The total intrinsic value of options and SARs outstanding and
exercisable as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was
zero. The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the
difference between the exercise price of the underlying awards
and the closing stock price of $3.44 of the Companys
common stock on December 31, 2010. The total grant date
fair value of stock options and restricted stock granted during
the year ended December 31, 2010 was $2.0 million and
$0.1 million, respectively. The total grant date fair value
of stock options granted during the year ended December 31,
2009 was $2.4 million.
As of December 31, 2010, the total future compensation cost
related to unvested stock options and restricted stock not yet
recognized in the consolidated statements of operations was
$3.2 million. Of that total, $1.1 million,
$1.1 million, $0.9 million and $0.1 million will
be recognized in 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014. To the extent the
forfeiture rate is different than anticipated, stock-based
compensation related to these awards will be adjusted in
accordance with applicable accounting guidance for stock based
compensation.
F-60
The following tables provide additional information with respect
to stock options and stock appreciation rights outstanding at
the end of fiscal 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards Outstanding
|
|
|
Awards Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Range of
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
(000s)
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
(000s)
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
$4.50 and below
|
|
|
2,742
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
$
|
4.50
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
$
|
4.50
|
|
$4.51 $6.50
|
|
|
1,015
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
6.37
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
|
6.49
|
|
$6.51 $8.55
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
8.55
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
8.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,957
|
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
$
|
5.19
|
|
|
|
1,137
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
$
|
5.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
Authorized for Issuance
Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation
plans at December 31, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of securities
|
|
|
|
Number of securities to be
|
|
|
Weighted-average
|
|
|
remaining available for
|
|
|
|
issued upon exercise of
|
|
|
exercise price of
|
|
|
future issuance
|
|
|
|
outstanding options
|
|
|
outstanding options
|
|
|
under equity
|
|
Plan Category
|
|
and rights
|
|
|
and rights
|
|
|
incentive plan(a)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
|
|
|
3,957
|
|
|
$
|
5.19
|
|
|
|
1,033
|
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3,957
|
|
|
$
|
5.19
|
|
|
|
1,033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Excludes securities reflected in the first column, Number
of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options
and rights, and outstanding restricted stock. |
As a result of the merger with VLCY on December 8, 2009,
the Company has acted upon plans to reduce its combined work
force and has recently closed its Dallas, Texas distribution
facility and transferred all inventory to its distribution
facility in Frederick, Colorado. The following table summarizes
the restructuring plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Incurred In
|
|
|
Incurred In
|
|
|
|
Total Amount
|
|
|
Incurred as
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Expected to
|
|
|
of December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
be Incurred
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
One-time termination benefits
|
|
$
|
1,286
|
|
|
$
|
1,286
|
|
|
$
|
743
|
|
|
$
|
543
|
|
Warehouse move costs
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,856
|
|
|
$
|
1,856
|
|
|
$
|
1,313
|
|
|
$
|
543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The one-time termination benefits were recorded to the following
line items in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the
years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively:
$0.3 million and $0.1 million to Cost of Revenues,
$0.3 million and $0.3 million to General and
Administrative, and $0.2 million and $0.1 million to
Sales and Marketing. The warehouse move costs were recorded in
Cost of Revenues.
F-61
The change in the accruals for restructuring-related costs,
which does not impact a segment and so is included in
unallocated shared services, for the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warehouse
|
|
|
|
One-Time Termination Benefits
|
|
|
Move Costs
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Beginning Accrual
|
|
$
|
505
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Accrual changes
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
|
543
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
Payments made
|
|
|
(1,163
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(570
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Accrual
|
|
$
|
85
|
|
|
$
|
505
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In December 2007, the Company developed, approved, and
communicated a plan to consolidate the Petaluma, California,
office and reduce the work force, with consolidation completed
by September 30, 2009. The Companys total
restructuring charge amounted to $0.7 million. The Company
expensed $0.1 million and $0.5 million for the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, classified
as cost of revenues in the accompanying Consolidated Statement
of Operations in the Cambium Learning Technologies segment. The
following table summarizes the Petaluma restructuring plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Incurred In
|
|
|
Incurred In
|
|
|
|
Total Amount
|
|
|
Incurred as
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Expected to
|
|
|
of December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
be Incurred
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
One-time termination benefits
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
238
|
|
Other associated costs
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
$
|
348
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
662
|
|
|
$
|
662
|
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
$
|
545
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the activity in the
Companys restructuring reserve, which is included in
accrued expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Beginning Accrual
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
Accrual changes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One-time termination benefits
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
Facility-related expenses
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
Payments made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One-time termination benefits
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
Facility-related expenses
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(307
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending Accrual
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 19
|
Contingent
Liabilities
|
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings incidental
to its business. Management believes that the outcome of these
proceedings will not have a material adverse effect upon the
Companys consolidated operations or financial condition
and the Company has recognized appropriate liabilities as
necessary based on facts and circumstances known to management.
The Company expenses legal costs related to legal contingencies
as incurred.
The Company had a potential indemnification liability related to
state income taxes and related interest that had been assessed
against PQIL. On August 27, 2010, PQIL received a decision
and order of determination from the Michigan taxing authority.
According to the determination of the Michigan taxing authority,
PQIL was liable to the
F-62
State of Michigan for unpaid taxes and interest in the amount of
approximately $10.4 million. In order to expedite
resolution of this matter and access the Michigan Court of
Claims, the Company paid this indemnification liability to the
state of Michigan on behalf of PQIL on September 7, 2010.
The Company has filed an action in the Michigan Court of Claims
to pursue a refund of the assessment. Management believes it is
more likely than not that the Companys position will be
upheld in the Court of Claims and a $10.4 million tax
receivable for the expected refund is recorded in other assets
on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010.
This indemnification liability was identified as an agreed
contingency for purposes of the CVRs issued as part of the VLCY
merger consideration. In accordance with the terms of the merger
agreement, dated June 20, 2009, fifty percent (50%) of any
amount that is paid or due and payable with respect to each
agreed contingency would offset payments due under the CVRs from
an amount held for such payments by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as
escrow agent, in an escrow account. Upon payment of the
approximately $10.4 million, the Company requested a
disbursement to the Company from the escrow account in an amount
equal to fifty percent (50%) of the payment, or approximately
$5.2 million. This cash disbursement was received by the
Company during the third quarter of 2010. On September 20,
2010, the Company amended the merger agreement and the escrow
agreement to extend the term of the escrow agreement until the
later of the full distribution of the escrow funds or the final
resolution of the agreed contingency. The final resolution of
the tax litigation or potential settlement could result in a
refund ranging from zero to approximately $10.4 million. As
of December 31, 2010, the fair value of the CVR includes a
reduction of approximately $1.0 million related to this
state income tax issue. This calculated reduction amount uses
management assumptions related to the likelihood of any ultimate
cash outflows for this
agreed-upon
contingency. However, the actual impact on the CVR could be up
to one-half of the $10.4 million if PQILs position is
not ultimately upheld. Additionally, if the PQILs position
is not ultimately upheld, the Company could incur up to
$10.4 million of indemnification expense in future periods
on its Statements of Operations, partially offset by any
reduction to the CVRs liability.
From time to time, the Company may enter into firm purchase
commitments for printed materials included in inventory which
the Company expects to use in the ordinary course of business.
These commitments are typically for terms less than one year and
require the Company to buy minimum quantities of materials with
specific delivery dates at a fixed price over the term. As of
December 31, 2010, these open purchase commitments totaled
$3.8 million.
The Company has letters of credit outstanding as of
December 31, 2010 in the amount of $2.9 million to
support workers compensation insurance coverage, certain
credit card programs, the
build-to-suit
lease, and performance bonds for certain contracts. The Company
maintains a $1.1 million certificate of deposit as
collateral for the workers compensation insurance and
credit card program letters of credit and for Automated
Clearinghouse (ACH) programs. The Company also maintains a
$0.9 million money market fund investment as collateral for
a travel card program. The certificate of deposit and money
market fund investment are recorded in other assets.
Note 20
Related Party Transactions
Agreements
with VSS
Jeffrey Stevenson and Scott Troeller, each of whom serves on the
Companys board of directors, are both partners of VSS.
Funds managed by VSS own a majority of the equity interests of
VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC, which holds approximately 55% of
the Companys outstanding common stock. As such,
VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC has the ability to determine the
outcome of matters submitted to the Companys stockholders
for approval, including the election and removal of directors
and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially
all of the Companys assets, and will likely have the
ability to control the Companys management, affairs and
operations.
Cambium Learning entered into a management services agreement
with VSS, effective on April 12, 2007. Under the term of
the agreement, VSS has provided Cambium Learning with the
following services: (i) advice in connection with the
negotiation of agreements, contracts, documents, and instruments
necessary to provide Cambium Learning with financing from banks
on terms and conditions satisfactory to Cambium, and
(ii) financial, managerial, and operational advice in
connection with Cambiums
day-to-day
operations, including, without
F-63
limitation, advice with respect to the development and
implementation of strategies for improving the operating,
marketing and financial performance of Cambium.
Pursuant to the management services agreement, Cambium Learning
paid VSS an annual monitoring fee of $0.2 million, plus
out-of-pocket
expenses, payable semi-annually in arrears, in exchange for
these services. Cambium Learning expensed $0.2 million for
monitoring fees in the years ended December 31, 2009 and
2008. The management services agreement was terminated on
December 8, 2009, at the effective time of the mergers, and
VSS is no longer compensated under such agreement.
Pursuant to an agreement with an affiliate of VSS, Cambium
Learning was obligated to pay such VSS affiliate fees in the
event that additional equity or debt financings were completed
by Cambium Learning. On December 8, 2009, that fee
agreement was replaced by a consulting fee agreement between the
Company and VSS entitling VSS to the following fees: (i) a
fee equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of any debt or equity
financing by the Company, and (ii) a fee equal to 1% of the
enterprise value of any entities acquired or disposed of by the
Company. In connection with a debt refinancing completed
subsequent to year end, the Company paid $1.75 million to
VSS in February 2011 under this consulting fee agreement. These
obligations will remain in effect until the earlier of the date
on which funds managed by VSS cease to beneficially own at least
10% of the Companys outstanding common stock or, unless
the Companys audit committee renews the consulting fee
agreement, January 1, 2015.
The Company incurred $3.0 million to an affiliate of VSS at
the closing of the mergers in consideration of providing
advisory services with respect to the transaction. One million
dollars of this fee was paid in cash at closing, and the balance
became payable when Cambium Learnings ratio of total
outstanding debt to adjusted EBITDA dropped below 3.0:1, which
was achieved with the Companys calculation for the year
ended December 31, 2009, submitted to the debt holder in
March 2010. The remaining balance was paid in 2010.
Three-quarters of the remaining balance was allocated pro rata
among VSS and certain of the members of VSS-Cambium Holdings
III, LLC.
VSS currently receives an annual retainer of $65,000 each for
the services of Mr. Stevenson and Mr. Troeller on the
board of directors. In addition, VSS receives an annual retainer
of $70,000 for the services of Mr. Troeller as chairman of
the board of directors. In total, VSS receives $0.2 million
in cash annually related to the services of these directors,
plus reimbursement of
out-of-pocket
expenses.
Stockholders
Agreement
The Company entered into the Stockholders Agreement on
December 8, 2009, at the effective time of the mergers,
with VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC and Vowel Representative,
LLC, the stockholder representative for the former VLCY
stockholders.
Board of Directors. The Stockholders Agreement
contains several agreements among the parties with respect to
the board of directors. These provisions include an agreement by
VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC to vote its shares of the
Companys common stock as necessary to ensure that the size
of the board of directors is set at and remains at nine
directors until December 8, 2012. These provisions also
include an agreement by VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC not to
vote its shares or take any other action to remove or disqualify
any of the VLCY designees named as Class II directors (the
Voyager Class II designees) or as
Class III directors (the Voyager Class III
designees), in each case other than for cause
as determined in accordance with Delaware law, until the
earliest to occur of:
|
|
|
|
|
the written consent of Vowel Representative, LLC, which consent
may be granted or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion;
|
|
|
|
the full distribution by the escrow agent of the CVR escrow fund
in accordance with the terms of the escrow agreement entered
into in connection with the merger transaction;
|
|
|
|
the second anniversary of the effective time of the mergers with
respect to the Voyager Class II designees and the third
anniversary of the effective time with respect to the Voyager
Class III designees; or
|
|
|
|
the date on which funds managed or controlled by VSS cease to
collectively beneficially own in the aggregate at least 10% of
the issued and outstanding shares of the Companys common
stock.
|
F-64
VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC also has agreed that, until
December 8, 2012, for so long as VSS-Cambium Holdings III,
LLC and funds managed or controlled by VSS collectively
beneficially own in the aggregate at least 10% of the issued and
outstanding shares of the Companys common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
none of the funds managed or controlled by VSS nor VSS-Cambium
Holdings III, LLC will vote or otherwise take any action to
amend, modify or repeal the Companys certificate of
incorporation or bylaws to eliminate the Class II or
Class III director classes, to increase or decrease the
size of the board of directors or in any other manner that would
result in a breach of the Stockholders Agreement; and
|
|
|
|
VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC and funds managed or controlled by
VSS will vote or act by written consent to maintain a classified
or staggered board of directors, with the director classes and
other terms as set forth in the Companys certificate of
incorporation and bylaws.
|
Preemptive Rights. Except with respect to
specified exempt issuances that are described below, so long as
VSS-Cambium Holdings III, LLC and funds managed or controlled by
VSS beneficially own in the aggregate at least 25% of the
outstanding shares of the Companys common stock, they will
have preemptive rights to purchase the Companys common
stock (or such other securities as may be approved by the audit
committee) in connection with any proposed issuance of
securities after December 8, 2009. These preemptive rights
generally give the holders of those rights the opportunity to
purchase an amount of the Companys securities in the new
issuance that would enable the holders of those rights to
maintain their same collective percentage ownership following
the new issuance. Certain specified issuances of securities by
the Company constitute exempt issuances and will not
be subject to these preemptive rights.
Subscription Rights. VSS-Cambium Holdings III,
LLC and funds managed or controlled by VSS have the right, at
any time and from time to time until December 8, 2011, to
purchase a number of shares of the Companys common stock
up to the lesser of: (i) 7,500,000 shares of common
stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any dividend, stock
split, combination or similar recapitalization event); or
(ii) the number of shares of common stock that VSS-Cambium
Holdings III, LLC and funds managed or controlled by VSS may
purchase from time to time during the
24-month
subscription period for an aggregate purchase price of
$20,000,000. The purchase price per share in connection with the
subscription rights is equal to 90% of the volume weighted
average price of the Companys common stock measured over
the ten-trading-day period immediately preceding the issuance
and sale of the shares the Companys common stock.
Other
Agreements
Shortly after discovering the financial misappropriation at
Cambium Learning in late April 2008, VSS notified Cambium
Learnings lenders of the circumstances, and, as a result,
the ability to draw down on the revolving loan under Cambium
Learnings credit agreement was promptly suspended. In
order to provide needed working capital over the course of the
next three months during the pendency of the internal
investigation into the misappropriation, VSS, through its funds,
advanced $7.0 million to Cambium Learning in the form of
subordinated loans with interest at 14% per year, payable
quarterly beginning June 30, 2008. In connection with the
Permanent Waiver and amendment to the Senior Facility and Senior
Unsecured Notes Agreement that restored the revolving loan
following the misappropriation, these subordinated loans were
converted into equity of the Companys sole stockholder in
late August 2008. At the time of this conversion, the Company
paid VSS a capital stock issuance fee of $0.1 million.
The Company ultimately recovered $30.2 million from the
former stockholders of Cambium Learning upon discovery of the
financial misappropriation. Since David Cappellucci, Cambium
Learnings former Chief Executive Officer and the
Companys President, David Caron, Cambium Learnings
former Chief Financial Officer, and George Logue, Cambium
Learnings Executive Vice President and the Companys
President of Sopris, were also former stockholders of the
predecessor Cambium Learning, they each contributed a pro rata
portion to this recovery as former stockholders, and not in
their capacity as employees.
Note 21
Segment Reporting
The Companys geographic area of operation is predominantly
the United States. Export or foreign sales to locations outside
the United States for the years ended December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009 accounted for
F-65
6% and 12% of total revenues, respectively, with 5% and 7%,
respectively, of total sales shipped to Canada. No single
customer accounts for more than 10% of consolidated net revenues
for either of the years ended December 31, 2010 and
December 31, 2009. For the year ended December 31,
2010, one school district constituted approximately 32% of the
Companys accounts receivable. The amount due from this
customer was paid subsequent to yearend. No other customer
accounted for more than 10% of the accounts receivable balance
for the years ended December 31, 2010 or 2009. Although the
loss of a single customer or a few customers would not have a
material adverse effect on the Companys business,
schedules of school adoptions and market acceptance of the
Companys products can materially affect
year-to-year
revenue performance. The Company evaluates the performance of
its operating segments based on income (loss) from operations
before depreciation and amortization, interest income and
expense, income taxes, and nonrecurring and extraordinary items.
The significant accounting policies of the reportable segments
are the same as those for the Company. There were no
inter-segment revenues or transfers.
Prior to the merger transaction completed on December 8,
2009, the Company had two reportable segments: Published
Products and Learning Technologies. Subsequent to the merger
transaction, the Company operates as three reportable segments
with separate management teams and infrastructures that offer
various products and services, as follows:
Voyager:
Voyager offers reading, math and professional development
programs targeted towards the at-risk and special education
student populations. Voyager materials, offered online and via
print, are tailored to meet the needs of these students and
differ considerably from traditional instructional materials in
design, approach and intensity. Lessons are based on scientific
research and are carefully designed to effectively and
efficiently address each of the strategies and skills necessary
to improve the abilities of struggling students.
Sopris:
Sopris focuses on providing a diverse, yet comprehensive,
collection of printed and electronic supplemental education
materials to complement core programs and to provide intense
remediation aimed at specific skill deficits. When compared to
products offered by the Companys other business units,
Sopris products tend to be more narrowly-tailored and target a
smaller, more specific audience.
Cambium Learning Technologies:
Cambium Learning Technologies leverages technology to deliver
subscription-based websites, online libraries, software and
equipment designed to help students reach their potential in
grades K through 12 and beyond. Cambium Learning Technologies
products are offered under four different industry leading
brands: Learning
A-Z,
ExploreLearning, Kurzweil Educational Systems and IntelliTools.
Other:
This consists of unallocated shared services, such as
accounting, legal, human resources and corporate related items.
Depreciation and amortization expense, goodwill impairment,
interest income and expense, other income and expense, and
income taxes are also included in other, as the Company and its
chief operating decision maker evaluate the performance of
operating segments excluding these captions.
The following table represents the revenue, operating expenses
and income (loss) from operations which are used by the
Companys chief operating decision maker to measure the
segments operating performance. The
F-66
Company does not track assets directly by segment and the chief
operating decision maker does not use assets or capital
expenditures to measure a segments operating performance,
and therefore this information is not presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cambium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voyager
|
|
|
Sopris
|
|
|
Technologies
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product revenues
|
|
$
|
40,424
|
|
|
$
|
27,495
|
|
|
$
|
21,288
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
89,207
|
|
Service revenues
|
|
|
7,924
|
|
|
|
2,217
|
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,524
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
48,348
|
|
|
|
29,712
|
|
|
|
21,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99,731
|
|
Cost of product revenues
|
|
|
11,214
|
|
|
|
6,003
|
|
|
|
3,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,246
|
|
Cost of service revenues
|
|
|
5,721
|
|
|
|
1,489
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,463
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,966
|
|
|
|
15,966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
16,935
|
|
|
|
7,492
|
|
|
|
3,282
|
|
|
|
15,966
|
|
|
|
43,675
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
20,464
|
|
|
|
13,562
|
|
|
|
10,657
|
|
|
|
4,837
|
|
|
|
49,520
|
|
Embezzlement and related expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,254
|
|
|
|
7,254
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,966
|
|
|
|
75,966
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,453
|
|
|
|
11,453
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,434
|
|
|
|
18,434
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
|
981
|
|
Gain from settlement with previous stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30,202
|
)
|
|
|
(30,202
|
)
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,632
|
|
|
|
5,632
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13,422
|
)
|
|
|
(13,422
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
10,949
|
|
|
$
|
8,658
|
|
|
$
|
7,732
|
|
|
$
|
(96,899
|
)
|
|
$
|
(69,560
|
)
|
Year ended December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product revenues
|
|
$
|
44,329
|
|
|
$
|
23,431
|
|
|
$
|
22,625
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
90,385
|
|
Service revenues
|
|
|
8,594
|
|
|
|
1,754
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
52,923
|
|
|
|
25,185
|
|
|
|
22,940
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101,048
|
|
Cost of product revenues
|
|
|
10,678
|
|
|
|
6,350
|
|
|
|
2,537
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
19,591
|
|
Cost of service revenues
|
|
|
5,992
|
|
|
|
1,093
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,257
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,527
|
|
|
|
17,527
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
16,670
|
|
|
|
7,443
|
|
|
|
2,709
|
|
|
|
17,553
|
|
|
|
44,375
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
19,836
|
|
|
|
10,008
|
|
|
|
8,996
|
|
|
|
22,170
|
|
|
|
61,010
|
|
Embezzlement and related expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Goodwill impairment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,105
|
|
|
|
9,105
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,723
|
|
|
|
9,723
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,477
|
|
|
|
19,477
|
|
Other expense, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,704
|
)
|
|
|
(7,704
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
16,417
|
|
|
$
|
7,734
|
|
|
$
|
11,235
|
|
|
$
|
(71,151
|
)
|
|
$
|
(35,765
|
)
|
F-67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cambium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Voyager
|
|
|
Sopris
|
|
|
Technologies
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product revenues
|
|
$
|
100,412
|
|
|
$
|
22,249
|
|
|
$
|
38,117
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
160,778
|
|
Service revenues
|
|
|
17,527
|
|
|
|
2,487
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,482
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
117,939
|
|
|
|
24,736
|
|
|
|
38,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181,260
|
|
Cost of product revenues
|
|
|
29,340
|
|
|
|
6,514
|
|
|
|
4,334
|
|
|
|
1,395
|
|
|
|
41,583
|
|
Cost of service revenues
|
|
|
16,455
|
|
|
|
1,225
|
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,308
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,511
|
|
|
|
28,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
45,795
|
|
|
|
7,739
|
|
|
|
4,962
|
|
|
|
29,906
|
|
|
|
88,402
|
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
37,621
|
|
|
|
7,750
|
|
|
|
18,684
|
|
|
|
19,917
|
|
|
|
83,972
|
|
Embezzlement and related expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(353
|
)
|
|
|
(353
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,154
|
|
|
|
9,154
|
|
Net interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17,292
|
|
|
|
17,292
|
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(674
|
)
|
|
|
(674
|
)
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(583
|
)
|
|
|
(583
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
34,523
|
|
|
$
|
9,247
|
|
|
$
|
14,939
|
|
|
$
|
(74,659
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,950
|
)
|
Note 22
Interim Financial Information (Unaudited)
The following table presents the Companys quarterly
results of operations for fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
28,222
|
|
|
$
|
47,901
|
|
|
$
|
56,607
|
|
|
$
|
48,530
|
|
|
|
181,260
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
43,199
|
|
|
|
45,345
|
|
|
|
48,462
|
|
|
|
44,169
|
|
|
|
181,175
|
|
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(19,355
|
)
|
|
|
(2,143
|
)
|
|
|
3,938
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
(16,533
|
)
|
Income tax (expense) benefit
|
|
|
(85
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
583
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(19,440
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,177
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,946
|
|
|
$
|
1,721
|
|
|
$
|
(15,950
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.36
|
)
|
Diluted income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
(0.44
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.05
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
$
|
(0.36
|
)
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
15,794
|
|
|
$
|
20,976
|
|
|
$
|
40,972
|
|
|
$
|
23,306
|
|
|
$
|
101,048
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
22,268
|
|
|
|
31,918
|
|
|
|
30,016
|
|
|
|
40,140
|
|
|
|
124,342
|
|
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(11,214
|
)
|
|
|
(15,950
|
)
|
|
|
5,811
|
|
|
|
(22,116
|
)
|
|
|
(43,469
|
)
|
Income tax (expense) benefit
|
|
|
4,317
|
|
|
|
2,099
|
|
|
|
(1,373
|
)
|
|
|
2,661
|
|
|
|
7,704
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(6,897
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13,851
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,438
|
|
|
$
|
(19,455
|
)
|
|
$
|
(35,765
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
(0.34
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
(0.74
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
Diluted income (loss) per share
|
|
$
|
(0.34
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.68
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.22
|
|
|
$
|
(0.74
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.63
|
)
|
The net loss for the second quarter 2009 includes a goodwill
impairment charge of $9.1 million.
Note 23
Subsequent Events
In February 2011, the Company closed an offering of
$175 million aggregate principal amount of
9.75% senior secured notes due 2017 (the Notes)
and entered into a new $40 million asset-based revolving
credit facility. The
F-68
Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to
repay in full outstanding indebtedness under the Senior Facility
and Senior Unsecured Notes that existed as of yearend 2010 and
to pay related fees. Total fees incurred in the closing of the
Notes and revolving credit facility are expected to total
approximately $9.0 million, including $1.75 million
due to an affiliate of VSS pursuant to agreements described in
Note 20. $1.5 million of fees incurred as of
December 31, 2010 are included in Other Assets in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
9.75% Senior Secured Notes. On
February 17, 2011, the Company completed the offering (the
Offering) of the Notes. The Notes will mature on
February 15, 2017. The Offering was a private placement
exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities
Act of 1933 (the Securities Act). The Company used a
portion of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to repay
in full outstanding indebtedness under the existing secured
credit facility and senior unsecured notes and to pay related
fees and expenses, and intend to use the remaining net proceeds
for general corporate purposes. Interest on the Notes will
accrue at a rate of 9.75% per annum from the date of original
issuance and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on each
February 15 and August 15, commencing on August 15,
2011, to the holders of record of the Notes on the immediately
preceding February 1 and August 1. Pursuant to a
Registration Rights Agreement entered into in connection with
the Offering, the Company has agreed to file a registration
statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC) that would enable holders of the Notes to
exchange the privately placed Notes for publicly registered
notes with substantially identical terms. The Notes are secured
by (i) a first priority lien on substantially all of the
Companys assets (other than inventory and accounts
receivable and related assets of the ABL Credit Parties in
connection with the ABL Facility (each as defined and discussed
below) and subject to certain exceptions), including capital
stock of the Guarantors (the Company and certain of its
subsidiaries), and (ii) a second-priority lien on
substantially all of the inventory and accounts receivable and
related assets of the ABL Credit Parties, in each case, subject
to certain permitted liens. The Notes also contain customary
covenants, including limitations on the Companys ability
to incur debt, and events of default as defined by the
agreement. The Company may, at its option, redeem the Notes
prior to their maturity based on the terms included in the
agreement.
Registration Rights Agreement. In connection
with the Offering, the Company entered into a Registration
Rights Agreement that requires that we (i) file with the
SEC within 180 days after the issue date of the Notes (or
February 17, 2011), a registration statement under the
Securities Act (the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement), relating to an offer to exchange the Notes
(the Exchange Offer) for new notes (the
Exchange Notes) on terms substantially identical to
the Notes, except that the Exchange Notes will not be subject to
the same restrictions on transfer; (ii) use commercially
reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement to become effective within 270 days after the
date of the Notes; and (iii) within 60 days of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement becoming effective,
complete the Exchange Offer and issue the Exchange Notes in
exchange for all Notes validly tendered in the Exchange Offer.
If the Company fails to meet these obligations set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement (a Registration
Default), then it will be required to pay additional
interest to the holders of the Notes. The rate of the additional
interest will be 0.25% per annum for the first
90-day
period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration
Default. Thereafter, the rate of additional interest will
increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each
subsequent
90-day
period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a
maximum additional interest rate of 1.0% per annum. The Company
will pay such additional interest until all the Registration
Defaults relating to the Notes are cured. At such time, the
interest rate on the Notes will revert to the original interest
rate on the Notes.
New Credit Facility (ABL Facility). On
February 17, 2011, the Companys wholly owned
subsidiary, Cambium Learning, Inc. (together with its wholly
owned subsidiaries, the ABL Credit Parties), entered
into the New Credit Facility (the ABL Facility)
pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement (the ABL Loan
Agreement), by and among the ABL Credit Parties, Harris
N.A., individually and as Agent for any ABL Lender (as
hereinafter defined) which is or becomes a party to said ABL
Loan Agreement, certain other lenders party thereto (together
with Harris N. A. in its capacity as a lender, the ABL
Lenders), Barclays Bank PLC, individually and as
Collateral Agent, and BMO Capital Markets and Barclays Capital,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Book Runners. The ABL Facility
consists of a four-year $40.0 million revolving credit
facility, which includes a $5.0 million subfacility for
swing line loans and a $5.0 million subfacility for letters
of credit. In addition, the ABL Facility provides that the ABL
Credit Parties may increase the aggregate principal amount of
the ABL Facility by up to an additional
F-69
$20.0 million, subject to the consent of the Agent (whose
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and subject to the
satisfaction of certain other conditions.
The interest rate for the ABL Facility will be, at the ABL
Credit Parties option, either an amount to be determined
(ranging from 2.75% to 3.25%, depending upon the ABL Credit
Parties fixed charge coverage ratio at the time) above the
London Interbank Offered Rate or at an amount to be determined
(ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%, depending upon the ABL Credit
Parties fixed charge coverage ratio at the time) above the
base rate. On any day, the base rate will be the
greatest of (i) the Agents then-effective prime
commercial rate, (ii) an average federal funds rate plus
0.50% and (iii) the LIBOR quoted rate plus 1.00%. The ABL
Facility will, subject to certain exceptions, be secured by a
first-priority lien on the ABL Credit Parties inventory
and accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority
lien (junior to the lien securing the ABL Credit Parties
obligations with respect to the Notes) on substantially all of
the ABL Credit Parties other assets.
Revolving loans under the ABL Facility may be used solely for
(i) the satisfaction of existing indebtedness of the ABL
Credit Parties under their prior senior secured credit facility
and outstanding pursuant to their prior existing senior
unsecured notes, (ii) general operating capital needs of
the ABL Credit Parties in a manner consistent with the
provisions of the ABL Facility and all applicable laws,
(iii) working capital and other general corporate purposes
in a manner consistent with the provisions of the ABL Facility
and all applicable laws, (iv) the payment of certain fees
and expenses incurred in connection with the ABL Facility
and/or the
Notes, and (v) other purposes permitted under the ABL Loan
Agreement.
The ABL Facility contains a financial covenant that generally
requires the ABL Credit Parties to maintain, on a consolidated
basis, either (i) excess availability of at least the
greater of $8 million and 15% of the revolver commitment or
(ii) a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.1 to 1.0. The ABL
Credit Parties will be required to pay, quarterly in arrears, an
unused line fee equal to the product of (x) either 0.375%
or 0.50% (depending upon the ABL Credit Parties fixed
charge coverage ratio at the time) and (y) the average
daily unused amount of the revolver.
F-70
Offer to Exchange
$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017
For
$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
PROSPECTUS
Until , 2011, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities,
whether or not participating in the exchange offer, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Cambium Learning Group, Inc. (the Registrant) is incorporated under the laws of the State of
Delaware. Pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL), a corporation may
indemnify any person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than a derivative
action by or in the right of such corporation) who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of such corporation, or serving at the request of such corporation in such capacity for another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a
manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of such
corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
The DGCL also permits indemnification by a corporation under similar circumstances for
expenses (including attorneys fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection
with the defense or settlement of a derivative action or suit, except that no indemnification may
be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged
to be liable to such corporation unless the Delaware Court of Chancery (or the court in which such
action or suit was brought) shall determine upon application that such person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses that such court may deem proper.
To the extent a director, officer, employee or agent is successful in the defense of such an
action, suit or proceeding, the corporation is required by the DGCL to indemnify such person for
actual and reasonable expenses incurred thereby. Expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by
such persons in defending any action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of
such person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to
be so indemnified.
The DGCL provides that the indemnification described above shall not be deemed exclusive of
other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation pursuant to its bylaws, disinterested
directors vote, stockholders vote, agreement or otherwise. The DGCL also provides corporations
with the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director,
officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation in a similar capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him or her in any such capacity, or
arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to
indemnify him or her against such liability as described above.
The Registrants certificate of incorporation provides that a director of the Registrant shall
not be personally liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, except, if required by the DGCL, for liability (1) for any breach of
the directors duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions
not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under
Section 174 of the DGCL, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit. Neither the amendment nor repeal of such provision shall eliminate or reduce the
effect of such provision in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim
that, but for such provision, would accrue or arise prior to such amendment or repeal.
While the Registrants certificate of incorporation provides directors with protection from
awards for monetary damages for breach of their duty of care, it does not eliminate such duty.
Accordingly, the Registrants certificate of incorporation will have no effect on the availability
of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission based on a directors breach of his or
her duty of care.
The Registrants certificate of incorporation provides that each person who was or is made a
party to or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter, a proceeding), by reason
of the fact that such person, or a person of whom such person is the legal representative, is or
was a director or officer of the Registrant or is or was serving at the request of the Registrant
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans,
II-1
whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director,
officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee
or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Registrant to the fullest extent authorized
by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such
amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Registrant to provide broader
indemnification rights than said law permitted the Registrant to provide prior to such amendment),
against all expense, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in
connection therewith. Such right to indemnification includes the right to have the Registrant pay
the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, subject
to the provisions of the DGCL. Such rights are not exclusive of any other right which any person
may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Registrants certificate of
incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
No repeal or modification of such provision will in any way diminish or adversely affect the rights
of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant thereunder in respect of any
occurrence or matter arising prior to any such repeal or modification.
The Registrants certificate of incorporation also specifically authorizes the Registrant to
maintain insurance and to grant similar indemnification rights to employees or agents of the
Registrant. The directors and officers of the Registrant are covered by insurance policies
indemnifying them against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the
Securities Act of 1933, which might be incurred by them in such capacities.
Additional Registrants
Certain officers and other employees of the Registrant serve at the request of the Registrant as a director,
manager, officer, employee or agent of the additional registrants, and thus may be entitled to indemnification under
the provisions set forth above. In addition to potential indemnification by the Registrant, the directors, managers,
officers, employees and agents of the additional registrants are also entitled to indemnification and exculpation for
certain monetary damages to the extent provided in the applicable additional registrants organizational documents
or pursuant to the laws which such additional registrant is incorporated or organized.
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Schedules.
(a) Exhibits.
Reference is made to the Exhibit Index included herewith which is incorporated by reference.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
All other schedules for which provisions are made in the applicable accounting regulation of
the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required or are inapplicable and therefore have been
omitted, or the required information has been disclosed in the financial statements which form a
part of this registration statement and prospectus.
Item 22. Undertakings.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
|
(a) |
|
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement: |
|
(i) |
|
to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act of 1933 (the Securities Act); |
|
|
(ii) |
|
to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective
amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a
fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in the volume of
securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not
exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of
the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus
filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the
maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of Registration
Fee table in the effective registration statement; and |
|
|
(iii) |
|
to include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement; |
|
|
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each
such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at
that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-2
|
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the
securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. |
|
(b) |
|
That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each
filing of the Registrants annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee
benefit plans annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to
be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide
offering thereof. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may
be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant
to the provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of
the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of
the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted
by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. |
|
|
(d) |
|
To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the
prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of
receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed
subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of
responding to the request. |
|
|
(e) |
|
To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a
transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject
of and included in the registration statement when it became effective. |
II-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused
this amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in New York, New York on June 15, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAMBIUM LEARNING GROUP, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Bradley C. Almond
Bradley
C. Almond |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer |
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on
June 15, 2011.
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
|
|
/s/ Ronald
Klausner
Ronald
Klausner
|
|
Director and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
Director and President |
|
|
|
/s/ Bradley C. Almond
Bradley
C. Almond
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
Director |
S-1
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ Scott
J. Troeller
Scott
J. Troeller
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey T. Stevenson
Jeffrey
T. Stevenson
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
*By: |
|
/s/ Todd W.
Buchardt
Todd W.
Buchardt |
|
|
|
|
Attorney-in-fact |
|
S-2
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, each of the registrants have duly
caused this amendment to registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York on June 15, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VSS-CAMBIUM HOLDINGS II CORP. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Scott J. Troeller
Scott
J. Troeller |
|
|
|
|
President and Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VSS-CAMBIUM HOLDINGS, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY: VSS-CAMBIUM HOLDINGS II CORP. |
|
|
|
|
ITS: SOLE MEMBER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Scott J. Troeller
Scott
J. Troeller |
|
|
|
|
President and Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VSS-CAMBIUM HOLDINGS IV, LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY: VSS-CAMBIUM HOLDINGS, LLC |
|
|
|
|
ITS: SOLE MEMBER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BY: VSS-CAMBIUM HOLDINGS II CORP. |
|
|
|
|
ITS: SOLE MEMBER |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Scott J. Troeller
Scott
J. Troeller |
|
|
|
|
President and Secretary |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Ronald Klausner,
Scott J. Troeller and Todd Buchardt, and each acting alone, his/her true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him/her and in
his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or
supplements to this registration statement, whether preeffective or post-effective, and any other
registration statement for the same offering filed under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file
the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done with respect to
this registration statement or any amendments or supplements hereto in the premises, as fully to
all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been
signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 15, 2011.
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
/s/ Jeffrey T. Stevenson
Jeffrey
T. Stevenson
|
|
Chairman and Director |
|
/s/ Scott J. Troeller
Scott
J. Troeller
|
|
Director, President and Secretary
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
/s/ Ankeet Kansupada
Ankeet
Kansupada
|
|
Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
S-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, each of the registrants have duly
caused this amendment to registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in New York, New York on June 15, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CAMBIUM LEARNING, INC. |
|
|
KURZWEIL/INTELLITOOLS, INC. |
|
|
LAZEL, INC. |
|
|
CAMBIUM EDUCATION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Bradley C. Almond
Bradley
C. Almond |
|
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Ronald Klausner,
Scott J. Troeller and Todd Buchardt, and each acting alone, his/her true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him/her and in
his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments or
supplements to this registration statement, whether preeffective or post-effective, and any other
registration statement for the same offering filed under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file
the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done with respect to
this registration statement or any amendments or supplements hereto in the premises, as fully to
all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has
been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on June 15, 2011.
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
/s/ Ronald Klausner
Ronald
Klausner
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
/s/ Bradley C. Almond
Bradley
C. Almond
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey T. Stevenson
Jeffrey
T. Stevenson
|
|
Assistant Treasurer and Director |
|
|
|
/s/ Scott J. Troeller
Scott
J. Troeller
|
|
Assistant Secretary and Director |
S-4
EXHIBIT INDEX
The following exhibits are included or incorporated by reference in this registration
statement on Form S-4:
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibits |
3.1(1)
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Cambium Learning Group, Inc. |
|
|
|
3.2(1)
|
|
By-laws of Cambium Learning Group, Inc. |
|
|
|
3.3**
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of VSS-Cambium Holdings II Corp. |
|
|
|
3.4**
|
|
Amended and Restated By-laws of VSS-Cambium Holdings II Corp. |
|
|
|
3.5**
|
|
Certificate of Formation of VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC |
|
|
|
3.6**
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of VSS-Cambium Holdings, LLC |
|
3.7**
|
|
Certificate of Formation of VSS-Cambium Holdings IV, LLC |
|
|
|
3.8**
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of VSS-Cambium Holdings IV, LLC |
|
|
|
3.9**
|
|
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cambium Learning, Inc. |
|
|
|
3.10**
|
|
Second Amended and Restated By-laws of Cambium Learning, Inc. |
|
|
|
3.11**
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Kurzweil/Intellitools, Inc., as amended |
|
|
|
3.12**
|
|
Second Amended and Restated By-laws of Kurzweil/Intellitools, Inc. |
|
|
|
3.13**
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of LAZEL, Inc. |
|
|
|
3.14**
|
|
By-laws of LAZEL, Inc. |
|
|
|
3.15**
|
|
Articles of Incorporation of
Cambium Education, Inc. (formerly Sopris West Educational Services,
Inc.), as amended |
|
|
|
3.16**
|
|
Amended and Restated By-laws of
Cambium Education, Inc. (formerly Sopris West Educational Services,
Inc.) |
|
|
|
4.1(2)
|
|
Indenture, dated as of February 17, 2011, by and among Cambium Learning Group, Inc.,
the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee |
|
|
|
4.2(2)
|
|
Form of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 above) |
|
|
|
4.3(3)
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2011, by and among Cambium
Learning Group, Inc., the guarantors named therein, Barclays Capital Inc. and BMO
Capital Markets Corp. |
|
|
|
5.1*
|
|
Opinion of Lowenstein Sandler PC |
|
|
|
5.2*
|
|
Opinion of General Counsel |
E-1
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description of Exhibits |
10.1(4)
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated September 20, 2010, to Agreement and Plan of Mergers,
by and among Cambium Learning Group, Inc., Voyager Learning Company, Vowel Acquisition Corp.,
VSS-Cambium Holdings II Corp., Consonant Acquisition Corp. and Vowel Representative LLC |
|
|
|
10.2(4)
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated September 20, 2010, to Escrow Agreement by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, the Company, Voyager Learning Company, Vowel
Representative, LLC and Richard J. Surratt |
|
|
|
10.3(5)
|
|
Office Lease Agreement Between Briagrove Place, L.L.C and Cambium Learning Inc. Dated July 9, 2010 |
|
|
|
12.1**
|
|
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges |
|
|
|
21.1(3)
|
|
Subsidiaries of Cambium Learning
Group, Inc. |
|
|
|
23.1**
|
|
Consent of Whitley Penn LLP, independent registered public accounting firm |
|
|
|
23.2**
|
|
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accounting firm |
|
|
|
23.3*
|
|
Consent of Lowenstein Sandler PC (included in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1) |
|
|
|
24
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this amendment to the registration statement
for each additional registrant and previously filed for Cambium Learning Group, Inc.) |
|
|
|
25*
|
|
Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
trustee under the Indenture for Cambium Learning Group, Inc.s 9.75% Senior Secured
Notes due 2017 |
|
|
|
99.1*
|
|
Form of Letter of Transmittal |
|
|
|
99.2*
|
|
Form of Notice for Guaranteed Delivery |
|
|
|
99.3*
|
|
Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees |
|
|
|
99.4*
|
|
Form of Letter from Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other
Nominees to their Clients |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Previously filed |
|
|
|
** |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
(1) |
|
Incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-161075, filed
with the SEC on August 6, 2009, as amended by Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 thereto, filed
with the SEC on September 10, 2009 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 thereto, filed with the SEC
on September 30, 2009, Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 thereto, filed with the SEC on November
12, 2009 and Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 thereto, filed with the SEC on September 13, 2009. |
|
(2) |
|
Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February
18, 2011. |
|
(3) |
|
Incorporated by reference from our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2010, filed with the SEC on March 10, 2011. |
|
(4) |
|
Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 24, 2010. |
|
(5) |
|
Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K, (filed on July 15, 2010.) |
E-2